ARCHIVE DICTATIONS 1998, 1999, 2000, And 2003, 2004, 2005

(No Dictations Given From July 9th, 2000 through May 20, 2003)

Listed In Reverse Order Of Posting

Please Be Patient For All The Files To Load

It is imperative to have read "A Step Into The Light" in order not to get caught up with the frequency of Fear. It is not the intention of the Messengers of the Light to impose Fear as "Truth & Awareness" of what is occurring on the planet, in and of itself, can create a certain amount of Fear.  The Messengers of the Light request that you do not accept the contents of these dictations because it is written and dictated, or by the words of the chosen messenger as the author; but rather, accept what your Heart Center awakens as a truth, and only from within your own individual Light. All probable futures can change and do not have to occur by those who radiate the Light of the Divine.  We can all be participants with the Children of the Light!

Any advice given in a Dictation should not be considered legal or professional advice due to a source that is not of this physical world; rather, an Angelic Force which science cannot prove or disprove.  You must never rely upon advise given here for your individual situations, which must come from your individual heart in regard to the generalizations given. You & only you can make your own decisions regarding these materials which only provide education & awareness that cannot be proven or disproved by science.

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address on each Dictation."  

Earth Changes Forecast & Predictions: http://www.Messengersofthelight.com/blogPostings.htm Important postings on current earth changes, earthquakes, and the anomalies that are affecting sensitives and how to eliminate the fear that paralyzing humanity.

Printing For Personal Use: All the Dictations in this section are on one file. If you would like to copy one Dictation, highlight the Dictation desired, then "copy & paste" to your word processor, or paste to "write e-mail" then print, otherwise all the Dictations will be printed.

Dictations Released In 2005

Table Of Contents

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999  1998

(Click A Date To Display Text Posted In Reverse Order.)

December 1, 2005         Darkness Is The Illusion, The Light Never Fails

November 17, 2005       Sensitivity To The Weather & Natural Disasters   

August 28, 2005            Suppressed Anger, Planetary & Solar Forces, Sense, See, & Feel

August 7, 2005              We Have Entered A New Cycle, The Forces Of Anger Have Been Unleashed

May 18, 2005                Change The Mental & Emotional, Heal The Physical

May 8, 2005                   Distractions  

April 19, 2005                Transmutation Process

February 13, 2005         Recent Earthquake & Tsunami, Anger    

January 14, 2005            The Inner & Outer Reality, The Seven Light Beings, Transmuting Dark Matter

January 9, 2005              Sense, See, And Feel, The Human Environment and Mother Nature

 

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999  1998

Awakened at 4:44 a.m.

DICTATION DECEMBER 1, 2005

(Darkness Is The Illusion, The Light Never Fails)

We are bringing this message to all that will receive.

There is great confusion as to the world changes and how mankind will adapt. There is a belief system that a vengeful, punishing god, is venting his wrath on humanity.

Of course, this is a belief system of “fallen mankind.” When people are in the dark, they believe dark things, which is contrary to the Light. In the Light there can be no darkness. It is like saying that a dark cloud can exist in the Solar Sun, which is quite ridiculous. A quick glance at the Sun will verify that darkness cannot exist on the Sun. This is a fear that is being instilled on humanity by those who have fear. God is Love, and Love is “Truth that never fails.” It is quite simple.

It is very important to understand that Life is a school of our own making. Fallen mankind is learning to Love again. That is, to radiate like the Solar Sun in order to eliminate the illusion of darkness. Darkness is the lack of Love, or Light of the Divine.

There will be many who are under a state of Fear, and in this state of Fear, they are under the illusion that they can help humanity by instilling more fear. They believe that they are doing a service. In a small childish manner of being in this state of fear, in certain instances they may provide a small service, in that, in certain cases they may cause one to search for the Light. But in other cases, it can cause the student to become paralyzed with fear, causing one, to not participate in the lessons of life.

Once again, we must remind ourselves that we are in a school of our own making. If we become paralyzed with fear, we enter a state of limbo by not being part of enlightened who are working with the Light in order to awaken those that are in the dark along with our own awakening.

When we do not participate, we do not learn. Those that instill fear cause the students to not participate in the lessons of Life. Those who harbor fear remain in a cocoon, surrounded by fear, and waste their lives by not participating in Life, which is this quest for Light, Love and Truth.

We must all be the “beacons of light” free of fear knowing that the “Light Never Fails.” It is impossible! We in our fallen state will create this “illusion of darkness” where all that manifests in this darkness is likened to a bad dream. It is not real.

Of course, being in the reality of a three-dimensional world, our very existence can be very real in this state of transition we call the “Life Experience.”

Many souls enter this reality to learn how to Love, how to experience the Light of the Divine. The experience in this reality is governed by the illusion of physical laws. The elements in nature and in our experience in this three dimensional world holds our fallen state in “matter” of the “four lower quadrant.” (The four elements in physics that comprises all matter on the planet. Everything that exists on the planet is composed of these four elements or portions thereof according to the Laws of Physics. PLM)

Fire, Earth, Water, and Wind (in the impassive state of Air) becomes the testing ground in our search for the Light. It is a quest to find Love and to understand the frequency of Love. The “four lower quadrant of the elements, brings out the fallen nature of mankind, causing Anger = Fire, Earth = Hate, Water = Guilt, and Wind = Fear to surface and thus becomes a learning experience in a three-dimensional world of “illusion.” From these four frequencies all other dark matter that fallen mankind can conjure up, becomes our lessons in life. (Envy, lust, jealousy, resentment, vengeance, murder, and this list goes on.)

This may be difficult to understand, but eventually we will awaken to this “illusion” as being an experience in a dreamlike manner. Those who live close to nature, the indigenous peoples of the planet, understand this illusion. Modern humanity is now awakening to the Light of the Divine.

The Master Jesus, along with all the Masters before and after, all state the same words with different examples according to the fallen belief systems that has darkened humanity. The Light of the Masters will once again shed the Light on Truth, as Truth is Love coming from the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christed principle of every Great Teacher.

Love, Peace and Harmony is the Divine Trinity that allows one to see the Light. As the Master spoke, “I Am The Light, I Am The Way.” Each individual that opens his or her Heart Center to this Divine Principle will find this Light of Love.

Do not allow darkness to enter this Divine Place within the Heart. The mental, emotional, and physical frequencies of each individual, in the outer world of reality that humanity exists in, can be darkened by the words of those that instill fear in the name of their “belief systems” and their concept of their god.

Where there is Light, darkness cannot exist. This sojourn we call Life, is a quest for the understanding of Love, which is Truth, which is Light. The Light never fails. A child that has fear and cannot sleep at night because of this illusion of fear, but the parent turns on the “night light,” which is symbolic of how the Divine Source of Light, we call God the Father, also turns on our Light within the Heart Center. Where there is Love there can be no “illusion” of darkness.

Shine the Light to all your brothers and sisters who are now experiencing this illusion, so that they can also see that it is only an illusion, for the Light never fails.

In the words of the Master we leave you, “Love one another as I have loved you.”

The Messengers of the Light.

(On the home page, on the left panel, please click and read, “Does God Exist?” It will give you a wider perspective, and a clear understanding of this Dictation. PLM)

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

********** 

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:20 a.m.

DICTATION NOVEMBER 17, 2005

(Sensitivity To The Weather & Natural Disasters)

You have been awakened in order to receive this message for all who have been patiently waiting to receive. We are presently working with all the new changes that have become manifest on the planet. There are many individuals that have been sensing all the anomalies of the planet and the departure of many souls from the physical plane.

As the frequency of the planet continues to rise, those who are sensitive will start feeling the anomalies to the solar plexus area of the stomach, followed by a heaviness in the head area that makes one feel tired, and constantly wanting to sleep. This is a normal reaction as the body is tuning in to frequency changes that are subtle electromagnetic impulses of a higher degree that impinge on the electrical cells within the body of those that are sensitive. Others will start to feel the sensation of panic attacks prior to weather and natural disasters. Needless to say, most of the younger generation will not be affected by these anomalies.

It is recommended for the individuals that are sensitive, to take short naps, meditate, and most importantly, release the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt, and Fear. These are the correspondent frequencies of the elements of physics and the planet. Fire, earth, water, and air are elements within the body and the planet that are now being cleansed during this “Purification Period” that humanity is now going through. We have stated this in many prior Dictations and Messages, and will continue to do so for the benefit of those new visitors that have been brought to these writings.

We have spoken about the ability to Sense, See, and Feel and how one can keep out of harm’s way for the coming events. We have also stated that we all chose to be participants of this change. That we are here for the adventure. We also chose to be active participants in eliminating the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear, out of our existence in order to heal and cleanse the planet. There are many visitors and readers of these messages that have not elected to do so. We have also stated that the planet is going through these changes “with or without us” and that the Divine Plan will manifest regardless what our “belief systems” may be. Life is a school of our own making, but many are in a state of fear, and expect the lessons of life to be taken away, and are not being active participants to help the planet and humanity.

We must all be active participants of bringing in the Light so that all may see. Where there is Light, there can be no darkness. We have been given the freedom of choice, and in order to access the Light of the Divine Source, the first step is to rise above the elements, by daily becoming aware, and awake, as to how many times we fall into the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt, and Fear. Evaluate each night the activities of the day and your participation with the outer world. From within, cleanse and defuse all dark matter, and radiate, from the Heart Center, “Love, Peace, and Harmony” to all that you may have transgressed upon. In this manner you will prepare and work with the Light with the earth changes that are being manifest.

Do not allow “fear” to enter your heart. By being an active participant with the Light, your life will be free of “fear” and you will be elevating with the planet, which is also becoming free of the “dark matter” that has been imposed on it by fallen mankind. We are in the “Purification Period” written about by the Ancients.

The “heart center” is our individual connection to the Divine Source of Light we call God. The Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle is situated within the heart radiating “Love, Peace, and Harmony” to one and all, especially our immediate environment, and the planet.

Where there is Light, there can be no “fear” or darkness. The Four Lower Quadrant of “animal-like mankind” ceases to be. The Master Jesus taught that we have to rise above the elements. “I am the Light, I am the way.” When fear tries to overwhelm you, rise above the Quadrant of fallen mankind, and focus your attention to the Heart Center. Be the Light, be the way, and immediately “Love, Peace & Harmony will radiate out and cancel all thoughts of “fear,” as it does not exist, but is only an illusion of the thoughts of fallen mankind.

Let the Light shine and bring you Peace.

The Messengers of the Light

(The planet has been going through earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, tornados and hurricanes in recent months. Days prior to these events, I have had reports of many individuals that were not sensitives, but their state of being has elevated to the degree that now they are experiencing the anomalies contained in this Dictation. PLM)

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

***********

Awakened at 4:28 a.m.

DICTATION AUGUST 28, 2005

(Suppressed Anger, Planetary & Solar Forces, Sense, See, & Feel) 

All of humanity is going through a new change of frequency. There are planetary and solar influences that will make it very clear to all of humanity that a change is upon us.

As was stated in our previous discourse, the forces of Anger have been unleashed. Yes, this elemental has been unleashed in the “higher sense of the word,” but in a subtle manner, with most of regular humanity, it is seething at a subconscious level. This is to say that regular man may believe that they are in control of their frequencies, but most are unaware as to this subtle frequency of Anger that may erupt and surprise the individual who may believe that they are in control.

We will take this to another level. After reading this Dictation, the reader will become aware of individuals in the news, and in their daily activities, that certain individuals will now suddenly surprise the onlookers with an outburst that they, within themselves, are surprised as to what will erupt through them.

This is the end of the “Grand Cycle” and we are in the purification period. All that is hidden or suppressed will erupt to the surface to be balanced and cleansed. Although, we may all have hidden and suppressed Anger, at subtle levels, we will all have to release this energy, transmute it, and direct it for positive means.

Energy is energy, but what contaminates this energy is the use of the “mental & emotional” creations we have imbued this energy with. First we create “thought” and then we rationalize this thought with “emotions,” and depending on our fallen condition, and being separate of the Divine Source of Light, we then suppress what we have created, apart from God, and now the elemental forces of planetary and solar conditions, including the frequency of the planet, will now attract this “hidden darkness” back to its creator, and this being fallen mankind.

In the previous messages and dictations we have brought to your attention that humanity, in order to survive these daily changes, will now have to Sense, See, & Feel the night prior. In the same manner that animals survived the recent tsunami, those who access the Light can and will survive.

It is vitally important to tune in to the frequency of the planet. We have also stated that, those who do not raise their frequency may fall ill, and eventually many will cross over before their designated time. This relates to that part of humanity that is not aware of the frequency changes of the planet. Keep in mind that there are countless other reasons why a large part of humanity is crossing over, or falling ill, but basically, it is all related to the end of this “grand cycle.”

Everything is now being intensified. A great portion of humanity is adapting well and is in tune and in synchronization with this rising frequency of the planet. Those that are slightly out of synchronicity will feel listless, short of energy, with a need to sleep longer, or the need to take small naps during the day. This is their way of tuning in to the frequency. Those that are not able to sleep longer, or take naps, because of their daily responsibilities, or because they feel that it is a waste of time, time is moving fast and it will catch up with them; they will be vulnerable to all that we speak about. 

This is the “purification period” and we must purify our instrument of being. We must make a daily effort to eliminate the Four Lower Quadrant of Animal Type Mankind. This is Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear.

These frequencies can only originate first in the “mind” of fallen mankind, then taken into action as a result of the “emotional energy” of darkness that we imbue it with. We must Sense, See, & Feel, into each and everyday, on the prior evening. All suppressed Anger must be transmuted, and this energy must now be channeled into positive purpose or actions. Energy cannot be destroyed, but it can be changed from one frequency to another. This is transmutation.

If you are feeling depressed or angry, first and foremost, Sense, See & Feel if it is just the rising frequency of the planet. It may not have anything directly related to you on the surface. It may just be the magnetism pulling at suppressed negative or dark energy within you, and because it has been suppressed for a long time, you may not be able to immediately comprehend its original source. But as you meditate, or in those moments of quiet contemplation, in silence, you will Sense, See & Feel the original cause. Now you transmute the energy by first forgiving yourself, then others, and also those, that you may have originally directed this suppressed negative energy to, or all in all, by the balancing and transmutation of the energy for the greater good of all. (What is suppressed is personal to you; otherwise, it would not be suppressed. Do not talk to others about what is hidden with the false belief that you need to speak about it. You created it; you must clean it up without contaminating others by transmuting and returning it to the Light. Those who speak or confess to others contaminate to such a great degree that the contamination is usually more widespread and worse that the original condition. You, and you alone must transmute without contaminating others. Please read the message given on January 14, 2005 regarding this. PLM)

It is important to remember that Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear and any other dark energy cannot be created or made manifest until someone uses the “mental & emotional” frequency. Thought and emotions create “good or evil” in this reality of the “three dimensional world.” The minute we think, we are creating! 

Whatever your actions are, they are first imbued with “mental & emotional” energy and this becomes your reality. In the past, one could straddle both sides of “good & evil,” and the “cause & effect” factor, which is the scientific word for Karma,” would not come back to its creator right away, sometimes for years after.

Because of the rising frequency of the planet everything has escalated, wherein all “negative and dark actions” will come back to its creator very quickly, sometimes within hours.

Those “fallen ones” in a position of power, who work with the Law of Self, although they may claim to be of the Light, will become aware that their loved ones, who may be light bearers, but not awake to protect themselves, may fall victim to the fallen creator’s “energy and actions” in a Karmic manner. Although this may be sad and tragic, it may be a blessing for the victim. This may be difficult to understand, and if you do not understand this, it does not apply to you at this time.

Those in power, in all walks of life, including those who are the leaders of Nations, Factions, Corporations, Institutions, and all those that claim to be working for the greater good will now start to feel the frequencies that we speak about.

The Children of the Light are here to awaken to the Light that shines from within this Heart Center of the Divine Creator. Make no mistake that the forces of Anger are out there. It is not a time to provoke! It is a time to follow the Master’s teaching, “Love one another as I have loved you.” It is a time to share with one another this gift of Love.

We are all here for the adventure!

The Messengers of the Light                       

 

(Scroll down to read January 14, 2005 Message)

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:06 a.m.

MESSAGE & DICTATION AUGUST 7, 2005

(We Have Entered A New Cycle, The Forces Of Anger Have Been Unleashed)

We would like to convey this message for those who have been waiting patiently.

In the world of humanity there have been many changes within recent months, and along with this, the frequency of the planet has increased whereas all those that are vigilant have become aware of these dramatic changes.

For those that are not in the process of becoming awake, the “forces of anger” have released tension, anxiety, uneasiness, with a reverberation that manifests the Laws of Cause & Effect, or in other terms, “Karma Conditions.” Those that are victims to these individuals that radiate the frequency of Anger may also become affected by this frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant. This message could not have been brought about in the last three to four weeks as those caught up with these frequencies would not be able to assimilate the message.

The intensity of the “forces of anger” works simultaneously with the Divine Plan in the purification of the planet. Those who have not learned to cope with Anger will now do the work of the “fallen ones.” This in turn will be an initiation for those who will conquer and override the “dark forces.”

Many Children of the Light that are not awake to the frequencies within the Heart Center may be in a state of confusion during this new cycle that humanity has just entered into. Because of the intensity of their individual frequency, along with confusion to these forces of energy, they may fall into a state of Anger that is overwhelming. Again, we must remind the reader and receiver of this particular message, if you exert Anger to any degree that will unbalance another human being; you are now doing the work of the “fallen ones.”

The Children of the Light must learn to stand as a “Pillar of Light” under the intensity of the next coming months. The “Forces of Anger” have been unleashed. It will be imperative to center one’s self within the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony on a “moment to moment” continual daily basis in order not to succumb to the “forces of anger.” Those that are born under the “signs of fire’’ will be the ones that will be most tested. Those of the “signs of water” must be always prepared to maintain the Light that replenishes, as the forces of fire can create a barren desert for those who fall asleep. The other two “signs” must create the balance of the two extremes by conditioning of the Heart Center.

Those individuals that are prone to anger, regardless of their “sign of birth,” must assimilate this message from the Heart Center, as no one is left unscathed.

Prior to the “Purification Period” that we have previously related, you will become aware that you have already been tested by your own volition, so to speak, with personal examples of what the forces of Anger can manifest. Within the next few months, the intensity of this dark frequency will be multiplied, and accentuated by the Law of Polarities, and by the hands of those that are not presently prepared and did not learn from the previous “manifestations and experiences.”

The Law of Cause & Effect, also known as “Karma,” may be instantaneous with the added intensity of the frequency of fallen mankind around the area that one lives in by the Law of Attraction. For those Children of the Light that are gifted with intensity of Light, if they have a fall, the group consciousness of “fallen mankind” will be attracted to such a degree that can cause one to pass to the other side, which may be a blessing. It may be a blessing in that a Child of the Light that is gifted with intensity of Light can cause great harm and devastation to their fellow man. This would be a great loss, as all Children of the Light must prepare daily for the following days events, otherwise, they lose the opportunity to serve their Divine Purpose in Life.

In the words of the Master when He walked the Earth, we must be prepared as we do not know the “hour or the day.”

This is a great opportunity for those who, within their heart, receive the message. Very few individuals acknowledge on a daily basis their Divine Source that never fails, but they readily succumb to those individuals that exert and entertain anger.

Those who receive from the Heart must connect and be centered within the Heart of the Divine Christ Principle. The Heart Center cannot and will not entertain a “dark shadow.” Where there is Light, darkness cannot exist.

As a “beacon of Light,” prior to sleep, prepare for the following days events and shine the Light of the Divine to those individuals that manifest Anger. Stand as a “Pillar of Light” centered within the Heart and do not react or be shaken by those who manifest anger. Again, “The Forces of Anger have been unleashed.” In preparation, there isn’t anything or any force that can shake the “Pillar of Light.” 

Shine so that all may see!

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________                    

 

**********

Awakened 415 a.m.

MESSAGE MAY 18, 2005

(Change The Mental & Emotional, Heal The Physical)

We are bringing this message in order that those individuals who are experiencing heightened sensitivity will understand the nature of this frequency.

The element of fire is the first frequency that initiates change. It is also the energy frequency that will erupt in fallen mankind in the form of anger or being quick to anger. The rising frequency of the planet is creating this tension with fallen mankind, as they do not understand what is taking place or what motivates their uncontrollable actions. The planet has been increasing in frequency since 1998 when it started to become noticeable. Fallen mankind reacts in a negative manner and the correlation will become self-evident.

This is the cleansing period spoken about in ancient tests. Those seekers of the Light will understand the last message regarding "transmutation." As the planet increases in frequency, those of the Light will find a need to cleanse and transmute negative energy within the mental, emotional, and physical body.

It is also a time to cleanse the mind by forgiving and making peace with all those thought forms of negative actions of your past. It is important to first forgive yourself then forgive all of those individuals that may have done you perceived wrong. Although you may not be able to forgive them in person, forgiving them within the mind will have a balancing effect both for you and the perceived wrong of others. There is a reason we say perceived, as the meaning of this will become clear after you have balanced the negative mental frequency you may have been carrying as a burden in life.

The emotional energy within our frequency usually relates as to how we were brought up within our particular society, culture, race, or even within the neighborhood of our upbringing. It also relates to our "belief systems" regarding religion, spiritual matters, or even our atheist views.

All of these things that burden our "mental and emotional" lives will drain our frequency resulting in damage to the physical body.

The Law of Physics states that everything that exists on and in our planet consists of the four basic elements in Nature, or a portion thereof. These are the elements of Fire, Earth, Water and Air. Fallen mankind will eventually become aware that all their physical ailments are the direct result of what is perceived in a negative manner within the "mental & emotional" body. As we have stated many times, the following is the direct result of fallen mankind’s negative actions in association with the negative aspects of the elements in the following manner: Fire = Anger, Earth = Hate, Water = Guilt, and Wind in the impassive state of Air = Fear.

Every one of these elemental negative aspects is the direct result of every condition on the body. Whatever ailment you may have, regardless of how complicated, or how rare it may be, in quiet meditation, as to the elements and the counterparts, it will become clear as to the "cause & effect" factor of your condition. Balance the element that originates in the "mental & emotional" frequency, transmuting the energy with Love, Peace & Harmony, will have direct results. Your 'mental & emotional" condition within your "belief systems" will change or transmute.

The Master spoke when he walked the earth, "Love one another as I have loved you." This affirmation is a simple task, but because of our "mental & emotional" conditioning, we may not be able to see how simple this affirmation will change every condition in our lives. 

Let the Light shine so that the eyes may see.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:18 a.m.

MESSAGE MAY 8, 2005

(Distractions)

We have awakened you to bring this message.

There have been many things that have caused many individuals to doubt their own intuition. There seems to be many distractions and this is not allowing the individual to focus within the Heart Center. These distractions come at a time when one is getting ready to align oneself to the Divine Light. But of course, the distraction seems urgent, and in our mind, it must be attended to immediately. We believe that once it is taken care of, we can then focus within the Divine Light.

The subtleties of these distractions will eventually become greater, and greater. Many individuals are dealing with distractions on a daily basis. Many of these distractions will start to cause anger, and eventually, what seems like bad luck now starts to enter our lives. 

For those that have been receiving and studying the messages and dictations, we have spoken about this and how the escalation of the frequency of the planet is now increasing. If you have become aware of this increase you will understand why these distractions come about and why the manifestation of presumed bad luck is overtaking many individuals. This is a time of change.

The frequency of the planet started to become noticeable in 1987 and in 1998 it was self-evident that the world weather patterns had changed. The increase in frequency is causing many distractions because humanity, in general, is not in tune to this increased frequency of the planet.

We have spoken that it is essential to "Sense, See & Feel" each following day by visualizing all that may occur on the previous night. It may be important to write everything down that you plan to do, thus circumventing possible distractions by not allowing others to take your time with unfounded distress, which in most cases is not valid, or can be taken care of on another day when they have calmed down. Those who do not understand the rising frequency of the planet feel this feeling of distress and thus causing panic with the need to do things immediately, as if their life depended on it. They know that something is happening, but cannot understand what it is. They are in a state of fear, which will eventually manifest anger, hate and guilt. They have fallen into the Four Lower Quadrant of mankind, and if you are not careful, you will be dragged down to their level.

Feel & Sense the frequency of the planet and feel its pulsation, which is very subtle. Fifteen to thirty minutes each night will allow you to synchronize to the frequency of the planet. Fifteen minutes of tuning in the morning will put you in direct synchronization. You will notice that you can do things quickly, and believe it or not, you will have more free time. This in itself may be a presumed phenomenon, but in reality, you are in control of your life within the frequency of the Heart Center radiating Love, Peace & Harmony and keeping in balance with the All That Is. 

May the Light shine and protect you.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:28 a.m.

Dictation April 19, 2005

(Transmutation Process)

We would like to bring this message to one and all. You have been waiting patiently, in most cases, with a yearning that these messages will bring relief to the anxiety that now manifests within humanity. We have stated in the past that each individual must see this life as a school of our individual making within the mass consciousness of humanity. What we react to and learn, or reject, within our immediate environment, will affect the whole of humanity. This may sound impossible to comprehend. If all of humanity would for one day, think and speak positive uplifting words, to one another, there would be a transformation of such a degree that would bless and heal the planet.   

Although we are concerned with everyday events within our own life, because of the news media, we are also connected to whatever is occurring around the world. And in this, we share the responsibility of every negative and positive action that is inflicted to one another in this great family called humanity. Many individuals are aware of this and are now turning off the news media in order not to be contaminated by the negativity of the world.  All in all, we will still feel the frequency and vibration of all that is occurring to our brothers and sisters around the world in the form of anxiety and mental heaviness that comes in waves.   

Because we are conscious, thinking souls, we are also receptors of like thinking frequencies that are occurring around the planet, which is then multiplied, and basically every human being on the planet will share the burden. Those that do not know and understand how to transmute this negative, mental energy may eventually be consumed by it in the form of physical, mental, and emotional debilitating illnesses that will affect the body physical of the persona.  (Transmutation is changing one frequency to another frequency.) 

Those that are aware of these frequencies will find that prayer will have momentary relief, which will then block these frequencies for a short period of time, but in most cases, will not transcend to a higher frequency. It all keeps coming back. The remedy is to transmute the incoming frequencies to the Divine Light of the All That Is. This is the connection that we feel within the Heart Center where the spark of Light wakes up the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace, and Harmony. Transmutation is your ability to bring in Light into dark frequencies and returning the energy back to the Divine Source.  The violet transmutation affirmation that has been provided will change the frequency of all dark energy that may be attracted to you and can be remedied by your own use of the power of the word. In the beginning God said, "Let there be Light!" and immediately darkness was changed to Light. This is the gift of the Divine Christ Principle that we all possess within our Heart. (The Violet Light Affirmation is posted on the web page of the Messengers of the Light. www.messengersofthelight.com  )

If we all can align ourselves to these principles, and become aware of the negative frequencies of the planet, along with all darkness that humanity has made manifest, we can then take responsibility. Within your world of being, you will be a “beacon of light” with this transmutation process that will allow you to enjoy the benefits of nature and the blessings that the Creator has given for those who share this beautiful planet. Love and Light will clear and bless your immediate environment, regardless of how much turmoil may be occurring to those of fallen mankind. 

We must all be the co-creators of our immediate environment, which will then have an affect on the entire planet in increments of Light. You will then become a “beacon of light” so that all may find their way through the journey of life.   

The Children of the Light must awaken during this time of increased frequency and acceleration of the planet. This will bring about certain predestined prophecies that have been misunderstood, and been, in most cases, misinterpreted by modern mankind in error of the frequency of the ancient past, which does not give a true understanding of all that is to come. It is important to understand that the mental frequency of ancient humanity was at a low state of mental evolution. True understanding will come from your own heart when you evoke the frequency of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace, and Harmony. And as you transmute these negative frequencies, a new understanding will come to light by the cleansing of your immediate environment with the transmutation process.  

The frequency of the planet is increasing, which now should become obvious to one and all. Those that will work with the Light will rise in synchronicity with the planet and its environment.  Those who choose to follow darkness will eventually depart from the planet or fall into the frequencies of fallen mankind.

In previous dictations and messages we have stated that humanity has been given a choice. 

Let the Light shine and guide your every day adventures with the joy that will come from a brand new day. May we all find and share the Light within.

 The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2005 Table of Content

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:09 a.m.

Message February 13, 2005

(Recent Earthquake & Tsunami, Anger)

We have awakened you this morning so that we may release the following for those that are ready to receive, and in the same manner, to awaken the Light within.   

There are certain events in the realm of humanity within a timeline that will form the future of coming events.  Humanity has been able to formulate the future by the exercise of free will, and information can only be released when humanity is ready to receive. 

The recent earth changes with the human elements of anger, hate, guilt, and fear, coinciding with the frequency of the planet has had a great affect on the physical frequency of each human being. (The result of the recent earthquake and tsunami on 12/26/2004. PLM) The tension has been released and many individuals will now assess their own personal reality within the greater reality of humanity and the world. Scientists have released and given information that this has affected and has tilted the planet to some degree. After the devastating events, the frequency of fire element, which is associated to the frequency of anger in each human being, will now prevail as a lesson in life. 

If we all reflect back during the recent weeks, we will recall that there was a need for sleep. Many individuals were having a problem staying awake during the day. Others were having trouble waking up in the morning as this need for sleep became very strong. What was actually occurring, at subtle levels, the persona body was tuning in and synchronizing to the new frequency of the planet. 

There are many individuals that read these messages and dictations, who become frustrated that these messages are infrequent. It is important for all to understand that life is a school of our own making, and Divine Guidance can only come as we elevate our frequency to a higher level. It doesn't matter that it might be in small minute increments, the Light will prevail and guidance will come.   

For many individuals, the frequency of anger will escalate, and for many others, they will transcend to a higher frequency of Light. Life is a school where we must awaken to higher truths. In the same manner that many became victims to the recent earthquake and resulting tsunami, animals that were in tune with nature, did not perish. It is important to become awakened to the subtle frequencies of the planet and our immediate environment.  Anger, hate, guilt, and especially fear, will cancel the sixth-sense in the individual. Those who are actually asleep in their waking state will cancel out the feeling nature within the human structure. It is very important to "sense, see, and feel" each night prior to the following day. 

During this week, every individual will have an opportunity to assess and tune in to this new frequency that we have evolved to. At this point we will be able to recognize who is awake and who isn't. Those that are asleep will fall into the frequency of anger, and those that are awakened, will have to use great patience in order to calm the beast that is within these individuals who are asleep, but with great caution. An angry person needs only a small amount of energy to cause them to explode. This is the time to use the Light of the Divine with great patience in order to allow people to be "what they are, and what they are not." Gentle love and patience will calm and extinguish the fire within. 

Those who receive these messages, who may find that they fall into the frequencies of anger and mistrust, must now make a strong effort to preplan each day utilizing the awakening gift of how to " sense, see, and feel." The Divine Plan works in a manner that when truth is revealed, but not utilized, devastating effects will result. The fact that you're reading these messages, if you fall to the frequency of anger, even if it is once a month, the law of "cause & effect" will prevail. Common sense dictates this. These messages, although sometime vague and subtle, are meant to guide and awaken. Those that do not make an effort to eradicate anger from their lives will in fact, fall victim to the elements of nature and fallen humanity.

Where does this Anger come from, we may ask? As we have stated before, the frequency of the planet is escalating to a higher frequency as we come to the end of the Grand Cycle. This is not the end of the world, as we have stated in many Dictations, but for many, it can be. The frequency of the planet has an effect on the human persona and the physicality. What occurs, especially for those individuals that are very sensitive, the human body fights the change and the subtle frequencies rather than accepting and synchronizing to the frequency of the planet. Short naps and meditation in order to feel the planet will release this tension.

Nice people are nice to one another under nice conditions. But when the frequency of the planet changes, tension manifests, and certain individuals who were presumably nice, the fire within awakens like a dormant volcano resulting in devastation. We are in the "purification period" and all that is within will come out to be dealt with. In Sacred Texts this is interpreted as the "resurrection of the dead for final judgment."

It is very important to remember that God is Love radiating in Light, and Light bears Truth free of darkness. The All That Is does not punish. This Divine Source is constantly radiating Love & Light in the same manner that the Sun radiates sunshine. We judge ourselves by our own actions by having fallen from the Grace of this Light. Life is a school of our own making to bring us back to this Light. If we want Light we can walk out into the sunshine of the Sun that is constantly radiating in order that we may receive. If we are of darkness, we have the choice to receive this darkness by crawling into a dark cave of our own creation by turning away from the Light.

During this time of change, the good and bad of our past existence, including previous lifetimes, will now come to the surface. For those that are not awake, or knowledgeable to what is occurring, it can be a virtual nightmare resulting in anger. Guidance is there for all to receive. No one is ever deprived of guidance. Unfortunately, it is often rejected by the ego of the fallen individual.

The "Violet Prayer" given can have healing results in all frequencies and opens the door to the "higher light." Although, many individuals may view it as a Spiritual Affirmation, it includes the frequencies of the three major belief systems. (The three major belief systems are the Spiritual = relating to the emotional body, the Scientist = relating to the physical body, and the Atheist = relating to the mental body. The "Violet Light Prayer" is located at the home page of the Messengers of the Light website. PLM)

Let the Light of the Divine awaken within the Heart Center, that it may guide you through the coming events within the timeline that humanity has chosen, and that this Light may radiate to all your loved ones in stages of mental, emotional, and physical enlightenment. The Light will set you free to enjoy the adventure of Life.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

********** 

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:44 a.m.

MESSAGE JANUARY 14, 2005

(The Inner & Outer Reality, The Seven Light Beings, Transmuting Dark Matter)

We would like to start this morning with a message that will now come to be recognized within everything that is occurring in the realm of the outer reality. This is in light of every thing that has been occurring within the recent weeks. (The tsunami, earthquakes, floods, landslides, freezing temperatures, tornados and rain in the USA and in all parts of the world. PLM) The frequency that has affected most of humanity at this time is now being felt deep within the structure of the planet. These frequencies now are coalescing and bringing together awareness within the feeling nature of humanity. As in all cases where individuals have been traumatized by certain events, from that point on, they start to become aware and on guard with a vigilant frequency to survive.

This will in many ways help humanity by the sacrifice of all those that have exited the planet. Those that are drawn to these events of Mother Nature will start to recognize within themselves, certain frequencies that they have not felt or encountered before. This will be, and has been, an awakening period as the planet reaches another level of frequency. We must always keep in mind that there will be individuals that are not concerned or drawn to these matters. In fact, many individuals are not completely aware of what has been a dramatic event. This is also part of the Divine Plan and we must accept this. `

Those that are drawn to these matters, and read these dictations and messages, are a different grouping within humanity that is here to transcend frequencies of the elements. Mother Nature works with the elements of fire, earth, water and wind. The corresponding frequencies of anger, hate, guilt and fear hold most of humanity in bondage. The Children of the Light are here to awaken those who have this frequency to transcend. If each individual will make contact with the Light through the Heart Center, astounding revelations will start to be revealed concerning each individual's Divine Plan and what their purpose in life is regarding the World Changes and coming events. It may or may not be a profound purpose as there are many individuals that have incarnated just to be observers as to how humanity reacts with Mother Nature.

In general, most inhabitants on the planet are very nice caring individuals under normal circumstances. And in times of great tragedies will help one another, forgetting the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant that keeps them in bondage. But when Mother Nature persists in tormenting those within its path, time after time, humankind may eventually turn on one another in order to survive fighting for a piece of bread. This is the "outer reality of form" separating one's self from the Heart Center. When this occurs, what were considered nice normal individuals may fall from Grace to the level of undeveloped mankind.

It will be very important for those that read these messages, to convey to their family and friends, that all must maintain their connection to the "inner reality of the Light" based in the Heart Center. This will bring guidance to all those that maintain their connection to the Divine Source. This will be vitally important for those that may be caught in the path of Mother Nature along with those that are caught in the middle of the warring nations currently affecting great parts of the planet.

This year will be a trying time for all inhabitants. Those that are in tune to the Planet will transcend events in the same manner that animals transcended the recent events.

In a previous dictation in 2004 we gave mention of the Seven Light Beings of the Divine that have come to radiate the Light to all of humanity and the planet. This occurs at the end of each Grand Cycle. No, this is not the end of the world, but as we have previously stated, for some of humanity, it can be. We have also stated that these events are not brought on by a vengeful god of the past. The true "Source of Divine Light" is Love. God, the All That Is, the Divine Source, is constantly radiating in the same manner that the Sun radiates its Light to the World for those that are ready to receive. Most of humankind's tragedies are caused by lack of "common sense" whereas animals within Nature are presently alive, in tune, doing what they do. They are not separated from the Divine Source. We must all learn to "Sense, See & Feel."

These Light Beings are often written about in Ancient Texts as the "Seven Angels of the Lord." If we can perceive that the planet earth is as a school of our own design, we will be better able to grasp the meaning of cycles within each Grand Cycle, and along with this, the cleansing that eventually has to come about by the residue of spent "dark energy" from incarnations left behind from previous life cycles of our ancient past. The Light Beings radiate the Light of the Divine, which allows all "dark matter" to surface from within the remnants of our Ancient Past and previous incarnations of humanity, which is often called the "sins of our father's." This refers to generations of miss-co-creations of the past.

These Light Beings with their radiance also cause deep dark secrets of matter within each individual soul that inhabits the planet to be exposed for cleansing. All that is within, will eventually surface in the Light of Truth if we do not make an effort to balance the energy spent co-creating the "dark matter." We must be very careful to understand how this works. All that is unclean can contaminate others by revealing what is within if we do not use "common sense." If one has "dark matter," one must not expose it to others or our loved ones as a chain of events may occur to other innocent individuals causing a greater tragedy to take place. We all must take responsibility for our own dark matter. If we have created it, we must, as an individual, clean it up without hurting other individuals. We must realize that this reality is as a school, and by learning all we can from the experience, and within the Light of the Divine within the Heart Center, bless and transmute the darkness to the Light. Become as "One" with the Light radiating Love, Peace & Harmony from the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of the Trinity. A great lesson will be learned by this simple task. It is time to cleanse the remnants of our past.

Our "outer reality" is in the world of form, and is as a dream taking place within the "group consciousness" of humanity. In reality it is the "unreal" taking place in a form of a school of our own making in order to learn how to co-create the Light of the All That Is along with all the other participants on this place called Earth. The "inner reality" is the true source, and our only connection to this source is through the "heart center." It is essential to understand that there is an "outer reality" as in a dream, and an "inner reality" which will eventually allow us to exit the dream to our true source.

Learn to release the fear that keeps one in bondage. Where there is Light, fear cannot exist.

Love, Peace, and Harmony surrounds me and I am ONE with the Father. Let there be Light!

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:04 a.m.

MESSAGE JANUARY 9, 2005

(Sense, See, And Feel, The Human Environment and Mother Nature)

We would like to start this morning by bringing in Love and Light to all the individuals who are in desperate need of awakening. Reflecting back on all the dictations and messages, one will see that preparation has been given for all those who have been listening from the heart. It is very important to always be connected to the Heart Center within the Feeling Nature of the body in order to be connected to the Divine Plan of humanity within the frequency of Love, Peace, and Harmony in regards to the planet.   

The earth changes along with the frequencies of humanity will now become self-evident for all those who have been listening to the dictations given in the recent past. In a prior dictation given to all receivers of Light, is that we now have to "sense, see, and feel" all that is occurring within our system of being each day prior to our daily activities. In this manner, the individual who is prepared will never be caught off guard with whatever is presented within their environment.

We have stated in the past that all creatures within nature and all the plant and mineral kingdoms are within a balanced Trinity within the mind of the Creator. Humankind is the only unbalanced creature, which occupies the planet in this school called Earth. Humanity lives within the frequencies of polarities seeking to bring in a Higher Light of the Divine, which will then create a balanced Trinity. 

Being that we are conscious souls, we believe that we of ourselves can create. For many individuals, it may be difficult to understand that all that we are capable of thinking has already been created within the mind's eye of God. We are not able to originate a thought form, but we are capable of co-creating a thought, which can then manifest within our reality of being. We are not the originators of whatever thought we conceive of, as the All That Is has already been created within the Minds Eye of God prior to the individual in form thinking about it. We are only able to co-create that which has already been created by the Source of the Divine. In the Light of Truth we are co-creators with the Divine.

Being that we are conscious souls and have fallen from the Light, we now exist within the frequency of this school in order to reawaken ourselves back to the Light. In order to awaken to the Light we must search within. The feeling nature of humanity is needed in order to survive in the environment of the planet. But in order to be in tune with the planet and the Divine Light that we call God, we must silence ourselves and listen within. Animals, in order to survive within their environment, are in tune to the Planet, Mother Nature, and the Divine Plan. They are not conscious souls in the manner that the Creator endows humanity.   

All that exists on the planet are tools and examples to awaken the individual soul to its Divine Light of the All That Is. In this manner, if we become aware of the environment and of all that exists within Mother Nature, within its cycles and within its frequency, we will then be able to awaken to the frequency of Light within our Heart that will now connect us to the Creator. 

The outer reality is connected to our senses. Humanity is gifted with senses beyond the realm of what is perceived by regular humanity at this stage of evolution. Presently, animals possess senses more acute than regular humanity. The frequencies of Light have no barriers and transcend all that is capable of being perceived and sensed by regular humanity. Most of humanity is not awake. In the same manner that animals are in tune to the planet and constantly use the senses, humanity, being conscious souls are gifted and are able to transcend into the higher frequencies of Light, if they would only recognize their Divine Source.  

The Children of the Light must at all times acknowledge their Divine Source.  In this manner they will work within the Divine Plan of the All That Is by utilizing "the feeling nature" within their sense of being. The outer reality is within the realm of the "Feeling Nature" and the inner reality is our true Source and our connection to the All That Is, which we call God the Creator. We are co-creators within our inner reality, which manifests in the world of form, or we create within the world of "illusion & fantasy" which is in the world of polarities in the outer reality. This is defined in Ancient Texts as being in the frequency of "good & evil."  

When we are not within the Heart Center of the Divine, all that we create will fall within the realm of the outer reality embellished by the Law of Polarities. But when we tune in to the Divine and the frequency of Light, we are now co-creating within the Mind's Eye of God. We then become as Children of Light. As we co-create within the Heart Center, which is the Divine Christ Principle, we can then transcend to Higher Frequencies of Light, which can then help those that are in need of this frequency. This is a time to radiate the Light of Love, Peace, and Harmony to all those that are in need of the Light. We must be active participants as "beacons of light" co-creating with the Divine Source.

(Regular humanity prays to God to help others, which is fine, but by being a co-creator and allowing the Light to flow through you, but not of you, a high intensity of Light will manifest in the same manner that the Master Jesus taught. This will have a greater effect when we proclaim: "I And The Father Are One." You are now a co-creator of the Light. PLM)

The Earth Changes are now manifesting within the Divine Plan. Those that are within the realm of these calamities, as a viewer, will feel sadness and compassion. But many others will feel the frequency of fear, with a thought, that these events may occur within their immediate environment.

First and foremost, we all chose to be in this incarnation during these great events of learning. Fear must be relinquished, along with Anger, Hate, and Guilt. These elemental frequencies correspond to the elements of nature, which are Fire, Earth, Water, and Wind. If we harbor or allow these frequencies to invade our mental frequency, we will not be able to be in tune to the Planet and Mother Nature. Fear cancels our receptivity to the "Feeling Nature." If we do not "Sense, See, and Feel" it may be difficult to be forewarned of coming events within our individual Divine Plan. 

In quiet contemplation, feel the frequency within your heart and feel the connection to the Divine Source of the All That Is. Know that Love only exists in this connection within the "inner reality." Feel the Light as it enters every cell of your body within the physical, mental, and emotional body flowing from the Heart Center. Always affirm that this is within your "inner reality" and not allowing the "outer reality" of “thoughts and senses” to interfere. Feel the Light each evening before going to bed till you can affirm a tingling, electronic sensation, going to all parts of your body, and deep within the cells. Once you are at peace, you can now tune in to the planet, Mother Nature, and your immediate environment. You now "Sense, See, and Feel" all activities of the next day and you will not be caught by surprise by the changing frequencies of the planet, and most importantly, the erratic changes of humanity and the social environment.

Shine, as "beacons of light" and be connected to the Divine Source, which will daily reveal your individual Divine Plan. We are all here for the adventure.

May the Light shine to all that are in need and ready to receive.

The Messengers of the Light.

 

(When the recent earthquake hit Indonesia and Sumatra resulting in the devastating tsunami that killed over 100,000 people just after Christmas 2004, it was incredible that virtually few animals died. In many areas, not one single animal died according to many news sources, as the use of the sixth sense warned them and they fled to higher ground. This is what the Messengers speak about that mankind can survive disaster by the use of these principles outlined in the message given. PLM.)

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2005 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2005 Table of Contents

Printing For Personal Use: All the Dictations in this section are on one file. If you would like to copy one Dictation, highlight the Dictation desired, then "copy & paste" to your word processor, or paste to "write e-mail" then print, otherwise all the Dictations will be printed.

Dictations Released In 2004

Table Of Contents

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2003  2000  1999  1998

(Click A Date To Display Text Posted In Reverse Order.)

DECEMBER 7, 2004          The Inner And Outer Environment, Ascending, Depletion Of Energy, New Phase

OCTOBER 29, 2004          The Ring Pass Not, Awakening Of The Children Of The Light

OCTOBER 19, 2004           Latent Memories Of The Past, Alleviating of Aches, Joint Pain, Stress,

                                             The Violet Light

OCTOBER 6, 2004             Choice Based On Fear

SEPTEMBER 20, 2004        Eliminate Fear

AUGUST 21, 2004               Trying Time For Many, Awakening To The Atheist, The Scientist,

                                              And The Spiritual

JULY 22, 2OO4....................Increase Of Frequency By The Light Beings, New Era, Creating &

                                               Co-Creating

JUNE 16, 2004......................The Light Beings

MAY 28, 2004......................Stream Of Energy By The Light Beings, Cause & Effect

MAY 13, 2004......................Entering A Cycle Within A Series Of Cycles, The Emotional Body, Be A Pillar

                                               Of Light

MARCH 16, 2004.................Expanding On Learning To Sense, See & Feel

FEBRUARY 11, 2004.......... Agitation From The Rising Frequency, Learn To Sense, See And Feel

 

FEBRUARY 5, 2OO4...........Transcending The Next Three Months, The Mental Process

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999  1998  

**********

Awakened at 4:17 a.m.

MESSAGE DECEMBER 7, 2004

(The Inner And Outer Environment, Ascending, Depletion Of Energy, New Phase)

We would like to bring you this message in order for all to receive. The events that are presently occurring, within the Divine Plan of the All That Is, is being made manifest by the frequency of humanity in accordance with the Law of Cause and Effect. As we now have entered into this new phase, we will begin to notice many different things about how we relate to the outer environment. It may become difficult for many individuals to not take the "emotions and feelings" that we are experiencing, as being taken personal. It is very important to understand that many Light Beings and Children of the Light are also going through the same frequency, but individual to each person, but not on a personal basis.

As we acclimate to the new frequency that we have now entered into, it is important to identify and relate to this newfound frequency without having a tendency to reject. If we start rejecting, our bodies will react with symptoms of being sick, tired, depleted of energy, and along with this, having a need for more sleep. Sleep will be beneficial up to a certain point, if we go beyond this point, then we will feel listless all day long.

It will now become very important for the individuals that are feeling these anomalies, to meditate and relax at different intervals during the day. If we fail to do this, we will not adjust and will find that things do not fall in place like they used to. Of course, many individuals will push their energy to the limit, which will then deplete the body and eventually will become sick to the outside environment, or by the Law of Attraction, cause learning experiences or certain anomalies to occur within our life experience.

Keep in mind that not everyone will be feeling these anomalies. But in general, those that will be reading these messages will to some degree fall into this category. In the past "dictations and messages" we have brought to mind that the planet is increasing in frequency. The frequency of fallen humanity, and the outer environment within Nature will verify this. This in itself will verify what we speak about.

All that exists on the planet is composed of the four basic elements in Nature, which are: fire, earth, water, and wind. (Wind is the impassive state of "air." PLM) The corresponding negative reactions of humanity to these elements are anger, hate, guilt, and fear. As we start to react to the rising frequency of the planet we will find that the mental and the emotional body of humanity will start to manifest these four frequencies, the foremost being anger. If we can wake up each morning and prepare ourselves not to fall into the frequencies of anger, hate, guilt, and fear, we will then be able to acclimate and accept the new frequencies that we are entering into.

There are many individuals on the planet that are not aware of these things that we speak about and are not in any way being affected by these changes. Their purpose in life has been, as a learning experience within the frequencies that they find themselves in, in the same manner that many animals within Nature are also adapting to the changes without being affected in any way, manner, or form. They are in perfect harmony within their own individual Divine Plan.

But those that are attracted to these messages will find that they are part of this grouping that will be elevating into the next frequency of humanity that will be separated from those that will not Ascend to the next frequency of being. This has been spoken about in the Sacred Texts as being the separation of the sheep. Please to not confuse this as being the separation of "good and evil." Although, there is a definite change for those that will follow the dark and those that will choose to follow the Light. This is a complete and separate action that is being taken by the Divine Plan. We presently speak about those who will be Ascending to the next frequency, and those that will follow the Divine Plan within their state of being.

Those that are being affected by this change are presently feeling many different anomalies within their physical body, along with the mental body, and most importantly, the emotional body. If you find that you are part of these individuals who are going through these changes but are not feeling what are presumed to be negative reactions, feel blessed that your state of being is accepting the new frequencies and you are not reacting or rejecting. This is the ideal.

Most of the grouping that are called The Children of the Light, because they come from another state of being which is alien to this frequency, at this point in time, by the process of incarnating into this frequency, they already reject the environment to begin with. The second part of this dilemma, if we can look at it in this manner, is that they're experiencing an added reaction by the rising frequency of the planet. This can be very troubling, and sometimes devastating to some degree, to the Children of the Light. Once they discover what is occurring and understand how to adapt without rejecting these frequencies, they will be able to assimilate and feel free in this changing environment.

There are many individuals that are of the Children of the Light, who at this point time, are basically incapacitated and are laying in bed with doctors not being able to understand what is causing this anomaly. Although with good intentions, in some cases they may misdiagnose and cause more of a dilemma to the Child of the Light in their effort to help with what is presumed to be psychosomatic problems.

If the Child of the Light will read this information, a spark of Light within will awaken them to understand exactly what is occurring and they may wake up and find that what they need to know will come from their Heart Center that is connected to the All That Is within the Divine Plan of their existence. Immediately their condition will start to improve in a strange, and what may seem to be, a miraculous manner. They will start to energize with this rising frequency of the planet. It is a sense of going with the flow, in a manner of speaking.

There will also be many individuals that may have injuries or afflictions that have been attracted to the physical body by the Law of attraction, which is a learning experience, and they will now be able to access the Light frequency within their Heart Center to radiate to the different energy centers of the bodies in order to revitalize these areas of affliction or injury. (The Seven Chakra Centers PLM) A healing process will start, which will understandably be a learning and an awakening experience.

It is important to understand that the Children of the Light are very sensitive to the outside environment, along with, other high-energy frequency people that may disturb the frequency of the Children of the Light. It is also important to understand that our frequency of being is within our individual Heart Center and should not be affected by the elements of the outer environment, or by the corresponding frequencies of anger, hate, guilt, and fear of lower humanity that may come within our environment.

As stated before, the planet is reacting to the elements of humanity that is stuck within the frequencies of anger, hate, guilt, and fear, and as long as we recognize these frequencies, and by rising above the elements, we will find freedom within the frequency of the Heart Center, which will then radiate Love, Peace, and Harmony, as a Light frequency, dispelling all negative frequencies.

If we can understand that all that is occurring is not of a personal nature, even though certain individuals may radiate these energies at us, we must not accept that this is being directed personally, in the same manner that when Nature releases rain, thunder, and storm at us, it is not personal in nature, although the "group consciousness of fallen humanity" can affect and be the cause of this manifestation as a group energy that is rampant.

Once we become aware that there is an outer environment and an inner environment we will then be able to except our state of being. We are not the outer environment unless we participate with anger, hate, guilt, and fear. If we can understand that this is what regulates the outer environment with the corresponding elements of Nature, we will then look within the inner environment for the Light of the Divine radiating Love, Peace, and Harmony. The inner environment is where we want to be. By meditating, relaxing, and being unable to except that the rising frequency of the planet is not personal in nature, at this point, we will go with the flow, so to speak. We will not reject or react to this frequency and will except it as part of the Divine Plan of the All That Is, which we call God. The frequency of the Divine is constantly radiating out this Light of Love, Peace, and Harmony for all to receive. This, by our own frequency of being, can be radiated out from our Heart Center to the outer environment giving Light to all the areas that are in the dark. This will create strength and energy in order to revitalize and awaken ourselves to the Inner Light that reflects the Divine Plan.

We all chose to be here during this time of change, and if we look at this as being an adventure, the Light of The Divine will radiate Love, Peace & Harmony that will enter into our hearts and we will revitalize with a new sense of joy.

Shine the Light and allow the radiance to show you the way.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:01 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 29, 2004

(The Ring Pass Not, Awakening Of The Children Of The Light)

We are here to bring this message for all those that are ready to receive. We would like to convey that we are now entering another phase in frequency with the rising frequency of the planet. The full moon is indicative of a new change and for those that have opened up their hearts to the Light, a new awakening is starting to reveal many wondrous things that may be difficult to understand and accept. It is an awakening to a particular cycle that is not to far in the distance. This will be the culminating of the Grand Cycle we often speak about.

We understand that many things will be hard to grasp and understand, but the awakening of knowledge from the Ancient Past will confirm that humankind has advanced and has surpassed present day humanity.

But for now, this knowledge will be forthcoming in increments that most of humanity will accept, and of course, those that are asleep will reject. But if one will listen from the heart and receive the information without discrimination, one does not have to accept or reject. If we just allow the information to rest at the perimeter of the aura, which is your Ring Pass Not, in due time, the frequency will be received when one is ready. The practice of this procedure will allow many to access the Light by neither rejecting nor accepting information. That which will be true to you will eventually be accepted into your Heart as Truth. That which is not true to you will fade of its own accord when placed at the perimeter of your Ring Pass Not. 

As we enter this new phase, many individuals may still have discomfort throughout the body physical with “mental & emotional” clean up that has to be balanced. The memories of your recent past and unusual memories from an Ancient Past, through previous lifetimes, will surface for transmutation, which, in almost all cases is the source of this discomfort.

It is not important to dwell on these Ancient Memories, but rather, feel and sense the disturbing frequency and gently bear the pain of it without rejecting or fighting the frequency till you understand and completely accept the vibration with Love, Peace & Harmony. Once you can feel the frequency throughout your state of being, gently rise above it and you will transcend and balance. The Violet Light affirmation will greatly enhance this procedure by the attention given to the words, “Peace Be Still.” This affirmation will be vitally important from this day forward until the end of the Grand Cycle.

It is not the end of the world as many perceive, but for those that will not release this Fear of the changing times, that which they Fear can come upon the individual that does not understand how to transcend this illusion of Fear. In almost all cases, Fear is the lack of knowledge beyond our present scope of vision. Fear is darkness with the absence of Light. Create the Light and the illusion does not exist.

A simple affirmation can empower the individual who will use it, even if they have to recite it a hundred times a day, it will be effective. The “mental & emotional” barrier is what must be eradicated with the affirmation of the Violet Light. (This affirmation is on the website: www.messengersofthelight.com PLM)

To completely understand how an affirmation works, we have to use the “Feeling Nature.” If we “sense & feel” the energy when we are in a dark state of Fear, and then, if we can sense the frequency change that the affirmation creates, we will understand that it is all on how we utilize energy, which is the Light. It comes as an electrical subtle impulse within waves of the soothing frequency generated by the “mental & emotional” acceptance of the words within the Violet Light affirmation.

Energy is Light. The “mental & emotional” can create this electrical impulse by accessing the Heart Center by the acceptance of the words. The Heart contains our spark of Light that is connected to the All That Is of the Divine Source we call God. This is Love, and Love is Divine Light. With this procedure we access Light direct from the Divine Source.

Prayer works if one does access the Light through the Heart Center. When the individual accesses the Light, then radiates it out to others in need of this Light, wonders will occur. This is when we go about the Father’s work.

We must not discriminate as to who is right or wrong, or who should receive, and who should not receive, but rather, by radiating out to areas of need, the Light will eradicate the Darkness and Truth will be revealed.

This is a time of choice. The planet and its inhabitants are within this frequency of choice. Leaders who are supposed to lead the people are now confronted with choice and must lead from the Heart or they will succumb into the shadow of darkness where there is no Light. Many leaders believe that they are within the Light. But those that dwell in Fear or create Fear by their words are not of the Light although they may believe their intensions are for the greater good.

As Beacons of Light we have a choice. We can understand the principles of Light and utilize these principles, or we may succumb to darkness. As “beacons of Light” we can radiate Light to all Leaders of the planet in order to eradicate the darkness that is consuming humanity. All who read this Dictation can be the needed Light Bearers for those in need by daily radiating this Light from the Divine Source.

This Particular Dictation is being radiated out to all those that are receivers of this words and they are not limited to this scribe. As you read, you may acknowledge that you have received this same message in your dreams, prayers or intuitions. It is of great value and is vitally important for all those that will lead to have access to the Light. By being a Light Bearer one becomes like the Central Sun, constantly radiating for those who will partake. It one wants to live in a cave of darkness, that is a choice. But it is comforting to know that once we tire of this darkness we can walk into the Sun Light that is being radiated by the Beacons of Light.

The Children of the Light are here!

May those that are awakening Children of the Light see their purpose in life. The seed is planted and this day will sprout in search of the Rays of the Central Sun that gives life and sustenance.

May the Light Shine and Bless you.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:17 a.m.

MESSAGE OCTOBER 19, 2004

(Latent Memories Of The Past, Alleviating of Aches, Joint Pain, Stress, The Violet Light)

We would like to begin this morning with some information that will guide those that are open to receive. We are now entering a different phase in increments, as the planet tightens to a higher frequency of change. This will parallel with the frequency that is also manifesting with most of humanity. There are many principles that must be taken into consideration in order to understand this phenomenon that we speak of, as it would only be recognized within this frequency at this point in time. Many of these sensations, feelings and sensitivities are only felt for a short period of time as the planet increases in frequency, but can have an adverse affect on certain parts of humanity.

In order that one can completely understand this concept, we must see that what we feel is only manifesting for a short period of time in increments of frequency till we reach the next stage of increase. The feelings and sensations, sometimes coming as pains, joint pains, tightness behind the neck and down the spine can confuse one to believe that they are ill with a new ailment. Those that are older will think of this as manifestation of old age.

This frequency that most inhabitants of the planet are starting to "sense and feel" can bring up latent memories from past lives. Many individuals have reached this higher frequency of emotional stress and sensitivity during past lives during high levels of "anger and emotional distress" that reached a high point during those past experiences. Because the planet is increasing in frequency in a natural way, these high points of stress can now activate these past experiences that will surface.

If we can understand that as the planet increases in frequency, that which has been dormant or latent will now be reawakened by the increase in frequency of the planet, which in essence, attunes with and wakes up the dead. This is the dead of our past experiences that will now surface.

There is a complete variety of feelings and sensations that are relevant to each individual, depending on their past experiences, but most is from past lives that will now surface in order to cleanse the past. In Ancient Text this is referred to as the waking of the dead for the final Day of Judgment.

Of course, we must understand that The All That Is, which most of humanity accepts as God, is in a constant state of Love, and judgment is not within this frequency. God does not punish or judge. We of our own accord co-create all our experiences and accordingly, we must bring all miss-creations back to the source of Light.

We must keep in mind that what most of humanity is feeling at this particular point in time, may not affect all of humanity as a whole. Those who have miss-co-created with this particular type of frequency that we have just entered into will be the only ones that will feel this anomaly. As the planet increases in frequency we enter into different phases that will affect certain individuals, sometimes in large groups resulting in what many refer to as Group Karma. At all times we must awaken to the fact that there is no punishment, but rather, the opportunity to face and cleanse all that we have erred in the past. This is a great opportunity to balance our frequency of being with the Light of the Divine.

For those that are having an extremely hard time, the Violet Prayer has been provided for this purpose. Use this prayer, which is blessed with energy from the Messengers of Light. Repeat it as many times as is necessary. Bear the pain of the "feelings & emotions" that will surface. Allow one’s self to rest and feel the energy of this prayer and relief will occur. You will transcend all frequencies of the past and the spirit of being will be blessed with the Light that will awaken in the Heart Center. This is the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ principle that will elevate the physical, mental, and emotional body. (This prayer is located at the web site at www.messengersofthelight.com/ PLM)

Greet each day with the expectancy of a new frequency that may or may not resonate with you. When you do feel and sense that there is imbalance within your frequency, bear the pain of it, knowing that it will eventually pass as we enter a new phase of frequency. It may come as a physical pain, a mental pain, but in almost all cases it will be an emotional pain that will settle and manifest in the physical body.

Try to determine if the initial frequency is mental, emotional or physical. In almost all cases it will either be the "mental or emotional" where it will first manifest then affect the physical.

When these sensations start to manifest, recite the Violet Prayer, which in reality is a confirmation of taking your "power back" and the restructuring of your physical, mental, and emotional bodies. As you recite and confirm, make a concerted effort to rise above the sensations and frequencies within this Violet Light. Do not fight the pain or sensations, but rather relax and gently raise the frequency to this Light. Imagine the colors of the rainbow and as you transcend each color you will eventually raise your frequency to the highest color of this rainbow, which will be the color Violet. This frequency of color will transmute and change all frequencies back to the Light

It may take a few readings of this message in order to completely assess the gift that is within these words in order to take affect and bring one closer to the Light. In the event that you are one of those fortunate ones that are not going through this ordeal, you may meet someone who is in need of Light. This may be the gift that you will share with those in need. Unless you are going through this phenomenon of life, you may not completely understand how difficult a time it can be for those who are going through these experiences. The use of this method will greatly enhance and transcend the individual who is open to receive.

This is the "time of purification" and now is the time to cleanse and enlighten our frequency of being with the joy of a brand new day.

Let the Light Shine & Bless You.

The Messengers of the Light

(The colors of the rainbow, starting from the lowest frequency to the highest are: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. PLM)

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:04 a.m.

MESSAGE OCTOBER 6, 2004

(Choice Based On Fear)

If one would awaken to all that is occurring within the planet, one would see that we are in a very important segment of mankind’s evolution. We are coming to a segment of humanity’s advancement to the Light. For those that are new to these messages and dictations, this can seem quite profound. But within the heart of each individual soul on the planet, there is a knowing that something of great importance is currently taking place. This can be in a subtle manner or it can be in a very profound manner. We all intuitively know that something of great importance is taking place.

When we start to awaken to these subtleties, an intense frequency of Light starts to overshadow the individual with a knowing that a change is on the horizon of one’s life. Something is coming with an impending frequency of anticipation. We do not know, at this stage of events, if it is good or bad according to our belief systems. We feel very confused and it is very difficult to make choices. The reason being is that choices based on belief systems of the past, for some reason, they do not bring fruition. For some strange reason they do not work or they perform badly, which can be very frustrating. The complete “system of knowing” has changed.

What is occurring to World Leaders and all those that have to make decisions for others, or for the greater good of humanity, is that they are not in tune to the rising frequency of the planet or those they are supposed to lead. Decisions based on the frequencies of the past will create confusion and failure. Great errors will be made, and will continue to be made on this path to destruction. Decisions based on “Fear” will bring about more darkness. This “Fear” has to be released before one and all can tune in to the rising frequency of the planet. This is common “sense,” but very, very few are using this gift.

We have given a Dictation on this subject. (Dictations 2/11/2004 & 3/16/2004 Sense, See & Feel. PLM) It is important to “Sense, See & Feel” prior to making decisions free of “Fear.” It is important to remember that the frequency of  “Fear” will paralyze the “mental body” of the individual and their ability to make decisions will end in failure. Like energy attracts like energy. That which you “Fear” will come about by the Law of Attraction. The Light will dispel fear & darkness. Darkness can only exist as an illusion based on the state of our “mental capacity,” and also by not being in tune to the rising frequency of the planet.

Those who lead must radiate Light, Love & Energy free of “Fear.” Those who are motivated by this fear of the people they are supposed to lead, will bring about the reality of that given fear by the Law of Attraction. Fear will bring about Anger, causing the need to react as “animal-like man,” which will cause devastation based on the original Fear.

In the year 2000 the lands of the Americas and the rest of the world were given the gift of choice. Most of the rest of the planet had already made the decision of choice prior to that year. This “gift of choice” coincides with Ancient Texts regarding the separation of the sheep. This separation is not set by a “Divine Being,” but rather, by the individual choice of humanity. We all make our own choices, which should come from the Heart of the Divine Christ principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. The Light dispels darkness and all fears.

Those who are in a state of “fear & confusion” will bring about that which they fear by the choices they make.

It is important to understand that the planet is increasing in frequency, which will bring about the World Changes that we often speak about. It is becoming more visible and more relevant. Those in the Americas will go through an awakening process, as most have been asleep. This will bring about many changes, which will shake up the core of the individual. It is time to acknowledge to what degree we work with the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant. The frequency of the planet is exerting the elements of Nature, which are: Fire, Earth, Water & Wind. The human counter parts are: Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. If we want to decrease the elements of nature, we must decrease the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant. We are the co-creators of our reality.

The only place where there is peace is within the heart. This is the Divine Connection to the All That Is. I and the Father are One must be realized by each individual. The Four Lower Quadrant can only exist within the Mental Body, the Physical Body and the Emotional Body of each individual. The connection must be within the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christed Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony then radiated out to our external bodies of the mental, physical and emotional. Light can only exist in the Heart. The mental, physical and emotional bodies work with the Law of Polarities of the White Light and the Dark Light. The Light of the All That Is has no polarity. It is neither white or dark, it is just Light. Light is Love, and Love is Truth. This can only originate from the Heart.

Let the Light shine in order to rise above the Law of Polarities and the Four Lower Quadrant of darkness.  Let there be Light!

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

**********

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:26 a.m.

MESSAGE SEPTEMBER 20, 2004

(Eliminate Fear)

We have awakened you to bring this message for all of humanity.

This is a very important time in the history of humanity, in that, what can now be perceived and attained within the Heart Center will elevate the spirit of the individual to levels not attained before. What is occurring on the planet, from a higher vantage point of vision, is quite phenomenal. Although, to the regular soul who is not affected by these massive world changes, from their point of view it can be insignificant, as very little is occurring in their reality. Those that are at the center of change, it can be devastating. 

Changes that became visible and very significant started to take effect in 1998 with increments of change that, since then, every year becomes more progressive. Because the change is gradual at this point, most of humanity, and most of the world leaders have been asleep. By the time they wake up, the damage to the planet will be at a stage that certain things may be irreversible, along with humanity not being forewarned.

The first and foremost word of precaution is to not allow the element of “fear” to paralyze your system of being. It is important to be in complete control of this human element. The frequency of “fear” is a warning mechanism within the “animal nature” that allows animals to survive with the “fight or flight” system. It comes in frequencies of three minutes that allows one to react quickly.

Humankind, having a conscious mental body, has a tendency to maintain this frequency beyond three minutes. The word of precaution during these times of change is that when the frequency of “fear” enters your system of being, allow it to dissipate within the three-minute period. This will allow clear thinking to set in above the frequency of the “animal nature” in order to handle the situation you find yourself in. “Fear” in humans is a frequency that will bring about panic, confusion, and immediately thereafter, this “fear” will start to paralyze the mental body.

It is important to understand that the change is upon us, and accordingly, humanity will dictate to what degree “animal-like man” will attract the frequencies of the like elements in nature. “Like attracts like.” Individuals of “like thinking” will migrate and live where individuals of the same mental frequency congregate and live. They will also migrate where the like elements of nature are probable with like manifestation.

We have stated before that we all chose to be in this incarnation and that the planet is going through a normal cycle that is coming to the end of a “grand cycle” that timely occurs on the planet. If one can see that the planet is like a school of our own making, we will be better able to assess the situation without “fear.” Those who open their heart with Love, Peace, and Harmony will understand that this is a Divine change by the All That Is, and we are being gifted to participate and elevate our frequency of being toward the Light.

This is a lesson “en masse” that we all must appreciate. We must look at it as an adventure and prepare with what comes to mind, free of fear. Rational thinking within a state of Love, Peace, and Harmony will allow “clear thinking” for the heart to direct one as to what to do.

As through all past world changes, there are sections of humanity of like thinking that, although the changes were severe, they were not affected. It was as if a storm was predicted, they planned and prepared, followed their instincts, and weathered the storm of change. Although, most of humanity did not survive, these certain individuals who accessed the “heart center” were only inconvenienced in a very small manner. They were witness to a Divine Change that brought them closer to the Light of the All That Is.

With joy in our hearts, be thankful that you are a participant of this wonderful change that will manifest. The “Kingdom of the Divine” will be, in a sense, heaven on Earth. Look at these changes as an adventure in life. Create Love, Peace and Harmony within the Heart Center, and the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace, and Harmony will prevail. Joy will be within your heart and with all your loved ones.

Shine so that “inner vision” will manifest so that you can be a guide to those who wander and are lost in the dark frequency of “fear.” Where there is Light, darkness cannot exist.

The Messengers of The Light

(To date this has been the worst hurricane season. Hurricane Charley, Francis and Ivan have caused billions of dollars in damage in Florida and more than 60 deaths across the state. Hurricane Jeanne is blamed for 1,070 deaths in Haiti. Floods and inundations have occurred in coastal, and inland areas, including the Gulf of Mexico. To date there have been seven hurricanes following one another. The hurricane season usually ends by November 30th. These World Changes and human turmoil were touched on in the previous message on  August 21, 2004. PLM)

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

*********

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:30 a.m.

MESSAGE AUGUST 21, 2004

(Trying Time For Many, Awakening To The Atheist, The Scientist, And The Spiritual)

We would like to convey this message to all that are ready to receive. It has been a trying time for many in regards to the frequency changes that have affected the physical body. There is need for more sleep with a feeling of not having enough energy to sustain oneself in order to get things done within our daily lives. This has been all too common for many individuals that are now becoming aware of the raising frequency.

For many others, it has been a time of passing of loved ones, or friends.

The changes on the planet have been occurring and have been escalating usually without the awareness of those that are not immediately affected. But within a few years all will become aware that there is a definite change that is upon us. This should not alarm the reader as we have been foretelling of these changes, which in many ways are gradual and come upon those that are asleep and mentally involved within their daily lives.

Those that lead the people in places of power, in most cases, are the ones who are "mentally & emotionally" asleep until something occurs in the physical to awaken. At this point they only focus on one occurrence and usually are oblivious to all else that is occurring around the planet. It is important that these individuals that have become awake and are feeling the frequency changes that they make an effort to bring this to the attention of those who lead.

We have previously stated that the Children of the Light that are awake to all that is occurring can help in two methods. The first is by being active participants in awakening others within the positions that they hold, or situations they find themselves in, or within places of power to awaken the rest. This is a major responsibility. The second is by radiating Love, Peace & Harmony direct from the Divine Source of the All That Is, to a given area, section of government, or a situation that needs Light. All who awaken as to where Light is needed can use either of the two methods.

Those who will use the first method, it is important, as a reminder, that we have to bring awareness with purity of heart, free from Anger, Hate, Guilt, and most importantly, Fear. If we call on the Divine Source within us, the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle will gentle the situation in the form of non-imposing guidance in a time of need. The Light will flow through us, but not of us, to the form, area, or situation that is in need of Light. One, two or three words within the Light of the Divine can awaken hundreds to thousands, but it all has to come from the Divine Source.

Many who read may ask, "I do not believe that I am a Child of the Light." Those enlighten ones that are now awakening will be the forerunners, and although you may believe that you do not have the gift of Light, in whatever manner you awaken to, is the start to awaken the Light within. Every human being on the planet exists because of that spark of Light within the Heart Center. Everyone is connected to the Divine; no matter what level of "distortion or darkness" they find themselves in. We are all connected to that Divine Source.

By releasing and transcending the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt, and Fear from our daily existence, that spark of Light within the Heart will awaken us to the Trinity of the Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. It matters not if we are of the Spiritual, the Atheist, or the Scientist, the spark of Light within will awaken us to the Greater Light. If our heart is in the right place for the greater good of all, those of the Atheist who use the "mind frequency" will help humanity. Those of the Scientific who use the "physical frequency" will help humanity. Those of the Spiritual will in the same manner, utilizing the "emotional frequency," will help humanity. Even though these three may be separative of one another, eventually they will all adhere to each other within a Trinity of the Divine for the greater good. This is the goal of humanity of the future.

The human body is composed of three integral parts: the mental body, the physical body, and the emotional body. All three bodies must be in perfect balance for humankind to be strong. In the same manner the Atheist (mental body), the Scientist (the physical body), and the Spiritual (the emotional body) must be in perfect balance in order for humanity to be strong within the Light of the Divine.

The strife and turmoil on the planet is because of the imbalance of these frequencies within human nature that become separative. Once we rid ourselves of the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt, and Fear, we awaken to the principle of the trinity within our body, as well as the trinity of humanity. All exist in the same manner. When the Master walked the Earth, this was taught to all that would listen. (Humanity, during that time, did not have a developed scientific frequency. Those that did, had to hide this gift for fear of persecution and being labeled with witchcraft, sorcery, or working with the devil.)

Once we completely understand the three integral parts of the Trinity in reference to the human body, and the larger body of humanity, we will evolve to the Higher Frequency of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. The Heart Center will then open to the Sacred Heart Principle, which allows the Atheist, the Scientist, and the Spiritual to work together for the Greater Good of All. Everyone will eventually become the Christ. This is the Divine Plan. It all starts with that spark of Light within.

The World Changes that we are now going through is of the Divine Plan and is not a punishment or retribution of the Divine. The All That Is is in a constant state of Love & Light. In our darkness we misinterpret because of our lack of Light. If one believes it is the end of the world, for that individual it can be by their own choice, but the rest are still here alive and well within the Divine Plan.

This is a time of Divine Adventure to awaken to the Higher Principles Of Light. Those that wish to remain in Darkness, do so of their own choosing. Life is not stagnant; it is constant, changing, and growing to the Greater Light. This is the accelerated evolution that is putting fear into the hearts of many who are frightened of this change. Those who open their heart to the spark of the Divine will welcome it in the same manner that each morning we welcome the rising Sun to a brand new day.

Allow the Light to bring joy to the heart. Love, Peace & Harmony will once again enter the hearts of mankind.

The Messengers Of The Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:20 a.m.

DICTATION JULY 22, 2004

(Increase Of Frequency By The Light Beings, New Era, Creating & Co-Creating)

We have awakened you to receive this message. We would like to inform those who are within the light of the new era that is now awakening within each heart that is open to receive, some words that will awaken another level of energy. We have foretold of the Light Beings that are now radiating the planet with a certain frequency that will uplift that area of humanity that is creating the Light of self-preservation during this time of cleansing. It is important to remember to align one’s self to the Higher Frequencies of the Divine by daily prayer of action and by quiet solitude in meditation.

As the frequencies increase, so will all life on the planet be affected by the higher frequencies. Those who have been in the dark who cater to the Law of Self will start to feel the disturbing effects. Because of the fear factor that will develop within these individuals, this may cause them to inflict and create more atrocities to their fellow man, including those who they previously regarded as comrades. Because they do not understand this effect that will now present itself, fear will develop within. These that we speak of are the Children of Darkness. They will now start to confront their own creations in a Karmic manner.

Those who vacillate between the dark and the light, we have previously dictated will start to awaken to the fact that a definite choice has to be made as a deep crevice is developing within the two and these individuals will no longer be able to straddle both side. This chasm of darkness is like a crevice that is widening, and in order not to fall into the pit one will have to make a choice of being on the dark side or the white side of the chasm.

We have previously mentioned in the immediate past that it will become more difficult for individuals to lie to one another in a petty or mischievous manner. The world leaders of every country will awaken to this. The truth will now start to reveal itself in all manner and form. This is the early part of the purification period that started to manifest last summer. The dark and the light will start separating itself as energy within the frequencies of the body, the mind, and the emotional body. Those who cannot withstand the new frequency that is being manifest by the Light Beings of the Divine will start to prepare to pass to the other side.  

It is very important to understand this process. The Divine Plan of the All That Is has enacted certain qualified frequencies to radiate in order that humanity can advance towards the Light. If we can see that Life is similar to a school of individual manifestation and experience, co-created by each spark of light, which is the individual that co-creates their own particular lessons in life for their individual advancement. All will be awakened from the Heart Center where this spark of Light resides. We are allowed to manifest darkness or light, but ultimately, the energy used must be transmuted back to the Greater Light from whence it came. Energy cannot be destroyed, or in the false belief system that it dies. The frequencies transcend to other states of consciousness to start the wheel of rebirth or manifestation till all lessons are learned, and the frequencies utilized, transmuted back to the Divine Source. This may be a little difficult to understand for those who believe in a “material world of manifestation.”

Ultimately, we will conclude that our mental thoughts and our emotional feelings are not of the world of material manifestation. They originate in the “unseen & silent” part of our existence relating to what we feel and sense in our heart center. This will give you a clue to the transcended frequency that we will carry with us beyond death of the physical manifestation.

We will eventually discover that the frequency of the All That Is, which humanity calls God, is very real and we all exist as an extension of this source. We are all co-creators in a conscious state. It is important to understand that the Source does not punish or condemn. We as co-creators manifest that illusion by our co-creations, whether they are of the Dark Light or the White Light, ultimately, all co-creations will return back to the source that manifested these miss-co-creations. In essence we punish ourselves. We must understand this magnetic frequency that will pull us back to our co-creations. If we inflict pain and suffering, that magnetic “cause” will pull us to eventually feel in this lifetime or another, or in another plane of existence, the “effect” of what we have miss-co-created. We must treat life as a school of our own making and start to take responsibility for everything that we cause or attract into our existence.

It will become very simple to understand that if we co-create darkness, this same darkness will eventually return back to us till that particular lesson is fulfilled. If we co-create Light, the light will return to us to better see and learn form our adventures in Life. This is a beautiful world of manifestation for those who behold the Light in all our co-creations. 

Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear of the Four Lower Quadrant are the tools of the dark force within us. From these four frequencies, as a pyramid flowing down, all other negative frequencies manifest, such as jealousy, envy, despise; going down further into the darkness with all the atrocities and destruction that humankind inflicts upon one another. 

The Heart Center is where the Spark of Light of the Divine manifests within us. Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear cannot originate in the Heart, as this is where the Trinity of Manifestation of Light originates. Our body of manifestation is three-fold. We have a physical, mental, and emotional body where in a state of confusion we co-create darkness.

We must learn to think, act, manifest within the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony which is the Trinity of the Divine. This Trinity manifests “truth & light.” It is impossible to co-create evil from the Heart. Evil can only manifest from the physical, the mental, and the emotional. This is the outer frequency of manifestation in form. We are Light Beings and as such, must re-learn to co-create from the Heart where this Divine Light resides.

The Seven Light Beings that we speak have been written about in the Sacred Text as the Seven Angels of Light. The Light frequency that they are presently radiating is a gift to all of humanity that is awakening to the response from the Light within that will awaken to a higher measure of choice.

The planet is also increasing in frequency to a higher vibration. If we can eliminate “fear” we will then have clear vision that all is according to the Divine Plan of the All That Is. The essence called God is not a punishing energy that is vengeful and requires sacrifice and adoration to keep this God happy. This is a primitive notion. In the state of consciousness that humanity finds itself in, it is very difficult to understand the LOVE and immensity of such a source, otherwise we would not be in this school called Earth to re-awaken to the Greater Light that we have lost by believing the we can “create” of ourselves, which is an illusion that brings about darkness. The Eye of God has created All That Is and we only exist because of this source. Because everything conceivable has already been created, we are only capable of co-creating with the Divine Source. When we create of our own, we bring about darkness and we start to forget the Divine Source and we fall back into the chasm of the Greater Darkness, to once again make the quest for the Light.

The Light is always there, waiting to receive us on our quest back home. No one is ever forsaken and no one is forever lost or damned. We of our own accord must make that journey. The first step is to release the tools of darkness, which are Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear on a daily basis. Those who keep a daily record of how many times they allow these frequencies into their existence will transcend into the Frequency of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

We exist in a World of Polarities. We can be sad or we can be happy. For the true seeker of Light, these are great, exciting, adventures times. We all chose to participate during these wonderful times of changes. Frequencies from other levels of existence are all coming to view this event. Light will ultimately manifest during this glorious times of purification.

Start each day as an adventure and seek the Light that will bring greater Truths. This you behold within your Heart Center. Listen to the small still voice within. This is the voice of the Divine.  May you all shine with Love in your Hearts to share with one and all.

Peace be with you.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened a 4:12 a.m.

DICTATION JUNE 16, 2004

(The Light Beings)

We have come to bring this message of enlightenment for all who are ready to receive.

In our last Dictation we spoke of the Light Beings that are now radiating the Light Frequencies to humanity as well as to all creatures on Earth. This is a Divine Blessing that is being bestowed on all, as an awakening tool to see where we stand within the Law of Polarities, of the Law of Service and the Law of Self.

In the past we have been able to straddle between these two frequencies without a noticeable effect on our system of being. Presently, our energies are such that will cause one to make a choice. This choice is a personal one for each individual and it is not a cause by the All That Is or the Light Beings that we speak about. What is occurring is that the Light that is being radiated to humanity at this time will allow each individual to see and understand their own choice or where they have been leaning to in terms of polarities. By the Light that shines will open the awareness as to where we stand and if we want to follow in the choice that has been made by our own accord. This is the next segment of the Purification Period that started to manifest last year.

In reference to this, many have misinterpreted Ancient Text in calling this the separation of the sheep as if someone else of Divine Nature is doing the separation. We must remember that life on the Planet Earth is as a school of our own making in order to progress to the Light. So in actuality, the students create their own lessons and make their own choice according to the Divine Plan set forth during this time of change, which is “en masse” as a group consciousness, but always on an individual basis according to choice.

This frequency of Light that is being radiated will have many affects on the nervous system as well as the sensory perception of each individual. In the book given to this scribe, speaks about this time of separation. Those of the Light will encounter the Light Beings of the Divine and those of the Dark will encounter all their Dark Manifestations that they have created. There are individuals that are already seeing these dark manifestations fleeting away from the corner of their eye.

What we co-create stays with us whether it be of the Light or of the Dark. This will be self-evident and common sense will prevail. The Light from the Light Beings, as a gift, allows everyone to see where we need to clean up what we have damaged, tainted, or destroyed. This will be a time to balance all that needs to be cleansed by the Light of our own making.

Another manifestation is within the sensory perception and the frequency of sound. This will affect our hearing along with our sensory perception as frequencies of sound. Depending on each individual’s perception, it can manifest as a hum or vibration that affects the nervous system. It may come as vibrations or different pitches of sound according to the makeup of each individual. This can cause the eardrums to be affected in the same manner of being in high altitudes. The need to yawn to release the pressure and the need to sleep more will become manifest during these changes.

With certain individuals, these sound frequencies will bring up the past with memories of unbalanced situations that are still locked within our emotional body. These memories may seem to come back to haunt us, but in reality, this is an opportunity to forgive, balance, and release the past. It is time to review in the same manner that a student reviews what failed lessons caused them to get a bad grade. The Light frequency that is being radiated by the Light Beings of the Divine will give us an opportunity to balance the past, and any darkness that we may have participated in or co-created.

The physical, mental, and emotional bodies will be affected according to the lessons of the past. Every part of the human body, every part of the mental body, and most important of the three, the emotional body may be the most affected and in a state of imbalance. This is a great opportunity to balance and cleanse the past.

In essence, we have no choice but to make a choice, as there is no in-between. Although, in the past, we could straddle both frequencies of being and also were capable of mixing Light & Dark Energy, it will now be basically impossible, as darkness cannot exist in the Light. The Light that is presently being radiated will highlight our own individual darkness that one will be able to see, similar to stains on our clothing when one comes out of the shadows and into the bright sunlight. What needs to be cleaned up will become public and will surface for all to see. This is already occurring to every level of humanity, every stature of being, every dogma, belief system, doctrines, and including all the leaders of the planet that are supposed to represent the people.

This is all part of the Purification Period that started to manifest a year ago last summer.

Common sense will dictate that Light will bring in more Light and the Dark will manifest more Darkness. We all have to make our own choice. It is very important for those new readers of these Dictations that one must not make a choice driven by the frequencies of the “Four Lower Quadrant” of Anger, Hate, Guilt, or Fear. Any “belief system” that incorporates or dictates, in any manner, one of these elements is not of the Light. Their intentions may be good, but they are working from the dark frequencies of one of these elements. Most will mislead with the elements of Guilt and Fear.

The Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle is Love, Peace and Harmony free of the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant. All the Masters and most importantly during this age of Enlightenment, the words and teaching of the Master Jesus only radiate out Love, Peace & Harmony in the same manner that the Central Sun only radiates Light and Love. Darkness cannot exist where there is Light.

Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear, the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant of animal-type man, resonates with the Dark. Any teaching that resonates any of these frequencies is not of the Light. This is common sense.

The Light is being gifted on humanity for all to have the opportunity to cleanse and balance the frequencies of the past and present. Humanity will no longer be able to straddle the frequencies of the Law of Self and the Law of Service. There will be no in-between. Those who may be willful may self-destruct according to their manmade willfulness, or they may subconsciously become very sick or bring on the opportunity to cross over, but most will self-destruct by their failure to use the Light of opportunity that shines to everyone. 

Do not be alarmed with what is being Dictated. This is a glorious time to be alive and to have been given the opportunity to participate during this time of change. We must all cast away the Fear that is rampant and avoid the Anger of fallen humanity. The Planet Earth can be a paradise, which it is, if one will open their heart to the Love of the Divine that is being manifest. Before a celebration or festivity, we cleanse our house for this day of celebration and joy. This joy and adventure resides in our hearts and will radiate out as the Central Sun of our being to all we come in contact with. This is the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace, and Harmony. The Children of the Light will awaken to their destiny.

May the Light of the Divine shine and bless everyone, so that, as we radiate out, others will find the way. The Light is here for all to receive.

The Messengers of the Light.  

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:07 a.m.

DICTATION MAY 28, 2004

(Stream Of Energy By The Light Beings, Cause & Effect)

We would like to awaken you to all that is now transcending and what is also being radiated to the planet. There is a new stream of energy that is being radiated by the Light Beings of the Divine with a new frequency that will slowly start to take affect within the molecules and structure of the human body. This will also affect nature in a subtle different manner along with all of God's creatures.

Humanity, being that essence of the Divine with a Light frequency that sets one apart from the animal kingdom, is affected in a transcendent manner according to the accumulated Light Frequency within each individual. We have spoken that many beyond middle age may not be able to withstand and sustain the frequency and may choose to cross over from this reality of learning.

All in all, is being gifted by the Divine Plan that is now taking place with this Light Frequency that becomes like a "reflective mirror" that will radiate back to those who have chosen to radiate out their negativity upon their “brothers and sisters” that they do not presently recognize in the illusion and guise of being their enemies. The Law of "cause & effect" is radiated back to its source, usually in the form of wrath by Mother Nature. Soon humanity will see the correlation as to why there is mass destruction in certain areas, and by the elements that are reflected back to its source will indicate the "high level of negativity" that was the "cause" set forth by humanity in these given areas.

The notion that God is punishing the children is a thought form of the ancient past, and misinterpreted in error, and sometimes manipulated to create fear in most religions. That essence that we call God or the Divine is in a constant, radiating state of "Love." Love is Light. All forms and frequencies of Light are in a constant state of radiation that gives life and sustenance to all its co-creations. There is no darkness or shadows that can exist within this Light that is in this constant state of Love at its source. 

But because, humanity has been given the gift of choice and the power to co-create, within this gift there is a recycling process that moves into action in order to cleanse and balance co-creations that do not vibrate within this frequency of Light. These Light frequencies that are being radiated to the planet at this time, in actuality, is accelerating the “cause and affect” factor with the karmic return to its source. 

In previous Dictations we have stated that planet Earth is as a school within humanity's co-creations. Being that we are at the end of the "grand cycle," time, frequency, and vibration is accelerating to the next frequency of being.  This has been spoken about in the ancient texts as entering into the glorious age of a thousand years of peace. Those who are now working in radiating the frequency of Light from within the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love Peace and Harmony will now start to awaken to this accelerated process. 

It is important to understand and to read within the text of the ancient past that the inspired persons that received this information, would write in terms of what humanity could assimilate, within their frequency of being, as humanity in general was uneducated and in a primitive state. Those who follow primitive direction and advice are misinterpreting the intention of those blessed beings that were writing in terms of the state of humanity in that day and age of the past. Humanity, in general, has evolved within the Mental Frequency in a linear manner but is not reaching to the "higher frequencies of Light" that would awaken everyone to their true source of the All That Is. This would allow humanity to transcend the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant. Thus, we create negativity and the elements return it back to the source within the Circle of Light of the Law of One. All will return back in full circle to its source very quickly during these accelerated times.

Humanity, along with their chosen leaders, will fall in the face of what they have created and the example to this will be reflected back within the Light Beams that radiate Truth to humanity. This is in the form of the evenings news that will now teach humanity throughout the world as these Light Beings radiate streams of Light so that all will see the correlation within the "cause & effect" of those that do not use the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. This, in effect, is the second coming of the Christ. Christ means Light. The Master Jesus planted the seed and through the resurrection, this Light Process is now being bestowed on humanity. Where there is Light, darkness cannot exist.

The Children of the Light are starting to awaken to the true source. They in turn will awaken and enhance the frequency of Light to those of humanity who are receptive to these gifted individuals. These individuals will have the gift of "clear vision" that will help to guide those that are in search of the Light. These are true adventuress times for all participants. 

Although, many destructive things will be occurring throughout humanity and the planet, every individual must be able to see the beauty, the Love, and the gifts that the Divine will now bless those who become Beacons of Light.  When one radiates from the heart with the principle of Love, Peace and Harmony to all of God's creations, including fallen humanity, one is doing the work of the Father of Light. "I And The Father Are One" will now be understood as spoken by the Master. When we awaken to the Greater Light "I And The Father Are One" will now take affect within us. 

Shine, bless, and enjoy life in the same manner that a flower radiates its beauty within the sunbeams that sustain it for all to see. This is a great time to be a participant within the Divine Plan.

 

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:03 a.m.

"DICTATION MAY 13, 2004"

(Entering A Cycle Within A Series Of Cycles, The Emotional Body, Be A Pillar Of Light)

We have come to bring this message for those who have been waiting patiently. We have presently entered into a new cycle within a series of cycles that will cause stress for many individuals who are not adapting to the rising frequency of the planet. We have also entered and will soon be completing one year of the "time of purification" that started and began to be felt last summer. This "purification cycle" will remain with us for many years to come. Eventually, those that balance their own "frequency of being" will be blessed with Love, Peace & Harmony and will rise above this frequency, although the world around them may be in a state of chaos, and confusion. This will be a phenomenon that will follow its course for the enlightened. This phenomenon has been alluded to as the "separation of the sheep."

We would like to clarify, for many that are in a confused state of "fear," that this is not a punishment or time of retribution by the false notion of a "vengeful god" of the primitive past. The "Light of the Divine" is in a constant state of Love. We may all access this Love by the Sacred Heart of the Divine.

This is a cleansing period in time, in that, humanity will see how things that are not in balance with the Divine will attract more, and more, turmoil, as all that is hidden will rise to the surface to be cleansed or balanced. Furthermore, many Children of the Light have sacrificed themselves to be the active participants in bringing "darkness in need of Light" to the surface, as a learning experience and as a service for those of humanity who will access "Divine Truth" by what is revealed. Life is a school in that the participants create all lessons in life, some with "some measure of darkness" and some with some "measure of light." The Light of the Divine Christ Principle of the Master is a frequency that will balance these two human measures, changing them with the third frequency by transmuting or changing this "polarity" into the Trinity of Love, Peace & Harmony. This can only occur when we realize that the two measures of humanity are as a "black light," and in contrast, a "white light." The Light of the Divine, which is the third ingredient, is neither a "black light" nor a "white light." It is just Light. Light is Love, and Love reflects as Truth.

This revelation can only be accepted from the Heart and not the mind. This is the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle that manifests a trinity in the existence of enlightened members of humanity. It does not matter if one is of the Spiritual, the Scientist, or the Atheist. The principle of "Three" allows humankind to exist in this "three dimensional world" and all lessons in life can only be assimilated with the Light of Truth originating from the Heart. All the Masters of the past, present, and future will reveal this formula in order to enlighten one’s self into the next frequency of being.

Life and consciousness is constantly expanding in the same manner that the "All That Is" expands all existence throughout the Universe. This is the Law of the Divine. Black Holes in space exist as learning experiences in the same manner that Black Holes on Earth are self-initiated by certain individuals and certain groupings of humanity, all as a learning experience. Those who give energy to the Black Holes created, although you may be a viewer, or a witness and not an active participant, if this frequency of the Black Hole is allowed to enter your state of being, darkness will manifest.

With the principle of the Divine, the human body has three integral parts, the physical body, the mental body, and the emotional body. If we allow what is taking place by our "fallen members of humanity," and thus become affected, by contaminating our emotional body, within time this will cause further damage weakening the physical body and the mental body.

It is vitally important that before one sees or hears of these "Black Holes" created by "fallen members of humanity" one must prepare with frequencies of Light within one’s state of being so that the darkness one "sees or hears" will not enter the "emotional body." The Light of the Divine must be maintained at all times. Where there is Light, darkness cannot exist or cause damage. We must all prepare on a daily basis creating the Light of the Divine Christ Principle with the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony in order to transmute and change all darkness radiated by "fallen humanity."

The "Purification Period" will be with us for many years to come, depending on humanities "will to be." The planet is also cleansing itself of the parasitic darkness created by humanity. We must all be strong and unaffected by the darkness that is surfacing throughout the planet. One cannot fight darkness with darkness. Light and Love can and will prevail for those who radiate this Light from their Hearts. Those who have some measure of Light can be as helpers of the Children of the Light by being beacons of the Divine so that those that stumble through the darkness can see. We must all be active participants in radiating this Love & Light of the Divine.

We all chose to incarnate during this great time of change. A very important lesson during this "Purification Period" is to learn to be a "pillar of Light," by not allowing what is being manifest in the world, either by humanity or the rising frequency of the planet, to affect our "emotional body." If we take our stance within our consciousness as a "pillar of Light connected to the All That Is," unmoving with no "emotional response," we may then help to heal the darkness and negativity that has presented itself by radiating Light of the Divine to the affected area. We all have this ability.

We have stated previously (in other Dictations) to be vigilant and be ready for the unexpected by using the principle given to "sense, see & feel" the night before, prior to each given day. This will prepare each individual for daily events that can erupt and cause damage to the "emotional, mental, and physical body." And as stated previously in this Dictation, we are now entering a cycle within a series of cycles. It is vitally important for all to be prepared on a daily basis. Many individuals will now find themselves in a unique position, or circumstance, to learn about their individual "feeling nature" and how their "emotional body" can be affected. The younger generation will be able to resist many frequencies, but those born in the 40’s, 50’s and some of the 60’s may have a difficult time as their emotional bodies have gone through three very important cycles of life. This may manifest as a feeling of impending doom. This is a "fear" that must be immediately released with the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony.

Times have changed and the world is drastically changing to a higher frequency of Light. Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear of the Four Lower Quadrant of humanity must be eradicated with the Divine Christed Principle. This is Light! We are all members of this "Light of the Divine" where darkness cannot exist. Release all your old dark frequencies of being that are not acceptable during this time of change. Change brings life. Life can only exist where there is Light!

Eliminate this "fear." Life and beauty is all around us if we can detach from the "dark holes" created by fallen mankind.

Life, Light, Truth, Creativity, and Growth are gifts that we hold as a "spark of Light" within our inner Heart. This is a time of adventure. We all can co-create this wonderful new adventure as we learn our lessons in life. We have been given the gift of "Choice and Freewill" and now is an adventurous time to put it to use.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:03 a.m.

DICTATION MARCH 16, 2004

(Expanding On Learning To Sense, See & Feel)

We have awakened you this morning with a ray of light to share with all that will open their hearts to receive the message. We have been working diligently, during this time of change, with those that are now bringing in the Light of awakening for all who have opened their hearts to the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace and Harmony. We will continue to bring the information needed during this time of change so that the Light will shine and guide the way. 

This is not a time of fear, although many individuals are now starting to feel this frequency as part of their daily lives. Our messages are a tool to dispel the impeding fear that will escalate during these World changes.

Many times we close our dictations with a statement that this is, in fact, a most wonderful time to be alive. A time of adventure and growth. But, because humanity of this age has been conditioned with a life of ease with what is called our modern technology, mankind has lost the tools to survive if these gifts were to be taken away.

We state that these are gifts of the Divine, but mankind misuses the gifts, and those that are in control of these gifts, unfortunately, fall into the Law of Self and greed enters the picture. A gift is a gift, and a fair exchange in a 50-50 manner will bring about balance within the Law of Service. All of mankind would excel and grow with the “Law of Balance” that can only be maintained by this principle.

Now is a time of change as indicated by our messages. Every individual on the planet is now aware that Mother Nature is not working and manifesting itself in a timely manner as of years past. The weather patterns have become unpredictable and are not working in a 50-50 manner within its timely cycles. What is the cause?

First, we must indicate that the planet is going through its cleansing period within the Grand Cycle of its Divine Plan. But, ultimately, humanity has created a “cause & effect” factor that is escalating and creating havoc to what would timely occur in a normal manner within the Divine Plan. Where there is not balance, as within the Law of Service, unbalance will manifest. Presently, humanities actions are the cause of certain affects on Mother Nature, along with its timely Divine Plan. Humanities imbalance will “cause and effect” Mother Nature, reflecting back with similar conditions.

The changes within Mother Nature during the end of this end of the Grand Cycle, which is not the end of the world, although, it can be for those who separate themselves from the Divine Principle of Love, Peace, and Harmony; is in fact, very gradual. The coming world changes, as predicted by the Ancients, come about in a gradual change with the increasing increments of the rising frequency of the planet.

If an individual would be living near a lake and the melting waters start increasing the size of the Lake in a gradual but consistent manner, common sense guides one to go to higher ground and compensate with the necessities of life within the new conditions of change. In contrast to this, within the “cause” created by humanity that has polluted and contaminated the environment in certain given areas, the change will come about in a disastrous unpredictable manner that will cleanse the effected area. Humanity, in different parts of the World is now experiencing this phenomenon, which is not a mystery and is now being explained within this message. The frequency of the inhabitants of a certain area will create the “cause” that eventually will bring about the “effect” resulting in what humanity blames as a cause of Nature. This is in error, humanity attracts by their own volition that which it radiates of like frequency. The “cause & effect” factor is of humanity, and not an actual cause of Nature. (Disasters quickly change the way people think, and usually directs them back to their heart center for answers, which will ultimately change their lives and its effect on Mother Nature. PLM)

It is very important to understand the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant, which are the elements of Nature. These are Fire, Earth, Water, and Wind (air), in this sequential manner. Anger within humanity, which is related to the element of Fire, is usually the root that causes the other elemental manifestations to occur. Anger eventually brings about Hate (related to the element of Earth) and this brings about earth changes. After the resultant aftermath of these frequencies, Guilt enters the picture drawn and attracted by humanity with its related corresponding element of Water. (This will manifest conditions in Nature related to Water such as floods caused by unnatural rainfalls, etc.) And eventually, it brings about Fear, which corresponds with the element of agitated Air in its manifestation of Wind. (Tornados, Hurricanes, Gale Storms, etc.) The elements in nature are: fire, earth, water and wind. The corresponding human elements are: anger, hate, guilt and fear. It is essential to understand these “elemental principles.”

When an individual can “sense, see and feel” rising above the elements with a frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony, one will be guided to perceive before hand what will ultimately occur within the individual’s environment. Animals survive by using this principle. This is called “common sense” with no amount of intelligence behind it. If animals can do it, humanity can surely excel with this principle. All it takes is dedicated action and times of “silence of the mental frequency,” which then allows one, in the same manner that animals do, to “sense, see, and feel.” This is a simple method that one can exercise each evening before retiring that will allow one to “sense, see and feel” the upcoming three days. The “mental process” must not be used, but from within “sense, see and feel.” You will learn to trust this principle that humanity as a whole has lost. Once again, as a reminder, this is “common sense” without the “mental faculties.” Eventually, as you master this principle you will be able to “sense, see and feel” beyond the recommended three days. Divine Guidance will shine the way through your adventures in life. You will be guided free of the elements, especially Fear.

Life is a school of our own making within the Divine Plan of the All That Is. During this time of change, the lessons are for “the group consciousness of humanity,” which we are all a part of. Within this grand lesson we individually have lessons for our individual growth and awakening. The previous method is a lesson towards that awakening that will open up many individual lessons particular to our personal growth within this life cycle. Those who read the message will intuitively understand the principles involved and will benefit their loved ones with this gift of awakening.

We must once again emphasize that this is a joyous time to be alive and experiencing all that the Divine Plan has to offer.  We must not become blind with the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant that may destroy a great portion of humanity that will not awaken to their individual Divine Plan. If we can “sense, see & feel” on a daily basis, we will then go with the flow of change in a beautiful exciting adventure brought about by being in the frequency, above the elements, with the God Essence of Love, Peace & Harmony. In the words of the Master, “the birds do not fear as all their needs are given to them by the Father.” The Father is Love. The All That Is. The Law of One within the Divine Plan.

It is important to understand the “Four Lower Quadrant” of Anger, Hate, Guilt, & Fear and how it shackles one’s life with its paralyzing effect. The Master taught that we must “rise above the elements” with the Christ Principle within. Love is the key, the healer of all dis-harmony. Its opposing counterpart is Fear. It comes about as a shadow, resulting in total darkness that will cause mankind to lose its contact with the Divine. Love is Light, and Light eradicates all shadow and darkness.

This is truly a time to enjoy life and all the changes that will bring a new exciting chapter to our lives. Everyday can be a wonderful experience with the awakening of the Heart Center with a radiance of Love, Peace and Harmony. Shine this blessing to one and all and the Light will set everyone free to follow their individual Divine Plan. Life is a school and we must become awake to our individual lessons in life along with the Higher Consciousness of Humanity. Learn to enjoy every beautiful day of change with its variations in a true adventure of the Divine. A new chapter of Consciousness is unfolding to all that are ready to receive. May the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony shine within your Heart bringing Joy & Life to All.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:24 a.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 11, 2004

(Agitation From The Rising Frequency, Learn To Sense, See And Feel)

We have awakened you with a firm, but distinct manner that you are not accustomed to. In this manner we can convey the agitation that is coming upon humanity in a similar distinct manner.

We have previously spoken about the next three months that will awaken many in a manner that is also very distinct. Agitation will be a description of how the frequency of the planet will release energies that will affect the nervous systems, especially those that are “sensitives.” Within the next few years, life will not exist in the manner that it has in the last fifty years, and will take on a new adaptation or rejection of force. Those who are in middle age, so to speak, know that life is not the way it used to be thirty years ago, and may find it quite difficult to adapt. This will manifest according to how we have lived our former years. Cause and effect will now be understood completely, in the same manner that the Law of Karma will also be understood for those who have a heart to see.

This agitation that we speak of is a frequency escalated by the rising frequency of the planet. We have mentioned before that even a millisecond of increase that may not be scientifically detectable will still have an affect on the human nervous system. Because of this phenomenal change, in order to maintain a sane mind and body, humanity will have to learn how to still the mind. This will be essential for good health.

You may become aware that every so often, during the day, certain individuals will be taking a long deep breath with a sigh of anxiety as they release the breath. This is a subconscious effort to relieve stress, and of course, anxiety.

Because of this agitation that we speak of, many things will not go as pre-planned. Certain things will take a sudden turn in another direction causing delays, disappointments, along with stressful situations that will now take a toll on our lives. This that we speak of, are generalizations and descriptions of what is presently occurring to most of humanity and the world. World leaders are going to go through some very stressful times if they remain detached from the people that they are supposed to serve. And in like manner, those of opposition will seize the moment, to their self-serving advantage that will result in the “cause and effect factor” that will later manifest.

During this time of change, the only relief that will serve those who are awakening to all the world changes, along with this agitation that we speak of, will be “to be of service” to one another. To feel the light energy within the Heart Center that will radiate tranquility to all in need. This will elevate the spirit of each individual in order to transcend this frequency of “agitation.” Quiet moments of contemplation, breathing exercises, prayer, and good thoughts as a radiating frequency to enlighten those that are caught up with the negative factors that are currently being made manifest as we speak.

All those in the function of leadership will have to feel the frequency of the people that they are supposed to serve. They will also have to have insight as to what is being made manifest on the planet by this increase in frequency that is causing the agitation that we speak of. Humanity has to raise the consciousness and be of service; otherwise, the “cause & effect” factor will have devastating results.

Each day that we wake up, it will be essential to our well being to “sense, see and feel” what may become manifest within our environment of being. Use these gifts to forecast your day and avoid potential setbacks and obstacles that would otherwise manifest in a damaging negative manner. These gifts can protect by being able to sense the frequency of everyone you come in contact with and understanding their ability to cope with this “agitation.”

These messages, once they are understood will make sense to all that have an open mind. Those who read the messages for the first time may reject what is given. But the awakening spirit within that attracted you to these messages is a subconscious frequency that has this “will to survive,” otherwise; you would not have read thus far.

During these times of change, it will be very important to understand that “mental energy” has great power.  Mental energy can co-create, or it can destroy according to the person that manifests the mental frequency. The person who must learn to direct this energy in a positive manner is in the driver’s seat and is responsible for all its miss-co-creations. This mental energy that is presently being misused is having a dangerous affect on “Mother Nature.” 

The elements come into play by the radiating energy of humanity. Negative energy will have devastating effects in nature. If one could see the aggregate energy of humanity as an evil force of dark negative energy we would immediately stop and create Love in our Hearts for one another. But we cannot presently “sense, see and feel” the “cause & effect” that we, as a whole, are allowing to be made manifest. It is important to awaken this gift of foresight in order to elevate to a higher state of consciousness.

The coming world changes are upon us and if we do not cancel and transmute the frequency that humanity has imposed on the planet, the effects will become real and fulfill the prophesies of the Ancients.

The first step is to take the initiative by learning all we can about our individual well being, then to understand our loved ones and our immediate environment, followed by the outside realm of all we come in contact with, and then finally, as our radiating Love increases we then radiate this Love to our leaders and the rest of humanity. Love will become manifest. Love will heal and the coming world changes will not be as severe. The planet will then go through its Divine Cycle within its purification process.

The element of Fear has to be completely eradicated. Every day can be a very enjoyable exciting time for those that radiate Love from their heart. This is a time of adventure as we all chose to participate. Patience with those that are lost in their “self serving mental co-creations” that do not want, or make an effort to change, must be accepted and respected, otherwise, we may also be pulled in to their state of being. We all have a freedom of choice and once our efforts to be of service are rejected then the attention has to be given to those that do call for help. The Light will shine to show the way.

Maintain the frequency of Love, Peace, and Harmony within your daily lives and the frequency will awaken those to be of service to.

May the Light of the Divine shine and guide you.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need. 

**********

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:14 a.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 5, 2OO4

(Transcending The Next Three Months, The Mental Process)

We would like to begin this morning with a message that will enlighten those who are ready to receive.

We would like to dictate the following so that those who are on the path of awakening to their Divine Plan in life will now understand more clearly what will be transcending within the next three months. This involves the particular energy and frequency of each individual within their own makeup of being. We would like to affirm, that all, has been predestined within the time frame of particular perimeters that will allow free will to be exercised. These perimeters are guide points that will maintain the individual within their learning experience within this timeframe that we speak of.

We have dictated that life is a school of our own making, as we are the co-creators of all that occurs, attracts, or manifests within our own realm of being and within our daily experiences. This is within our own conscious or subconscious will to be. Those experiences that we are conscious and awake to, we have reason to understand, but the things that occur through our subconscious may remain a mystery to our blind ego as to why these things occur and manifest as they do.

This can only be revealed to us in quiet contemplation as we allow the recollection of what has occurred to pass through our mind with total recall. Once this event is being played in our mind, we must detach from the mental process and allow the Heart Center to sense, see, and feel all that is being shown with a conscious effort to learn from the experience, which if followed correctly, will reveal a Divine Truth. 

In the next three months, all that has been hidden will be revealed as part of the “Purification Cycle” that humanity entered into last summer.

It is very important that all that is occurring or manifesting within our individual daily life experiences, not be treated as a stroke of “bad luck.” On the contrary, we have been currently blessed to understand, learn, and grow to higher truths for our own advancement. The “mental process” is what can destroy. Those who will make decisions from the “mind center only” will cause certain things to come into play that will have adverse reactions and the outcome will not be what was intended.

Yes, it is important to first see it within the mind, but most importantly, we then have to allow the “heart center” to bring light and love to the mental game plan, and only then will Divine Wisdom manifest in correct action. The Light from within will now evaluate what the “mental process” has defined and will now perfect, with Wisdom, for the “greater good of all.”

Within the next three months, humanity will be tested and will awaken, after the fact, as to how much damage the “mental process,” working by itself can do. The “Self Will Intent” of all individuals, including the leaders of the world will now surface. Those who do not sense, see, and feel from the “heart center” will not have clear vision, and the results will become self-evident. Truth will be revealed.

If we can understand that the “mental process” is like a computer that of itself has no power, someone has to run it and direct what functions it can process. This has to come from the “heart center.” The individual that sits at the computer is the one that has to have the wisdom as to how to operate the computer. The individuals who believe that they are the computer, during these times of change, will surely fail. Truth can only come from the heart.

In the past, many individuals were able to straddle between the Law of Service and the Law of Self. We could jump from one to the other. No longer will the individual be able to straddle both sides, as there is a crevice that is widening between the two that will no longer allow the individual to straddle both sides. A choice has been given to humanity as part of a previous dictation, and now, each individual will have to make a choice within his or her daily lives.

It is vitally important to understand that we are presently being blessed. In addition, those who make a conscious effort to maintain Love, Peace & Harmony within their daily lives will have premonitions of what will surface and what could have disastrous affects prior to manifestation; and will be able to learn and cleanse in a harmonious manner that will dissolve and eradicate what could ultimately occur. This will come through the “heart center,” as that is where Love, Peace & Harmony originates allowing clear vision to sense, see, and feel before anything happens. This is the gift of the Purification Cycle.

The next three months can be a joyous, harmonious time to advance and awaken to “higher truths” that will enlighten and elevate each individual to understand that they have the power to control their destiny as Children of the Light!

May the Light of the Divine awaken this process within you.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2004 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Return to 2004 Table of Contents

 

Printing For Personal Use: All the Dictations in this section are on one file. If you would like to copy one Dictation, highlight the Dictation desired, then "copy & paste" to your word processor, or paste to "write e-mail" then print, otherwise all the Dictations will be printed.

Dictations Released In 2003

Table Of Contents

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2000  1999  1998

(Click A Date To Display Text Posted In Reverse Order.)

DECEMBER 26, 2003.... The Frequency Of Harmony

OCTOBER 21, 2003........The Spark Of Light During This Last Quarter Of The Year

OCTOBER 15, 2003.......The Seen & Unseen, Release the Anxiety of this Concept

OCTOBER 13, 2003........Life, Health & the Frequency of the Planet

SEPTEMBER 9, 2003......The Power Of Choice

AUGUST 14, 2003...........New Energy That Will Disrupt Electrical Communications,

                                           Evolution, Message For Peace

AUGUST 5, 2003.............Purification Period, Recommendation To Read All Dictations Since

                                           May, 2003

JULY 28, 2003.................Awaken The Flower Within, Time Of Purification

JULY 20, 2003.................Increase In Frequency, Increase In Fear

JULY 4, 2003..................The Three Major Belief Systems, Weather Patterns In The Last Two .

                                             Months Of May & June, The Master Walked The Earth

JUNE 21, 2003.................Fear, Darkness And The Illusion Of Light, Truth Is Love, Love Is

                                            Light

JUNE 19, 2003.................Humans Create Love, Animals Manifest Love

JUNE 2, 2003..................Cycles of May & June, Anger

MAY 21, 2003.................*Day Of Communication, Technique To Relieve Stress            (*This is the first Dictation given since the year 2000.)

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999  1998

**********

Awakened at 4:11 a.m.

DICTATION DECEMBER 26, 2003

(The Frequency Of Harmony)

We have awakened you in order to relay this message for those who have opened up their hearts to the previous message along with all that has occurred within each individual’s life since the last Dictation. A great gift has been bestowed to all that have received and acknowledged the message. It is a blessing to aid everyone during this time of purification. For those who may have taken the message lightly, it is recommended that the message be read again in order to awaken the Light within.

In life, we sometimes fail to acknowledge the gifts that are presented to us. Our lives may have become quite complicated with each coming year, and another year is about to be opened up to us. With the world’s strife it seems that everything is going downhill, when in reality, the frequency is rising. We have stated this in many Dictations, and we will continue to do so, in order that all who receive may eventually understand the process of all that is taking place according to the Divine Plan. In essence, we are not going downhill, but rather, the effect of the frequency rising gives the illusion that we are going down. In reality, the illusion is that we are being left behind, and in this confusion, “Anger & Frustration” is created within our distorted reality in search of an obvious victim or cause. We cannot understand what is going on. Hatred is then developed and the process continues until we have fallen into the Four Lower Quadrant that we continuously speak about.

We develop the false illusion that we are separate of one another in this downward fall. We must understand that the Divine Plan has been set in motion in order that all of humanity will have a chance to realize that all inhabitants on the planet are “Children of the Divine Source” who have embodied in an effort to awaken the Light within.

Common sense will tell us that if the frequency of the planet is accelerating to a higher degree, in order to stay in balance, we must also elevate to a higher degree. We speak about the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony, but humanity as a whole, under the conditions of this acceleration; do not understand the word “Harmony” in this trinity. We all understand the notion of Love & Peace, but these two frequencies cannot become manifest until Harmony is understood.

We all understand that a musical instrument within an orchestra that is not in tune with the rest, will stand out as not being in Harmony, or from a different point of view, in balance within itself in order to be in Harmony with the rest of the orchestra. The orchestra cannot proceed or accomplish the inherent melody of the song until this out of tune instrument is refined and tuned. This is exactly what is occurring on the planet, which signifies the orchestra. The “out of tune instrument” represents those of fallen humanity, who in order to survive must balance, clean, and attune its instrument in order to be accepted in Harmony with the rest.

The planet is the “orchestra of the Divine” that is in the process of cleansing itself of all frequencies that are not in balance, and are out of tune, in order to evolve to the next attunement of the Divine. We must all attune ourselves by sensing within the heart, the pulse of the planet. It is important to understand the process that brings about Love, Peace & Harmony to our Physical, Mental, and most importantly, our Emotional bodies within this pulse. Once we connect to this pulse and stay within its frequency, a great sense of Peace & Harmony will envelope your system of being that will now allow the Love of the Divine to bless our lives, and thus, manifest the trinity.

No longer will we have this sense of urgency that if not met, will bring about Anger & Frustration in our efforts. When we are not in tune to the pulse of the Planet and the Divine Plan, although we may believe we have good intentions in our actions, certain events will occur in order to awaken us to the fact that our “instrument of being” is completely out of tune and havoc will enter our lives.

This is the “time of purification” and all actions that are not in Harmony with our individual Divine Plan and in balance in the “higher light of humanity” will now attract that of which we radiate out. If we send out Light to all of humanity we will attract the Light of the Divine. If we are not in tune, it is obvious what we will attract.

A great gift has been bestowed to humanity according to our last Dictation. Have we opened up our hearts to this gift? Have we made an effort to understand this gift and how it may bless our hearts?

We continue to communicate to all that open their hearts to the message, that this is a great time to be alive, and a great opportunity as participants in the great adventure of Life along with the evolution to the next frequency. Although, “strife and despair” may be occurring in different parts of the planet, by being the “beacons of light” radiating Love, Peace & Harmony to all in need, our own lives will become an adventure, as we evolve in steps of awakening to the Greater Light.

Each day the planet increases in frequency. Sometimes at such minute-steps that would be hard to detect by human efforts and at other times quite significant. The great mass of the planet in “steps of frequencies” will change the magnetic field that will then create disturbances in certain stressful areas of the planet. The frequency of the inhabitants will then attract, by their weakness, within the elements of humanity, and sometimes the weakness of the upper crust or area of manifestation, will result in the “cause & effect” factor. If humanity would understand that the human elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear create the “cause & effect” factor that then results with the elements of Nature. The elements of Fire, Earth, Water and Wind will then manifest destruction according to the “cause” created by humanity. (This is the cleansing process.)

It has been said that one individual who tunes in to the pulse of the planet, in quiet contemplation of silence, for a few minutes, bringing in Love, Peace & Harmony and radiating it out to humanity and the planet, can heal a mile radius within their environment. In addition, a “Child of the Light,” when awakened to their true source of the Divine can heal and repair large areas and transmute the negative energy of multitudes of people. Twelve Children of the Light can balance a small city, allowing the participants another chance of redemption. But it is important to understand that the will of the people, who make no effort, will eventually self-destruct by “no effort” during this time of purification. But we all can make a change by the messages given. We all have that spark of Light!

Those who have received and appreciated the “great gift bestowed to humanity” in our last Dictation will soon feel the Light of the Divine reflecting back according to the effort enacted. No one will be denied and all will be blessed.

May the Light of the Divine Christ Principle awaken within allowing all to evolve to the pulse of the planet and in Harmony with the Divine.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:24 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 21, 2003

(The Spark Of Light During This Last Quarter Of The Year)

We have awakened you so that we may dictate a message for those that will listen from the heart with an open mind.

We have been dictating these messages for a few years and will continue to answer the request as long as the call is needed. We see this as a growing factor, basically, because of an underlying fear that many individuals are instinctively sensing from the energy and frequency of humanity, and along with, the frequency of Mother Nature and the Planet. The changes are starting to become self-evident.

For those individuals that are new to these Dictations, one word of consolation is that we all chose, in one way or another, to incarnate during this life experience. It is similar to students before a final test with the need to assimilate as much as needed, with all the information and life experiences before the final hour.

Some do this with joy and some do this with fear. Many other individuals feel that all is lost and do just the opposite. “Since all is lost I might just indulge in every vice and self-serving action before whatever occurs will occur.”

And there are many individuals that although they are aware of the changes, they are content and seem to just adapt to all that is occurring with humanity and the planet. They are more concerned with their world existence within family and friends, and somehow they are oblivious to all that is occurring. They take this life experience “one step at a time” adapting to each level of consciousness and each level of the raising frequency of the planet with no real concern for the future of humanity or the planet. Things are the way they are and they have the natural instinct to adapt. (They do not have this “fear.” PLM)

These examples are three frequencies that are at the top of a long list of many variations as to each driving force within individuals, pertaining to this life cycle of humanity and the World.

We will now speak in reference to those individuals that are seekers of Truth, and those that have been motivated and driven in this search by this underlying element of “fear.” In general, we probably would like to be similar to the last characterization, in that, life would be better in this “come what may” frequency, free of fear, or the need to search for a Truth.

But, being the characterization that we are, somehow, deep within our soul, we know that up to the present, the information and knowledge that we have assimilated concerning humanity and consciousness has been distorted; sometimes, willfully by those of the Law of Self, and sometimes, by ignorance in accepting age-old “belief systems” from the past, and ancient past.

This is the purification period spoken about in ancient texts. This is the time of awakening within the Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. This is part of the second coming of Divine Truth that will eliminate the ever present “fear” that does not allow one to be free. It will not be by what is written or told to us, but rather, what is awakened, as Truth, within the Heart Center Frequency that will now direct the mind of the individual, all by self-awakening.

As individual sources of energy of the All That Is, we have remembrance of Divine Truth. This can only be accessed with clarity within the Heart Center of the individual by first making the effort to eliminate the frequency of this three dimensional world which consists of the elements of Fire, Earth, Water, Wind (air). These elements are the essentials needed for life to exist on Earth, but we, as “particle energies” of the Divine are not the elements which we have fallen and entered into, we are Light Beings of Energy that have fallen and been contaminated with the Four Lower Quadrant.

These elements, once we understand them within the Law of Physics and through Scientific Principles, we will better understand the Spiritual counterparts that are part of this misplaced, misinformed sections, of a Divine Trinity that is essential for the evolution of the Soul. When this occurs, humanity also evolves. This is what has created much confusion as to the belief systems of Scientific Evolution and the Creationist Theory.

We all participate in a three dimensional world that consists of three-dimensional principles in order to finalize a created self-fulfilled manifestation that is balanced with Nature and Humanity. This is the Sacred Trinity defined. The Scientific, the Atheist, and those of the Spiritual can only function as Truth when they all unite as a trinity.

During this last quarter of the year, a new frequency will descend upon humanity and the planet that will awaken the spiritual light within each individual that is in search of Truth. The Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony will be rekindled, awakened, and acknowledged as a spark of Light within the Heart Center. This is a gift of the Divine that will give sense and hope to our individual existence. Although, with the majority it will be a minute spark of light, we will then have the choice to rekindle this light with the Law of Service, or on the other hand, by human choice, we may elect to extinguish this gift of light.

This is the purification period that will last many years for some, but during this last quarter of the year is where we can awaken with this spark of light that has been bestowed, once again, by the Divine that will help cast out “fear.”

This will allow us to enjoy the adventure of this life experience. All who are incarnate during this period of awakening are very special individuals that have been given the gift of life. Even if we find ourselves in “worst of the worst” that one could imagine, we must understand that, all concerned chose it.

It may be difficult for the reader to understand the “grand play,” that “all incarnate souls” wanted to be part of the experience. Even the worst seats to this grand play are acceptable in order to experience this “grand play.” This is why individuals have incarnated in all manner of form.

This is a great time to be alive. This is a time of awakening where all secrets of the past, and even those of the future are being released and pre-ordained by the “Divine Will” of the participants. This is why, during this period of change, and the “Divine Choice” bestowed upon humanity can create many probable futures. Humanity, as a whole, can co-create the outcome of this “grand play” as we are the co-creators of this next segment that will coincide with the “end of the grand cycle” that we have spoken and dictated in the past.

We are all co-creators in this One Life we call God. This is the All That Is that we are now awakening to. The spark of light will be bestowed within each individual soul participating with Humanity and the Planet.

Freedom brings joy and happiness. The first step is to eliminate this “fear” that clouds our minds, which will then allow our hearts to see.

May the Light shine and awaken the true essence that you are!

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

 

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:26 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 15, 2003

(The Seen & Unseen, Release the Anxiety of this Concept)

We are bringing this message in order that we may clarify certain anomalies that will affect those that have been very anxious as to all that we have been writing about. For many individuals that have never been exposed to this type of messages from an area unknown, beyond the physical, as they know it, it can cause a certain type of anxiety. Fear of the unknown will also become a factor to deal with.

We have stated before, and for the benefit of those individuals that have recently been exposed to these messages, that there are "three major belief systems" on the planet. They correspond with the physical, the mental, and the emotional. The human body, as a whole, also contains a physical etheric counterpart, a mental body, and an emotional body. The "three major belief systems" are: those of the Scientific that corresponds with the physical; those of the Atheist that corresponds with the mental body; and those of the Spiritual that corresponds with the emotional body. The physical etheric, the mental body, and the emotional body, cannot of itself be seen, and of course, we will state that these are non-physical to the eye of the beholder, but they do in fact exist by their affects into the physical realm. The example is similar to the element of "air" that cannot be seen until its effects are manifested into our physical reality in the form of agitated wind, tornados, hurricanes, and the like.

In the book "A Step Into The Light" it is stated that, as the Planet increases in frequency, so will the etheric veil into the unseen be rendered open. Many individuals are opening up to the reality of these previously unseen "realities of being." This has been the manifestation of energies, lights, and benevolent beings, along with equally dark entities. Because the veil is not completely rendered, countless anomalies have been seen and encountered, which leaves the individual to doubt whether these things really manifested, or were part of an over active imagination.

The Second Law of this three dimensional world, stated in the book "A Step Into The Light" is the Law of Polarities, which constitute Light and Dark energy. One radiates and the other consumes, as in a "black hole" in space. This is where the concept of Good & Evil comes into play within the belief system of the Spiritual.

Those of the Physical (Scientists) see the manifestation of these laws as energy forces. Those of the mental (Atheist) will see this a play of "positive & negative" mental energy as a state of mind. All are correct to a minor degree, but still lacking as each belief system is missing two thirds of the final truth, as a complete understanding of a three part whole. When all three belief system accept the concept of one another as a unit of One within a combination of three separate units (a trinity) the entire Truth will not be made manifest and understood by primitive man.

That is why a trinity is needed with a frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony in order to understand this concept. Three energies as a "Unit of One" can only be realized within this three-dimensional world as a finalized product of Truth. From ancient times to the present, those that have awakened to the Trinity within the three major Belief Systems have transcended into the Heart Center frequency that then unites the physical, the mental, and the emotional, within the being of "self-realized man."

This will allow primitive man to transcend the elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear into the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. This will then allow mankind to learn and evolve in order to eventually transcend matter, as we know it.

It is important to learn and understand the "seen and unseen" realities; otherwise the element of Fear will paralyze humanity from transcending into the higher realities of evolved mankind. When the concept of "higher light physics" is understood, one will understand that all three Major Belief Systems, will no longer be "belief systems," Truth will unveil, with understandable Divine Laws that are so simple, realizing that the element of "fear" is what has kept us blind from the Light of Divine Truth. It is important to understand what precipitates "fear." It is the elements of Anger, Hate, and Guilt, which then manifest "fear."

Mother Nature explains this in a very simple manner. Passive air is not "manifested wind." Passive air in a tranquil state is passive air. The elements of Fire, Earth and Water within Nature are what will precipitate the element of "manifested wind." The same laws apply to un-evolved-man.

Eliminate fear or the source that is causing this element to enter into your life and the Light of Truth will eventually manifest itself, allowing one to open up the Heart Center frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony stated by all the Masters.

Let the Light Shine and awaken the soul to higher truths of the Divine.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

*********

Awakened at 4:09 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 13, 2003

(Life, Health & the Frequency of the Planet)

We have awakened you this morning to bring a message for those that have been waiting patiently.

We would like to bring awareness to all the changing factors that are currently affecting all of humanity and creatures within Nature. Although the increase in frequency of the planet is very subtle and small, for those that are sensitive, to some degree, it can have marked affects within the system of being. This can affect health with minor irritations to the body. Headaches, joint pain, visual problems, listlessness, trouble sleeping and many other anomalies within the body that irritates the well being of the individual. There are certain pressures and movements within the earth that will affect the human body. With each shift in increase of frequency of the planet, this creates the resulting effect. All will feel these anomalies to some degree, with some more than others.

All these things that we speak of is not to bring fear to the reader, but rather, to explain all that is occurring. We have spoken many times, that we all chose to incarnate during this time of change. Many, to participate in the great adventure during this culmination of the end of the Grand Cycle that timely occurs within the existence of the planet. Many others chose to incarnate in an effort to quickly advance within the evolution of the soul to the greater light, as this period in time is very significant for spiritual awakening. This is the purification period spoken about in ancient text and ancient cultures. The time has arrived.

We would also like to speak about another grouping that we have given much attention to in previous Dictations concerning those Light Bearers that are here to help humanity. Especially, those that have been allowed to incarnate in order to be of service in awakening the light of the spirit within, of the All That Is. The Children of the Light are here to be of service.

Many of these individuals are not awake to their predestined purpose. Many are quite confused and sometimes rebellious with those in power that do not represent the frequency of the masses. They are driven with an energy that if not directed into positive action, can cause considerable harm, although, well intended for a just cause. They do not know how to harness these energies that drive them into actions that may or may not be beneficial to all concerned.  Until they are subdued by the elements, or forced to see and feel from within the self, they may never accomplish the mission that was part of the Divine Plan, set forth before incarnation.

Those individuals that read this might find that to some degree they may fall within the frequency described. The Light within the Heart Center will awaken in agreement as to what is occurring in their lives. The awakening process will affect all, whether you are a Child of the Light or not.

During the purification period that we have entered into, all life, as we know it on the planet will be affected in small increments. A great number of individuals will adapt on a daily basis without any noticeable affect to their lifestyles. They just automatically adapt and may not be aware that there is a constant change.

The individuals that we are concerned with are those that resist the changes in frequency and are feeling the ill effects of resistance within their well-being. In contrast, the majority of children and young adults born during the past twenty years, in general, all adapt quite well to the frequency change.

By choice, the majority of the rest accept the anomalies to their bodies as part of growing old. This is not entirely true and should not be accepted as a truth. Thirty-five year old individuals feeling like fifty-year olds is not acceptable for the evolution of mankind. Unfortunately, today’s lifespan is longer and the hospitals and convalescent homes are getting filled with individuals whose health has deteriorated. One will see that many of these individuals started feeling old at around 40 and they may now be in their eighties or nineties, their lives prolonged with today’s technologies, half of their lives will have been lived in an old state. This will start to increase and come into noticeable effect within the next few years. 

What is the cause of individuals resisting the coming changes that affect the body system? How can we evolve and maintain our individual Divine Plan? How can one learn to adapt and awaken to these coming changes?

First and foremost, we must eliminate “Fear.” We would suggest that you look at life as an adventure! Open the heart with Love! This is a glorious time to be alive! We all chose to be here!

We must let go of the past by first forgiving oneself for all the pain and mischief that we have caused, and then forgiving all those that have transgressed and caused pain and mischief within our lives. Become aware that it was a lesson in life. The past must be balanced and released within our minds, emotions, and within our physical heart.

Know that one must transcend the elements of the planet Earth and its corresponding frequencies that affect mankind. The elements of Fire, Earth, Water, and Wind (air) must be transcended. The counterparts that affect mankind are as follows: 1.Fire = Anger.  2. Earth = Hate. 3. Water = Guilt. And most importantly: 4. Wind (air) = Fear.

It is important to become aware as to how we react to the elements. Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear must be eliminated from our daily existence. Become aware as to how many times we fall into these frequencies that will drain and take away the life force. Eventually, you will see how these elements cause damage to your physical, mental, and emotional well being, all within three days after a fall in frequency with one or more of the elements. This is what eventually brings old age and death into a sustained and prolonged manner.

It is important to greet each day as a new adventure in life. Each day is a brand new day full of energy that is radiated with each increase of frequency of the planet. Learn to adapt to this frequency and assimilate the escalated vital energy. This is the new life force of nature that will allow oneself to evolve within the Divine Plan of the All That Is.

Love, Peace and Harmony will once again radiate from the Heart Center that brings life and regeneration regardless what state of life you are in. Young and old will transmute and change the past. We must all wake up to the great gift of life. Life is expanding and evolving within the Light of the Divine. You are part of this new generation regardless what age you are at. Light is awakened within the Heart Center and it can shine like a brilliant star even if the body is too old to move. You can still be of service with the light of Love you radiate from the Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. We are all one within the Light of the All That Is. This is the eternal life that the ancient texts speak about. We are all one, as an individual page of this great text of the One Life we call God.

We are here for the adventure! We are here to enjoy life even if we are bedridden and at death’s door! You still have the gift of life that will awaken in your Heart Center and your life will not be in vain. We all are connected as “One.” The Light you awaken within your Heart can radiate and give Light to hundreds. You all possess this power even if you are at death’s door.

Shine the Light and you will forever live as we shed the shell of our physical being or regenerate it for the Greater Good Of All. We are all One with the Light of the Divine. 

Let the Light Shine and bring you Peace.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:13 a.m.

DICTATION SEPTEMBER 9, 2003

(The Power Of Choice)

We would like to begin this message with a frequency of Love from the Heart Center within the frequency of the Divine, that those that open their hearts in like manner will receive the full essence of this message.

These past few weeks may have been peaceful for many, and on the other hand, not so peaceful for others. Group karma and the balancing of frequencies have intermingled with one another at many levels. There have been many changes that have abruptly come up for those that are in the process of balancing the recent past, early past, and for others, past lives. The purification period can be quite short for some, but in general, it can be months, blending into years, as we all adapt to the constant changes in destiny that mankind is preordaining on a daily basis. This may be difficult to understand.

In the year 2,000 mankind was given the power of choice, in that, humanity would preordain their immediate future during this time of transition. In regards to the planet, the Grand Cycle will manifest itself in a timely manner according to the Divine Plan. However, humankind will erratically preordain by this power of “individual choice” that will then become mass consciousness, and thus dictating the immediate future for all of humanity. This is similar to allowing someone to drive a vehicle without brakes, erratically maneuvering in different directions till they understand how the vehicle works, and finally realize that their foot was on the gas pedal, and that they could have released it to slow down. This is why in recent months, those with the gift of prophecy have not been quite as accurate as they have been in the past. Because of the “power of choice” that humanity elected, consciously and subconsciously, at different levels, there will be many surprises for those in power that make decisions for the whole.

This “power of choice” must not be confused with “free will.” It may take some time to fully understand this frequency, as you have to be a participant in order to learn and experience it.

The essence of this message is that leaders will no longer be able to make choices unless they tune in to the frequency of the people that they lead and the choice that the group consciousness has elected. In the past, the people have allowed the leaders to lead without giving much thought to the process. In the past, and even in the present, many individuals do not know who their leaders are and have given the power of choice to the leaders with no further acknowledgement or involvement. The leader has free reign. This will no longer be the case, as you will see that since the year 2,000 countless leaders around the world have made serious errors in judgment, and have made dreadful decisions that not only affect the people they lead, but seriously have affected the world.

To fully understand this principle of choice the first step is to understand that on an individual level, each individual creates a frequency of where they want to be in the future and what they feel in their heart as truth, and thus radiating this message to the leaders.

In order to make a choice that will affect humanity, each individual must be anchored within the “heart center” with Love, Peace & Harmony, feeling and sensing this frequency for the higher good of all. It has to be manifested on a daily basis in order to understand what is the greater good for all of humanity, according to the Divine Plan, at each daily level of frequency that the planet is accelerating to. Each individual must first tune in to the planet, in the heart center, tune in to the greater good of humanity, and where change is needed, radiate this frequency to the leaders and change will manifest itself from the individual consciousness to the mass consciousness. Leaders will have to lead by the choice of the people. Leaders will then have no choice but to be of “Service,” otherwise they will self-destruct as leaders having to leave their positions in shame.

The responsibility lies within each individual, as we all have to lead within the heart for the “greater good of all.” We have stated this many times in previous dictations. A leader has to be of service for all the people that they lead. This has not been the case for many, many, decades. Basically, all leaders eventually give in to the “Law of Self,” accordingly, by those who are influential that manipulate power with money. Basically, in all countries around the world the “Law of Service” does not exist within the leaders. The reason being that humanity had not previously elected to receive this “Power of Choice” that we speak about. Although, it cannot be fully understood till humanity gets involved with this frequency, the “Law of Service” will manifest by those that open up the Heart Center of the Divine, radiating Love, Peace & Harmony for the greater good of all.

Unfortunately, those who do not awaken to this principle, in the same manner as their leaders, will self-destruct to the level of their choice. This does not necessarily mean that certain individuals will pass to the other side, although with some it can be. But, it basically means that all that has been accumulated by the Law of Self will dissipate, dissolve, or be lost. You will see this occurring as we speak. This will have an affect on the physical, emotional and the mental level of those that will not let go and accept what is occurring. Those that release will find relief and a new path of service will open up for the Greater Good. This is the period of purification.

Those who awaken as to what is occurring in their lives will understand the principle of “The Law of Service & The Law of Self.”  The “Power of Choice” enacted in the year 2,000 must not be confused with “free will,” which is limited. The “Power of Choice” radiates as a Light from the Heart Center that will allow a leader to see. This “Power of Choice” does not have a two-fold action as in free will. The concept of humanity in regards to “free will” basically means that we can be good or evil by making a choice. In this manner, the word “choice” is a loose word with no power, and yes, you can choose to be good or evil.

With the “power of choice” it is singular. You either use it or you do not use it as it radiates from the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony. A person that is centered in the Heart of the Divine can only experience Light for the Greater Good Of All. In this place darkness does not, and cannot exist, and there is no need of free will to the extent that we understand the frequency of “free will” where one can choose between the Dark & the Light. The Heart Center radiates Light where only Light can exist and this is where the “Power of Choice” originates and can only be accessed for the Greater Good Of All.

The “Power of Choice” allows the individual within the mass consciousness to access the Light and to radiate this Light to the Leaders who in word are supposed to be “Leaders in Service” to those they lead. Until one can wash the feet of those they lead in a humble way, how can one be of service? The Master taught this principle.

May the “Power of Choice” awaken within your individual heart during this time of purification as a beacon of Light for all who are lost to be able to see.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:25 a.m.

DICTATION AUGUST 14, 2003

(New Energy That Will Disrupt Electrical Communications, Evolution, Message For Peace)

We have awakened you to bring this message.

In the coming months the frequency of the planet will take on a different energy that has never been felt before by humanity. At first it will be subtle but then the intensity will increase. As these frequencies start to impact the Earth’s atmosphere, there will be subtle disturbances with the electrical transmission of communications. This has already occurred with the impact of solar activity, but as stated, it will have a different energy that must be assimilated by those who are conscious of what is occurring. (I received a call  around 2:00 in the afternoon informing me of the electrical failure that has occurred. PM)

This is a form of evolution that is quickly taking place where those creatures that are capable will adapt quickly, and eventually, those that are not able will go through a physical change or expire. As more diseases and new ailments start to manifest, confusion will cause those that investigate to look to the wrong source. What is occurring is that the energy that is being impacting is increasing, sometimes in minute frequencies, and sometimes in noticeable changes. These diseases and ailments that we speak of only last for short periods of time and soon disappear as the frequency then enters another level, which then manifests what seems to be new diseases and ailments. These are not new diseases or ailments; it is just that they exist (and are natural) at the given frequency that has been attained. This is what has puzzled scientists and anthropologists as to why certain creatures suddenly became extinct and the appearance of what is presumed new creatures that were obviously related to a predecessor.

Certain creatures, in the past, evolved through thousands of years and others appeared or seemed to have graduated in a very short period of time. This is what is presently occurring in the present.

It is very important to understand the frequencies of the elements and how they correspond with the elements that govern mankind in a fallen state of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. There are planetary influences along with the normal process of change during the end of the Grand Cycle that we speak of. Everything will be affected that exists in this three-dimensional world, which includes the physical, the mental, and the emotional. Depending on our present belief systems, every human being falls under the "crystallized hard as a rock" belief system of the Scientific, the Atheist, or the Spiritual. Very few in the group of humanity is free of these belief systems that alienate one over the other. In order to adapt and be free to evolve within the Divine Plan of the All That Is, truth must be awakened in increments within the three "belief systems" In perfect balance. Not by accepting the negative aspects of these "crystallized hard as a rock" belief systems, but what opens in the Heart Center of each person by their own awakening which will bring Love, Peace & Harmony to our lives. Truth will eliminate Anger, Hate, Guilt, and Fear. These are the elemental aspects of Fire, Earth, Water, & Wind in a negative state.

Everything that exists in this three dimensional world consists of the elements in complete harmony with the Divine. Humanity is the only conscious creature that can utilize the elements in a negative manner. Evolved mankind will one day understand how to use the elements of Fire, Earth, Water, and Wind in a complete positive manner in keeping with the Laws of Nature in order to create freedom for humanity. Lack of an energy source that is in harmony with Nature and the Divine is one of the calamities that will be the downfall of humanity. Free Power and Energy allows the soul of mankind to evolve and learn the other more important aspects of the Divine.

These messages may bring fear to those that read and may want to hide their head in the sand, so to speak. It may also cause many readers to exaggerate the message, as not all of mankind will be affected in a negative manner. Humanity was given a choice in the Year 2000, and that choice is to be able to change our minds and direction and make other choices that may or may not help humanity or the planet.

The planet will survive and those that are able to adapt and enjoy the adventure will evolve. This is the time written in the Sacred Texts and Scriptures of many races on the planet. Those who wrote about these times interpreted and wrote what they were able to perceive from their point of view. The vision was there and has been given to many, even in our present time. Humanity ultimately has a choice. We all have a choice.

We also have a choice to radiate the Light so that our brethren can see. We are all brothers and sisters in the grand play of humanity, and to some degree we have a responsibility to one another. Those who are stumbling in the dark will make errors. Those who have Light can radiate Love, Peace & Harmony as good thoughts, prayers, as energy, and will enlighten. All thought forms are energy, and if directed in a benevolent way to be of service, one can help fellow mankind by allowing mankind to use this Light if they so choose to partake during their quiet times of contemplation. Never to impose, but always radiating if the need to partake is there and of their own free will. Anyone that has ever stumbled in the dark, falling to the ground, will call out of their own free will. The Light will appear.

In closing this dictation, it is very important to become aware of the frequencies mentioned in the last dictations and we would like to recommend that all the Dictations given be read at least once a week in order not to become victim to what is occurring and to the wrath of others that will bring out the Anger within that needs to be transmuted. This is the purification period for those that have awakened to the mirror effect of their past and present. This is also an adventurous time for those who are evolving with the Light of the Divine and adapting to Divine Laws of Change.

May you all work with Peace in order to bring joy into the hearts of humanity.

The Messengers Of The Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:20 a.m.

DICTATION AUGUST 5, 2003

(Purification Period, Recommendation To Read All Dictations Since May, 2003)

We would like to give discourse in matters that have been changing within the realm of humanity concerning “free will,” which in all cases will affect the planet and all its inhabitants.

In our last discourse we dictated that this is the “purification period” that we have entered into. Although, many readers will not give it much thought as to it significance, it will soon become self-evident. All will be affected to some degree, of course, some more than others. For those that will experience the intensity of this occurrence that will come in waves of energies, the will to survive will surface from within. Not only will it bring out frequencies from our recent past, but in addition, frequencies from our past lives. In essence, the darkness within will come forth to be dealt with. If one prepares oneself, Truth will prevail.

During this purification period, it is essential to prepare oneself on a daily basis as to what we will be confronted with. We will have to choose between the Law of Service and the Law of Self according to our individual Divine Plan. In past dictations we have stated that those of the dark and those of the light will have to make a choice. No longer will the individual or groupings be able to straddle both sides. A crevice of darkness has opened between, and is slowly separating, so that a choice has to be made. This falls in line with the belief systems of the Sacred Texts, but also in a scientific manner. All physical and mental things are going through a constant change along with humankind’s emotional frequency.

We, as a group that compose the Messengers of the Light, work with the Divine Principle of the All That Is in order to be of service to humanity answering the call that has been made from the voice calling in the wilderness. The frequency of these messages must resonate within the individual heart frequency of those that read in order to discern Truth that must bring in Light. Light, Truth and action will manifest Love of the All That Is.

We recommend that all those that read and find Truth in these discourses must take positive action in being prepared for all that will come forth. We all chose to be incarnated in physical form during these times of change, as great advancements towards the Light of the Divine may be accomplished. By being prepared and by daily purification to withstand what may come forth, we will be prepared to confront our self-imposed tests of our own making. 

It is also recommended that the Dictations that were released to all of humanity starting with the fifth month of this year be read on a weekly basis. As the individual purifies, more information will come forth from each reading. The Dictations have frequencies of Light at many levels. Each time we read we will assimilate the “higher light physics” of understanding that will elevate our individual frequencies by daily purification. It is also essential to tune in to the frequency of the planet in order to be able to withstand the new solar energies, along with the planetary influences that we are now entering into.

Those that shine the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony and have followed the discourses will see and feel the music of the spheres in the grand symphony of the Divine. Joy will enter the hearts of those that carry the Divine Christ Principle of the Sacred Heart of the Divine. This is where Love finds its home within those that walk with the Light and will be divinely guided.

Those who do not feel this frequency of joy must make the choice to balance all un-balanced energies within our lives. On a daily basis, it is essential to measure the amount of Anger, Hate, Guilt. and most importantly, the Fear that controls our lives. If we feel we have to win the battles in our three dimensional world of darkness, we are now under the control of the Four Lower Quadrant. If we make the choice of balance, Love, Peace and Harmony will open the joy within and will radiate to all that we come in contact with. This will allow us to enjoy the gift of the adventure at hand.

We are all here for the adventure and the fulfillment of our individual Divine Plan. If the elements of this three-dimensional world have darkened the adventure, we no longer walk with the Light. Those who listen from the heart will read the previous dictations with each fall we have in order to find higher truths that will now correspond with what is occurring in our personal life. The elements start with the frequency of Anger, which is currently being manifest by humanity and will bring forth the fire within.

This is the purification period.

May the Truth come forth from your heart as a beacon of Light.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:10 a.m.

DICTATION JULY 28, 2003

(Awaken The Flower Within, Time Of Purification)

 Today is a fine day to bring in the Light of Love to all of humanity. If we all can open our hearts, and radiate on a daily basis, the circumstances around the planet will improve tremendously. We would like all who receive these messages to consider sending good thoughts, as frequencies of Light, to all that are presently in the dark. Unfortunately those that are in the dark are not aware to what extent of darkness they are in, as in all cases, they are well-intentioned people. In general, they do not wake up each day with the intention of utilizing the Law of Self in order to take advantage of their fellow human being. It just occurs in the frequency that they maintain. They are blind and numb to their actions, and in almost all cases, this Light that is sent to them awakes them abruptly to their actions. The Light does this in and of itself, by the help of the person who radiates this as good thoughts or prayers. This is how we help our fellow man as beacons of Light.

Light is energy, frequency and vibration. It is the trinity that manifests Love from the heart of the individual. Prayer works in this fashion as long as it is radiated out to humanity. All prayer and good thoughts work in certain degrees, but it is important to understand the prayers of the past. Prayer of the past is asking a Divine Being to do the work for us, or to bring us help, in most cases, in a selfish manner.

Prayer of the present is first to balance our state of being in the frequency and vibration of Love, Peace & Harmony. Once this frequency is establish we must test ourselves to see if we have one ounce of Hate, Guilt, Fear and most importantly during these summer months, do we have any Anger towards anyone in our hearts? It is time to forgive and balance our past and present within our hearts.

These months that we are in, is a time of purification. That energy that we radiate out, whether good or bad, will in most cases, reflect back to us in a two-fold action as if to awaken us. In some cases it will come back to us with a vengeance that may be very hard to bear. This is the accumulation of past that needs balancing and purification. It is important to clean up our past and present within the group consciousness of humanity. We all planned this prior to incarnation and must stand up to our preplanned effort to help the planet and humanity. When we balance ourselves we are in essence balancing a portion of humanity and the Group Consciousness that will affect the planet. In the same manner, the planet will react with a vengeance that has not been seen before in the present history of humanity. This is the time to purify, radiate out and balance. This is the prayer of the present. We must all be active participants within the Divine in bringing in the Light of Love to the world. This all starts in the Heart Center of the Divine Christed Principle of your individual religion, faith or belief system.

The frequency of Anger is now made manifest within the aura of humanity. We must understand that even if we have good intentions, by being a member of humanity, we will be affected with this frequency. Do not be shocked to see a person that has always maintained and been free of anger, erupt like a violent volcano much to the surprise of the onlookers. This is from contamination from the whole. The next frequency that will eventually start to manifest will be the frequency of Hate. This will be in a group effort, as very few individuals will act on their own. If we do not radiate Light to these areas, nations will erupt against nations.

In order to cleanse and purify the planet and the group consciousness, we must start with our individual state of being. We must ask ourselves, do we maintain Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear on a daily basis? Are we really awake to this? Are we walking around blind within this darkness that we are not even awake to?

It is important to assess to what degree we are not awake. We must be within the Light on a daily basis. It is recommended that we write down in our calendars how many times we fall each day. Assess this by the day, by the week, and then by the month, and finally by the year. This will add up to how much we are contributing to the mass consciousness, and the vengeance of our own making that will erupt with the world changes on the planet. We either contribute Light or we contribute the Darkness that will come of our own making. This is the time to purify! This is the time to become awake! This is that portion of the Holy Texts of many religions that state the sheep will be divided, but it will be by our own free-will, our making, and by our own participation with the Dark or the Light. Each day we make our contribution to our future world. There will be a world of Light, and we must also consider, that there will be a world of Darkness that will then start from its beginnings of another Grand Cycle for those that need to start the lessons of the Divine again.  We must all become awake.

For many individuals the next months can be devastating by our own making and the mirror reflection of our past and present that will present itself for purification. For many, it has already started. It is important to become awake to Divine Principles regardless if we are within the belief systems of the Spiritual, the Scientist, or the Atheist, or a combination thereof. The Divine Plan created this trinity within this three-dimensional world as part of the whole, and we are living it today in manifestation. Light is energy, frequency & vibration. The Divine Christ Principle of all the Christed Masters is Love, Peace & Harmony that will balance the belief systems of the Spiritual, the Scientist and the Atheist. These are the creations of the Divine within the Trinity of One. We are all Light!  We must not allow our individual Light to diminish and weaken by the works of the whole, which is the group consciousness.

The Children of the Light will start to make their presence known by being activators of Truth. Those who are awake will now start to recognize these individuals that will be the active participants to help humanity. They will call or ask for help as an indication, as a call to the rest, to awaken the goodness in the heart of those who hear their plea. A spark will awaken within the heart and you will understand what your calling is from the message within. There are many that ask but few will touch the heart with a brilliance of Divine Love that will awaken the listener. You will understand when this occurs, but we must start the purification process on a daily basis.

We would also like to acknowledge those that carry the Light and have assimilated the lessons well. Today is a beautiful day to radiate this Love that is in abundance for those who have eyes to see. Everyday is an adventure in learning for those who maintain the Light with pure joy in their heart. Like a child that is presented with the flowers of the field, they see the potential flower of each individual in the All That Is of the Divine Plan. This is our brothers and sisters within humanity.

Where there is Light all will see. Let the Divine Christ Principle awaken within your heart with Love, Peace & Harmony.

The Messengers Of The Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:55 a.m.

DICTATION JULY 20, 2003

(Increase In Frequency, Increase In Fear)

We would like to send this message to those who have an open heart to receive. Those who will acknowledge Love, Peace, and Harmony within their frequency will start to awaken to all that is manifesting in the World. Those that we speak about have felt a dark frequency of fear that has over shadowed them since the recent full moon. (July 13, 2003) These are individuals that are aware and sensitive to the frequency of the masses. Many of these individuals have felt as if it was there own fear that had overtaken them, even some with a sense of panic.

The frequency of the planet has shifted in frequency to a higher level in small increments, and as of today, stabilized to a certain degree. During this period of time your worst fears may have come to the fore in order to balance and transmute. It is time to settle old differences in the Heart and to radiate Love & Light to those that have caused you emotional pain and to those that have unbalanced your mental frequency, along with those that may have caused you physical pain. This is a time of review and to let go. We must not hold on to any unbalanced energy or darkness that will attract more darkness. Those who are feeling these frequencies will understand the Divine Light of “Self Retribution” that we will exact within our individual frequency by our own making. God does not punish in the sense of the word, but we as separated frequencies of the Divine will have to bear the fruits of our actions by our own accord. All is attracted to the source that created it. This recent week is but a small measure that we will have to face according to our past actions. We all must start balancing the frequencies that we feel are not balanced within the Light.

Those that did not feel a difference within their mental, emotional, and physical body during this rising frequency are balanced within their Divine Plan. If you are one of the few that have suffered no ill effect from the raising frequency, you are divinely guided and within a state of Grace that has not caused one to react and was not affected. But, you will come across certain individuals that did not fare well during this short period. Now is the time to shine your Light and to share the knowledge that you have received with your fellow mankind.

There will be many frequency changes within the next months that will come in certain increments. These increments will affect regular humanity that is walking asleep on a daily basis within the state of “anger and frustration” that they presently hold. This will affect the entire planet according to the consciousness of humanity. Humanities energy will cause many unpredictable things to occur. Humanity will have to deal with their recent past and the misdoings of their ancestors if one holds on to these beliefs. It is time for humanity to awaken to the fact that the changes are here.

The key to the next level has been presented, and many of you have been presented with this key, either in your dreams, symbolically, or you may have displaced your keys. Quite possibly your key may have had trouble opening a certain door. In whatever manner the key has been presented to you in order to bring in the Light of the Divine within your household and frequency, or quite possibly, in order to be a participant to help humanity or the group consciousness that is very dark at this time. This is a very special gift.

Many coincidental things will start manifesting as a form of guidance for those that will become aware of what is occurring with the rest of the World. It is not a time to choose sides for or against where there is dark conflict, but rather, radiate as a beacon of Light to those individuals that are in conflict within their darkness. The Divine Christ Principle of the Master radiates from the Heart with Love, Peace & Harmony. In the presence of the Divine, feel your Heart Center in quiet contemplation or in meditation, transmuting all negative thoughts to the Light, and radiate the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony that will radiate as a Divine Floodlight so that those that are in darkness can see Divine Truth; that the person that opposes you is also a Child of God in a confused darkened state. Light bears Truth that no one can deny.

It is important to understand that the increase in frequency of the planet affects the nervous system then manifest as a darkness for those that are rigid to change and will not let go. This darkness will start to pull your frequency as into a “black hole” with the Fear of your own making. The Physical Body, the Emotional Body, and most importantly the Mental Body will be unbalanced. The Mind Center of most of humanity is affected with the frequency of Anger that will manifest unjustified Fears. Those affected will feel as if they have to confront those that oppose, right in the moment. The darkness will make decision-makers blind during these times of frequency increase with the planet. If we do not all become active participants in radiating the frequency of the Divine, all that has been prognosticated as to coming events will manifest according to the mass consciousness of humanity.

There are many messengers working with the Divine Plan, and many more will come to awaken. We all chose to be born during this time of change, and if we are drawn to these messages we must feel the reason within our own individual heart and not from the message or the messenger. Everything else will become self- evident.

This can be the most wonderful time of our lives if we can overcome Fear and the frequencies of humanity that is in a state of Fear. Listen to the messages of the many that have come. Listen to your heart with the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony. All that have embodied during this life cycle have done so according to an individual Divine Plan.

Tune into the song in your heart that will bring you joy, love, and happiness. All who are in balance with their individual heart in a state of Love, Peace & Harmony will be divinely guided throughout the changes that the planet is going through. Tune in to the pulse of the planet on a daily basis, feel the frequency and adjust the body to feel this frequency without fear, but as a child that has found a beautiful note in their Heart that will resound with the new song of the Divine.

We are all here to enjoy the adventure and to learn how to override fear. Where there is Love, there can be no Darkness/Fear.  Love is Light, and Light is Truth.

Shine and bless on a daily basis.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:44 a.m.

DICTATION July 4, 2003

(The Three Major Belief Systems, Weather Patterns In The Last Two Months Of May & June, The Master Walked The Earth)

We would like to convey this message to all that are receptive. We have been giving these messages to many individuals around the planet. The messages may resonate within your system of being in the sleep state, waking state, or during a time of meditation. For many individuals, the messages that are posted here are a verification of what you already feel or have received through your own process of receiving. The messages are the same.

These past two months certain parts of humanity have been presented with anomalous weather conditions that are reflective of the consciousness of humanity and the region of manifestation. Around the planet such manifestations of unusual weather patterns will persist according to the consciousness of its inhabitants as a whole.

Because these occurrences are manifested as a group consciousness, the majority of the whole, as a group will pull in the unusual manifestation. Individuals will soon start to see that there is a correlation with what is occurring, what is on the consciousness of the area that we live in, and what will soon manifest.

We have spoken many times in the past that the planet is going through the end of the Grand Cycle. Do not allow fear to enter the mind with the following. This is a statement of the status of the planet, the environment; and the evolution of mankind, mentally, emotionally, and physically. This corresponds with those of the Atheist (mental), the Spiritual (emotional) and the Scientific (the physical). The planet is going through its normal process of change during the end of this Grand Cycle, which has occurred many times in the Ancient Past. This is a pre-ordained Divine Plan of the All That Is.

We have also spoken many times in the past that this life and the environment of the physical plane called Earth is a school for the evolution of the Soul. This is a three-dimensional environment that is regulated by certain Divine Laws that will one day unite the three Major Belief Systems as a Unit of One, with each soul that will reach a certain measure of enlightenment. This is a Sacred Trinity. As the planet evolves during this time of fast acceleration, certain anomalous factors or occurrences will start to manifest on the planet. (The awakened Children of the Light will bring added attention to these anomalies.) Those of the Spiritual will have to accept certain awakenings of the Scientific and the Atheist. In like manner those of the Atheist will have to accept certain undeniable truths of the Spiritual and the Scientific. The Scientific, in like manner, will have to accept awakenings of the Atheist and Spiritual.

All three have a piece of this Sacred Trinity that will now awaken as Truths that cannot be denied. Divided, they will cause strife and dissention. As a sacred trinity of three, "Love, Peace and Harmony will manifest.

During this time of change, which is not the end of the world, although it can be for those who become crystallized and rigid within their chosen belief system, and also, not able to synchronize to the rising frequency of the planet, yes, it can be. It is very important to remember and feel in your heart, that all chose to incarnate during these adventurous times. This is a great occasion that should excite everyone that is receptive; we all have been given a great opportunity to experience these adventurous times.

Do not allow the mental frequency of Fear to take over, rather, focus the frequency in the heart, the Sacred Heart of the Divine that resides in this special place within, and take control of your life experience. Your heart will dictate to the mind in the brain as to what to do in your daily life. This is with Love, Peace & Harmony. This is the higher reflection of the Sacred Trinity. This is the essence of the Spiritual (emotional), the Atheist (mental), and the Scientific (the physical). This is the evolution of mankind within the Divine Plan to open the Sacred Heart of the Divine.

The Master walked the Earth and gave these principles to all that were open to receive. Most of humanity during that time period were focused and grounded in the Spiritual & Atheist. Very little frequency of the Scientific manifested during those times. It is very important to remember all the teachings of the Master. The Sacred Book also includes the frequency of the Spiritual & the Atheist. But we must use the Heart to see, feel and demonstrate the Sacred Teaching of Love, Peace & Harmony. This is Sacred to the Atheist, (the mental in us), the Scientific, (the physical in us,) and the Spiritual (the emotional in us). (In essence the master stated that everything he did, that we could do it better. This is a profound statement. In other messages received, it is stated that many of the miracles performed, but not all, would one day be explained by future evolved scientific terms. PLM)

It does not matter what your "belief system" is, or what you embrace. There are undeniable Laws of the Divine that will now reveal to humanity the Higher Concept of the Divine. The time of change is here. The Children of the Light will now start to awaken to Higher Truths in order to be of service to humanity. The planet is unveiling itself to all three of the Major Belief Systems that have opposed each other in the recent past. The weather patterns, signs, visions, awakenings of the ancient past, along with a myriad of manifestations that will now break down all crystallized, hard as a rock "belief systems" of the past will astonish humanity as a whole. This is the new awakening of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony that will now guide the heart.

Those who are presently not feeling well, agitated, short tempered, with heavy mental and physical stress, it is recommended for those that feel from the heart to read one of the recent Dictations regarding rest periods to synchronize to the rising frequency of the planet. (See the May 21, 2003 Dictation)

Those who pray in a state of Fear, must change to a more active state of radiating. Using an example of the Scientific Principle of the "black holes" in space, certain types of prayer can create a frequency of "pulling in," in a dark depressing fashion similar to a "black hole" with the frequency of fear. We must awaken to what was previously mentioned that this lifetime and this three-dimensional world is a school of our own making.

We must be active participants of this change. It is recommended that the principle of the Atheist, which is positive thinking for the greater good of all, and the Spiritual principle of radiating with the Sacred Heart of the Master of your particular spiritual preference, or religion, radiate goodness from your individual heart out to the environment and humanity. Embrace and radiate this frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony to all that will receive. This will also cancel out the attracting negative frequencies of the "mass consciousness" that is manifesting these unusual weather patterns that can be averted or brought down to a more normal pattern of change that the planet is going through.

Those of the "three belief systems" are quite aware that there is a drastic change-taking place, but many, presently choose to ignore this. Unfortunately, if those that are predestined to awaken, as the Children of the Light do not fulfill their intended Divine Plan, things will escalate and manifest as many Prophets of the present and the past have prognosticated. This is a time of awakening, and a time to release the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt, and most importantly, Fear.

We must be active participants during this time of change. Those that are capable will work to create change for the greater good of all. Others who are not capable can be as "beacons of light" radiating this Light of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony and Truth will prevail for all to see.

This is a great adventurous time, and we must enjoy every minute & every day of this adventure that has been bestowed on us. This is a great and beautiful time to be alive. Synchronize to the frequency of the planet on a daily basis and open the Heart with Love, Peace & Harmony of the Divine to radiate this Light that will bring joy each and every day.

May the Divine bless all our brothers and sisters of the three Major Belief Systems and that we all may resonate within the Heart of the Divine of the All That Is.

Peace be to all.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:21 a.m.

DICTATION JUNE 21, 2003

(Fear, Darkness And The Illusion Of Light, Truth Is Love, Love Is Light)

          We would like to convey this message to those that will receive from the Heart Center of Love, Peace and Harmony. During these times of change there will be many individuals prophesizing coming events and creating the element of Fear. Fear is a frequency that must be maintained in order not to be consumed by this frequency, as it will then activate the other elements of the quadrant, primarily Anger.

If we look at the conditions around the planet in relationship to humanity, most of humanities turmoil’s are caused by an assumed pending fear of the worst to come. Fear creates darkness within the mental frequency that does not allow clear thinking, because one cannot see within this self-created darkness. It just takes one individual to contaminate the rest. In this darkness and panic, a search for Light is made, not from the heart, but within the animal frequency within the solar plexus that brings about the animal frequency of the “fight or flight syndrome” of fallen man. The “illusion of light” within the mind and not the heart is the element of Fire, which corresponds to the human frailty of Anger. Within the mind of fallen man, fire is the only element, that in this state of darkness caused by Fear, brings about the animal frequency response of the "fight or flight syndrome” of animal like man. This is all caused by using the mind frequency, generated by the animal mind frequency in the Solar Plexus of animal like mankind.

Mankind must think from the Heart. Evolved mankind uses the Heart Frequency of the “Enlightened” in order to elevate above the elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. (The elements of Fire, Earth, Water and Wind/Air.)

The Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony is how evolved mankind can eliminate the illusion of Fear, and the Darkness it brings within the mental state of fallen mankind.

Mankind must think from their Heart and not from the Solar Plexus frequency that controls the animal faculties of fallen mankind within the Mental Frequency.

Those who fall and maintain the element of Fear will be consumed with this self-created darkness that in the same manner that a flock of birds or a herd of animals is frightened by one participant of the group, all will take flight. Those who believe themselves to be indestructible will take the other alternative.

This is a great time to be alive. The lessons of life will unfold right before our eyes to understand and use the Heart Center of the Christ Principle, and within this Heart Center, truth will be revealed. The Darkness of Fear will not consume or contaminate one who sees the Truth from their Heart Center of Love, Peace and Harmony.

Truth is Light, and Light is Love.

Let the Light of the Divine shine and bless all who are ready to receive, in order that we can share this Truth to all of mankind that is in need of Light.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Received 1:50 p.m.

DICTATION JUNE 19, 2003

(Humans Create Love, Animals Manifest Love)

Humans create Love while animals manifest love according to the cycles within Mother Nature or the Divine. Animals are in a constant state of Love defined by their predefined Divine Plan coordinated with all other creatures and circumstances within the Laws of Nature.

Human beings are co-creators with the Divine. We are here to learn how to co-create Love as we have fallen from that state of Grace that defines Love. The Divine Plan has preordained that as we enter into human and earthly existence, because of our fallen nature, we are also part animals within animal type bodies. We are no longer “Light Beings” free of the physical three-dimensional world. Because we have de-volved, we are given an opportunity within this school called earth, to learn and transcend beyond the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant. Fire, Earth, Water & Wind, in that order, must be transcended as the ruling elements of our nature. Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear, in that order, are the resultant corresponding elements that keeps us in a state of fallen mankind. Within, we are Light Beings. In our manifestation as fallen man we have some degree of animal characteristics and some degree of Light. Although, the flicker of the flame may be a small speck, we still contain that essence of Light Beings. We are in constant search for the Light. But, our fallen nature must learn the difference between animals and the essence of being Light. We must become the Light.

 In order to evolve it is important to learn from Nature and its corresponding Laws. We can learn from animals and our corresponding nature that makes us act like animals. We must remember that animals are in a constant state of Grace defined within Natural Laws that governs their existence. They are in perfect rhythm with nature and its cycles.

 Human beings are here to co-create with the Divine in a manner that is in balance with Nature, without disrupting these predefined laws, which is the essence of Love, and in this, co-exist with all of God’s Creatures and Nature with the Light of Love. This is co-creation. This is maintaining balance between animals and transcended animal man to a state of creating Light.

 Light is Love, and Love is Truth. Truth is the essence of the Divine Plan. This will separate animals and Light Beings to their true, defined order of co-existence. This is Love.

The Messengers of the Light

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

***********

Awakened at 4:11 a.m.

DICTATION JUNE 2, 2003

(Cycles of May & June, Anger)

We would like to bring this message for those who are eager to receive within the Light of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony within the Heart Center. There has come a great change within the planet and the structure of humanity as a whole in the past five years. We would like to enlighten you with words that may open the three part persona which consist of the physical body, the mental body, and the emotional body that is dramatically changing with all individuals since this recent change has escalated.

For many individuals this may sound confusing and may cause some measure of Fear as to all that is occurring in a global sense. The planet goes through its natural cycles and this recent cycle that we mentioned in our previous dictation is very important. The planet is raising in frequency and this will cause a sense of urgency in all walks of life. There is a tendency to become aggravated with the element of fire that causes anger. There will be a tendency to cast this anger to individuals that are not a part of, or the rightful receiver of this anger that will cause confusion. Innocent bystanders will now become victims of those who vent. Anger must be harnessed, but not suppressed. It must be channeled into a frequency of power, blessed with Love, Peace & Harmony and then directed into positive action. This can become a creative force for the greater good of all.

The Four Lower Quadrant that we speak about is measured and enacted in sequential order. Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear of the quadrant will consume many individuals during these days of change. These are elemental forces that are natural to the planet corresponding in sequential order with Fire, Earth, Water & Wind. The human body as in all things that exist in this three dimensional world consists of these fundamental elements or part of. These frequencies must be channeled into creative energy for the greater good of all, otherwise, these elemental forces will cause destruction. How humanity feels and radiates will be mirrored and reflected by that which one calls Mother Nature.

The "Law of Retraction and Attraction" is reflected by the frequencies that Humanity creates, whether with positive or negative action. Fear is the foremost frequency that will cause humanity to fall into the depths of the elemental Four Lower Quadrant then reflected back to society and the planet. The planet will then respond.

(The United States recently had the worst cluster of tornadoes in recent history. (Elements of Wind/Fear). We also have had a series of  Earth quakes in different parts of the planet (Elements of Earth/Hate). PLM

The planet is going through its timely cycles within the Grand Cycle that we have spoken of, but humanity can, by their own hands, escalate destructive order within the Laws of the Divine. The simple Law of Cause & Effect will manifest by humanities own actions.

In like manner, the elemental frequencies, if channeled into constructive and creative forces can elevate humanity into higher levels above the quadrant. The Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony will manifest the frequency of the Divine for all who direct these elemental forces for the greater good of all, as all of humanity, although diverse, are all One within the Consciousness of the Divine.

During this new cycle of change that occurred in May, it will be increased to another level within the month of June that will reflect the element of Fear that may confuse many (as to where it is coming from or where this fear originates), and thus, causing misdirected Anger to innocent victims. Distorted fear will cause many to become mentally unbalanced and this will distort reality. It is time to stay centered within the Heart reflecting Love, Peace & Harmony by not reacting to the Law of Cause & Effect. One must not be drawn to someone else’s state of Anger or be the victim of it.

This is a time of reflection, a time to feel the frequencies that are now being felt within the persona body, and that is the physical, mental and emotional body. Love, Peace & Harmony must prevail, as one and all will be tested by their own self-will as to what we "attract or retract" in levels of frequencies.

This is a great time to be alive. Life is a school of our own making and all that befalls you, whether perceived as "good or bad," is a reflection of the lessons we all have co-created with the One Life we call the Divine. The goal to be achieved is the principle of all religions, faiths, dogmas, and that is Love, Peace & Harmony with all members of humanity as we are all One with the Divine.

May all be blessed by the message that has been called, and may all be blessed who will receive from their individual Heart and not by the message itself. That the Light be awakened within you.

The Messengers of the Light.

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:44 a.m.

DICTATION MAY 21, 2003

(Day Of Communication, Technique To Relieve Stress)

Today is a day that will change the manner of communication around the planet. It is a day that will now start to awaken those that have preordained their mission in life. This is a time of awakening and the fulfillment of what has been prognosticated in a manner of form. But, it is important to understand the true meaning of that which has been given to those enlightened ones who have received, and what has been, in most cases, misinterpreted. It is important to feel the frequency within the Heart Center and not allow Fear to enter the Mental Body, which will cause further misrepresentation.

That which is received in the heart will be of value. The Heart Center can only be accessed when one is free of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear, otherwise misrepresentation will occur within our mind, although we may have good intent, the matter will be distorted.

The frequency that the planet has evolved to at the present moment in time is of an essence that will bring out Truth. If we relax and feel the frequency within the Heart Center, Truth will be revealed in a matter that has not been able to be accessed previously to many individuals.

Many individuals will find that when stress, pressure, and manipulation occurs within their immediate environment, the frequency will become almost unbearable. But, if one lays down for a few moments and allow the mental frequency to dissipate, the Heart Center will open up and tranquility, coupled with Truth, will prevail. You will now be able to access the true intent, from the Heart, with whatever was overwhelming you, as the individual. (As individuals, we always want to put blame on the other person or circumstances. The Messengers of the Light have always stated that we are responsible for all that occurs in our lives, regardless if we are the victim or the perpetrator. Our share of the lesson must be assimilated. PLM)

Those who are not able to quiet themselves will continue with the stressful mental frequency to the point of break down. The physical, the mental or the emotional body will succumb to the stress, and to the burden of mental frequency.

It is important to lay down for a few minutes and release the mental frequency, then feel the Heart Center coming to the fore, and Truth will be revealed that will now empower your state of being. You will now be able to cope with those that continue to maintain mental stress. You will find that it will not have an effect on you, and conversely, you will now be able to pacify and heal their frustrations. This is a simple solution to all that will be occurring within the next months. As the frequency generates, at that time we will give a new discourse that will be of benefit for those who find these messages useful to their well being.

The Messengers of the Light.

(Please Scroll Up For The Next Dictation.)

If these messages enlighten you, please share with those in need.

**********

COPYRIGHT 2003 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."   www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here For 2003 Table Of Contents

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Printing For Personal Use: All the Dictations in this section are on one file. If you would like to copy one Dictation, highlight the Dictation desired, then "copy & paste" to your word processor, or paste to "write e-mail" then print, otherwise all the Dictations will be printed.

Dictations Released In 2000

Table Of Contents

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  1999  1998

(Click A Date To Display Text Listed In Reverse Order Of Posting.)

JULY 08, 2000..............The Children of the Light

JULY 01, 2000...............The Planetary Influences & A Time Of Change

JUNE 24, 2000...............Discourse On Energies & Frequencies, The Coming Planetary

                                         Influences, The Elements

JUNE 01, 2000................New Phase

MAY 09, 2000................Changes That Are Presently Upon Us

APRIL 16, 2000..............Freedom Of Choice

APRIL 8, 2000................Learning To Adapt To The New Change, Apprehension & Sense Of

                                          Urgency

MARCH 31, 2000............Be Alert To The Volcanoes And Earth Movements With The Rising

                                          Anger

MARCH 27, 2000............The Awakening Children Of The Light, Setting Someone Free, Guilt

                                            & Fear

MARCH 12, 2000............Conflicts Within The Last Few Weeks, Projection For The Next

                                            Months

FEBRUARY 26, 2000...... Time Of Doubt & Questioning

FEBRUARY 12, 2000.......Messages From Many Levels, The New Breed, The Heart Center

JANUARY 29, 2000.........Awakening Of The New Breed Of Children Of The Light And

                                           The Increased Frequency

JANUARY 14, 2000.........Preparing With An Inner Awareness For The Next Coming Months

JANUARY 2, 2000...........Bringing Joy To The Millennium

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999  1998

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

***********

Awakened at 4:00 a.m.

Started at 4:21 

DICTATION JULY 8, 2000

(The Children of the Light)

We will begin today with this Dictation that will guide the masses as to all that is presently occurring within the lives of those that we have previously mentioned as Children Of The Light. Sometimes this term is lightly used and sometimes it is there to denote those special children that have been born during the last thirty to forty years who have come here on a special mission. Many of these Children are in a mature adult stage and are now starting to feel as if something is wrong with them as they seem to possess certain individual traits that may be quite strange to the regular person.

Because of the Law of Rebirth we do not recall our missions or the purpose for our destiny. When these special frequencies and energies start to open up to us, it can be quite alarming, and actually, can horrify one's mind in believing that we may be going insane. There are many who have awakened and are now helping in some way as to help those who are having trouble with this awakening process. There are many Children of the Light that are on the creative end and many who are working in your movie industry by producing certain movies depicting these same things that we speak of.

Many subjects of psychic phenomena dealing with these certain gifts and quality that are inherent with these Children of the Light are now being depicted in stories that the public can accept to some degree. Those Children of the Light that have these special gifts, after seeing these movies and stories, now feel more at ease as they can associate with the subject matter that is within their own system. (Two recent films are "The Sixth Sense" and "The Green Mile." PLM)

Why are these stories, although they are labeled as fiction, acceptable and very popular with the masses? Cellular memory within each individual knows and accepts that these things are possible as they have accepted or seen those that have these special gifts in other lifetimes. In the same manner that stories of extraterrestrial and star war situation have been accepted by the masses, in like manner, it is within the memory cells from past life's experiences.

The term, Children of the Light, is sometimes used loosely to describe an individual that is acceptant to the inner Light within the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony. Those who have risen above the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. They have risen above the elements of Fire, Earth, Water & Wind and are no longer held within the confines of the science of Astrology and the planets. These heavenly bodies no longer control their lives as per certain aspects and the Sun signs of the Zodiac. Astrology is the science of understanding human nature by stress and the gravitational pull of the elemental content of each heavenly body and it's effect on the masses.

Although, it is important to gain control of our lives within the Heart Center frequency of the Divine Trinity of Love, Peace & Harmony, there is still a higher breed of souls that have elevated with a higher frequency of the Divine within this Sacred Trinity who now have special powers and gifts, in that, they have something to offer in order to help those that are stuck within the Four Lower Quadrant.

These special souls have innate and dormant special powers of frequency and energy that needs to be awakened within, in order to help those that are stuck within the elements. These Children of the Light may find themselves in special and sometimes unusual circumstances that they never dreamed possible. Some have previously in life, programmed or caused certain events to be planted as a seed so that it will effect their lives at a future date, which now puts them in the circumstances they presently find themselves in. It may take a little time before they realize that the special events that have brought them into these certain situations seem to be preordained and this is when the awakening starts to unfold.

But, if they start to embrace the frequency that they hold within their heart, which is this spark of Light that will guide them, they will now find that these intuitive gifts are now available to them and somehow they are able to shed Light and understanding to those in need or within their circumstances they find themselves in.

With some, it will be subtle things that open up, and with others, it can be a gift that staggers the imagination. As with this chosen messenger that receives these Dictations, his nature has been that of a self proclaimed doubting Thomas. Someone who has to be given natural and substantial proof within their realm of acceptance. When certain things started to awaken within, he suffered tremendously as it was difficult to accept, within his frame of mind and his upbringing, that which seemed unnatural. After being a victim for many years he has finally accepted the Truth that lies within his preordained destiny as a scribe. Both of the present and of the past in other life times.

This has helped to formulate and transcribe these Dictations with a high degree of accuracy. This is something that he has perfected in other lifetimes, although, due to his childhood, upbringing, and environment, it became hard to accept these talents that are part of his system of being. His hard as a rock, crystallized belief systems, imposed on him by those that he grew up with, caused a certain barrier to exist and the awakening process took many different roads then those that had been previously preordained before birth during this lifetime. We have mentioned before that you can take the easy road, or you can take the hard road, but eventually the destined goal will be reached as long as we do not abort the journey.

Those who may be reading this Dictation may find that these are words that resonate within the Heart Center, or will recognize these certain frequencies and energies within someone we know. Nevertheless, the message will get out there in the chain of life as all those that hear the message will be in contact with these special Children of the Light, now or in the future. Some of these individuals that have awakened to their purpose in life can be actual children from the age of five on up, or those into adulthood. And it may be hard to believe that some have programmed themselves to awaken at the ripe old age of seventy on up to their nineties and beyond. There is no limit as where there is need of Light they will serve.

From this day forward you will awaken to these certain individuals, who under certain and special circumstances, will now open your heart by the radiance that shines from within their souls as Beacons of Light. These may not be active participants with certain goals, but like the Sun, they shine Love, Peace and Harmony which will encourage those who they come in contact with. But, still others are the active participants who take up the actual work to make certain things happen, or create change for the Greater Good Of All. They know what they have to do and are relentless at what they are working at in order to uplift the consciousness of humanity. You will now become aware of these special ones within the news media or within your neighbors and friends.

All who awaken and rise above the Four Lower Quadrant and no longer entertain Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear, will become free of the elements and nature. They will now open the Heart Center Frequency of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace and Harmony. You will recognize the special gifted ones that have come to share these special powers and gifts in order to uplift humanity and prepare all for the upcoming events of change on the planet.

The elements are correspondent to the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant that holds humanity captive within the confines of undeveloped man. That which humanity radiates effects the planet. Anger corresponds with the element of Fire and that will be the "cause & effect" factor that will manifest on the planet. Anything dealing with Fire will be the effect caused by mankind's anger. We must all become responsible for our actions. Hate corresponds with the element of Earth and the resulting effect will be earthquakes, earth movement, landslides and earth changes. Hate buries the human consciousness alive within the darkness of earth.

Guilt corresponds with the element of Water, which will result in the effects of floods, rains, tidal waves, inundation, along with certain aspects in streams, rivers, lakes and the ocean. It is important to eliminate Guilt in our lives, whether self created or imposed on us by others. Life is a school and we are here to learn by participation with trial and error. Those who do not participate in the lessons of life or the gifts presented to us on a daily basis, will stagnate in darkness. Whether right or wrong, we must take a step forward. If we fail, do not allow guilt to come into your existence, but by this lesson in failing we gain insight for the next step. This is how we proceed in the lessons in life. From this day forward release the frequency of Guilt, and regardless what circumstance you find yourself in, see it as a gift in order to advance within your present situation that was already destined to happen. When you can accept this you will awaken to the fact that you are at the right place in this point in time. Regardless what previously occurred, you are at the right place and at the right time in the moment. Now you pick up from where you are without the Guilt to hold you in darkness. The frequency of Guilt brings about tears, as water, and destroys our vision to move forward. This can be a great gift of awakening within the moment by releasing and transcending the element of Guilt.

Fear is enacted by the three other elements which corresponds to Wind. Tornadoes, hurricanes, destructive winds and gale storms are the effect. Wind is not self created, as it has to be activated by either Anger, Hate or Guilt. An individual cannot create wind unless they violently move their outstretched hand and agitate air in this movement. In reality Fear does not exist unless we co-create it with one or all of the three other elements. When we eliminate Anger, Hate & Guilt, the frequency of Fear will no longer exist in our lives.

With an understanding of the Four Lower Quadrant and the corresponding elements we can release ourselves and gain access to the Heart Center and be as the Children of the Light that will now come into existence within your environment. Let the Light of the Divine awaken you to the finer truths in life in order to advance and help those along the way.

We can all be as the Children of the Light.

The Messengers of the Light

***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


***********

Awakened at 4:53 a.m.

DICTATION JULY 1, 2000

(The Planetary Influences & A Time Of Change)

Today we would like to start with an acknowledgment that the planetary influences have begun, and many, will find this period as an awakening and educational time to learn from one another with all that will now come into focus within our individual reality. Those things that were part of our belief systems will either shatter, crumble or just fade away; accordingly, we will now accept and replace these vacuums with new revelations concerning our individual way of life.

There are those who may not understand what is occurring in their lives as it may take twists, and turns through changes, which may become an adventure within itself. Those who have read the last dictation are aware of the changes that have come upon us in regard to the planetary positions of the celestial bodies which will effect the physical, mental and emotional bodies of mankind, but only if we allow it to.

We can all be participants in life as it is unfolding with the many new splendid feelings, emotions and activity which will cause those to create movement who have been idle for a long time. Those who have anchored themselves in one place, whether it be a job, position, or family circumstances, there will be movement in each person whether they like it or not. It is a time of movement from that which we have willfully stagnated our lives in. It will feel like we are being forced to create movement. Of course, this can be devastating to those who have made their own willful comfort area in the circumstances that needs change. This is not bad luck, as some may see it; but rather, a gift to advance to a much better level of existence where we can grow with the Light of the Divine.

If we can see that it is for the greater good of all, especially for our own growth, we will not allow the elemental frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt, or Fear to set in. This, by our own nature, can create a cloud of uncertainty and we will not see the greater picture or allow it to come into focus. This will create and cause damage to all that we endeavor to do. By our own willful self, these frequencies will destroy our lives and set us back. First and foremost, we must release ourselves of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. All other negativity comes from these elemental frequencies or a combination thereof.

Embrace the change that is upon us with open arms and realize that you are not a selected victim, but rather, that all of humanity is going through this period of change. Some to a greater degree and some in lesser frequencies. Those who are awake to the frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony will sense and feel this greater blessing that is upon them and will work diligently to reach that goal. There is a sense of fulfillment and expectation that will come into your state of being, knowing that when a notice or frequency of change enters our lives, it is as a gift to take us to a higher realm of existence within our soul and our existence within humanity as a whole. In this we will radiate the Light that is within us, and by our example many who are a witness to your words and encouragement will also be blessed.

Now is the time to embrace the future that is upon us. Let the Light of the Divine bless and shine through you so that all can see.

The Messengers of the Light

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000

______________________________________________________________________________________________

***********

Awakened at 4:07 a.m.

DICTATION JUNE 24, 2000

(Discourse On Energies & Frequencies, The Coming Planetary Influences, The Elements)

We would like to start this day by giving a discourse on the subject of energy & frequency and how it effects the three bodies of each human being. Many are conscious souls and many are undeveloped mankind who are in a dream world as to their existence in life. The three bodies that we speak of are: the physical body, the mental body and the emotional body. These are the three frequencies of mankind within a three dimensional world. These three bodies are held together within the confines of the higher spiritual body which is our relationship with the Divine.

Presently, these frequencies and energies within are effected by the elements of the physical planet within the frequencies of Fire, Earth, Water, and Wind. These, in effect, are the elements that correspond with the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt, and Fear. As in astrology and the movement of the planets, this has an effect on lower man who has not risen above the elements. They are still caught up in the material world corresponding with this Four Lower Quadrant that we speak of.

This planet Earth is a school which is designed by our own free will in order to learn how to rise above the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt, and Fear and raise into the Heart Center Frequency of the Sacred Heart of the Divine, free of the elements and all planetary energies and frequencies.

We must acknowledge that there are many individuals that do not believe or for that matter, acknowledge that the planets influence them in all matter of life, yet they accept and acknowledge that Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear is a part of their everyday existence. They have not become awake to the parallel to these frequencies. The Heart Center radiates frequencies of Love, Peace and Harmony which is in direct correlation with the Sacred Trinity. Conscious souls who awaken to this will start to eliminate the elements of Anger ( = Fire), Hate (= Earth), Guilt (= Water), and Fear (= Wind), from their lives.

The Four Lower Quadrant is the basis of every negative, evil dark act that is within the power of fallen man. From the smaller frequencies of envy, jealousy to the worst conceivable act imposed on another human being, all originate from the energy and frequency of one or more in combination of the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant. The energy and frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant originates in the solar plexus area of each human being, slightly below the rib cage and above the navel. This is the area of the "fight or flight syndrome" of the animal mind which then sends impulses to the brain. (This is where humans feel that butterfly sensation or a sick feeling above the stomach. PM)

Whereas, those who are conscious souls who have released themselves, free of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear, will find that their three bodies (the physical, mental and emotional bodies) reside and are governed by the Heart Center frequency in the area of the physical heart. When confronted with the elements, they do not fall into the frequency of the solar plexus (of the Four Lower Quadrant), but rather, they maintain their power within the heart center of Love, Peace & Harmony, assessing the situation, then from the frequency of the Heart they tell the mind in the physical brain how to handle this situation.

There is a great distinction between the animal mind in the solar plexus area, which dictates to the physical brain of both animal man and fallen man; and those who reside in the Heart Center frequency which dictates to the mind of the conscious soul which now dictates and releases information to the physical brain. There is a great distinction between animal man, fallen man, and a conscious soul.

Animal man, when confronted with danger or situations it cannot handle, will react with the "fight or flight syndrome" which means that an animal will either fight or run away from it all. This is within the Law of Polarities as there are two choices.

Fallen man, when confronted with a similar situation, will react with the elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear. Within the frequencies of these elements and controlled by the animal mind frequency within the solar plexus, fallen man will then send frequencies to the physical brain on how to react within the elements.

A conscious soul, in a similar situation, even if caught by surprise, which will jolt the solar plexus, will gently lift the frequency to the Heart Center of Love, Peace and Harmony. They will proceed to assess the situation and with the Light of the Divine Christ Principle, will now instruct the mind, within the brain as to how to handle this situation.

In life and death situations, all will instinctively be driven to survive; but even in these situations, where you maintain your frequency, will determine what is of the Divine Plan.

Now that we have given this discourse, we may better understand what is occurring in our lives in respect to the planetary conditions and influences. Many individuals cannot understand why their lives have drastically changed and are now confronted with many obstacles or changes within their lives which need immediate attention. Most of what has been occurring is due to planetary conditions, frequencies and energies which are impacting the physical threefold bodies of mankind. Within the next few months many conditions will enter our lives and if we can understand and assimilate this discourse we will awaken as to all that is occurring. Many individuals may presently be questioning, "why is this person treating me like this?" "Why am I having all this bad luck?" Why does all of this have to happen now, at the worst time?"

In previous dictations we have stated that things from the recent past and also from previous lives will be coming out into the open to be dealt with. This is all a great gift as these lessons in life are now presented to us in order to advance and awaken. We must be careful of blindly following those who claim to be knowledgeable of astrological influences for each individual person, as only a few have this great gift to individually guide each individual person. But the overall condition and placement of the planets and their influence on humanity, in general, even a lay man can read and define what is occurring to all. When we can understand that all of humanity is being equally effected, we will not feel like a victim.

If you open up the "feeling nature" within you, you will feel all frequencies that resonate with the Four Lower Quadrant and you will lift your frequency to the Heart Center which will give you control. Life is a school, not in the regular sense that someone is controlling you; but rather, according to your individual Divine Plan, you design your own lessons in life. From this day forward we must accept all responsibility with everything that is occurring in our lives. We have co-created every condition and situation as a lesson.

Acknowledge and prepare yourself on a daily basis as to all the planetary conditions that are on the horizon and know that a conscious soul will always be guided from the Light of the Divine which will open up within the Heart Center of Love, Peace and Harmony.

May the Light Shine with you always!

The Messengers of the Light.

**************************

May 13, 2000 8:12 p.m.

"Daily Preparation Of The Three Bodies"

"I breathe in Love, Peace & Harmony throughout my "physical body," and I will have a smiling face. And as I breathe out, I release all the stress and negative energy within me."

"I now breathe in Love, Peace & Harmony throughout my "mental body" and as I breathe out, I release all Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear that I may be holding within me. I will no longer allow others to inflict me with these negative energies, and I do this with patience and love."

"I now breathe in Love, Peace & Harmony throughout my "emotional body," and as I breathe out, I release all of those negative energies of certain people that I have allowed to control my life. In order to have a right relationship with all those around me, and in my life, all must accept the fact that in order to have balance, all must abide and share in a 50% - 50% manner with Love, Peace and Harmony of the Sacred Heart of Jesus.

I acknowledge that I am a free spirit of God, and I am here to learn, and to balance and radiate the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony to all I come in contact with. All will be healed of negative thoughts that will melt away, little by little, by the Light I Shine. In this I enjoy my right to be free and in balance with the "Divine Guardian Angels" that protect and guide me, and I ask them to help me. I give thanks to the Light of Jesus!

***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


*************

Awakened at 4:01 a.m.

DICTATION JUNE 1, 2000

(New Phase)

We are now entering a new phase within the frequency of humanity in that many changes are now coming upon many individuals. The planet has made a slight frequency change in the past few days which is now being felt by everyone who is sensitive to these matters. Everyone, to some degree, will feel this change that has come upon us. There will be an awareness as to the state and condition of the planet. Everyone, to some degree, will become aware that there is a change that has come upon us. Although, to many, this will be slight but there is a definite change that will be noticed by all of humanity with a feeling of uncertainty that is being felt in the solar plexus area of the physical body, right below the rib cage, and just above the navel.

This frequency creates the "flight or fight" syndrome which effects animals when they are threatened or when fear comes upon them. Although we are conscious souls, we do have animal bodies which will feel this effect. This is an important time to align yourself through meditation, quiet prayer, or contemplation, and lift this frequency up to the Heart Center area of the body by the affirmation of creating the frequency of "Love, Peace & Harmony" to permeate your whole being. You may use this in any manner you may see fit as you will instinctively feel the change that will come over the whole body frequency; and the negative frequency, based in the solar plexus, area will dissipate. You may have to recite this affirmation several times a day as you get impacted by others or outside influences. (With this feeling of uncertainty, we also must be careful that we do not impose imaginary problems or create negative situations not based on reality which we may later regret. PLM)

This frequency creates the element of Anger in most of humanity, as this frequency corresponds to the element of Fire which is now manifest in many parts of the world. (Many parts of the United States are presently being ravaged by enormous fires that are out of control. PLM) Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear are associated with the elements of Fire, Earth, Water and Wind. Although, Water and Wind are now manifest in many parts of the planet, if humanity does not change the frequency within their thinking, the element of Hate which corresponds to Earth will bring about all unbalanced conditions related to this element; which primarily will manifest as earthquakes, landslides and earth movement in many parts of the planet. The planet is going through a normal change in increments which comes about at the end of each "Grand Cycle." The frequencies that humanity radiates can accelerate or can cushion the intensity of this global change.

We must all become consciously aware of the damage that humanity is imposing on the planet. We have spoken about the Children of the Light that have incarnated during these troubled times, and who, by their efforts in service to humanity, have circumvented and canceled out many of the predictions by the ancient prophets and seers of the present. There is still much work that has to be done and we must awakened to that which we feel in our Hearts as to how we can be active participants or "beacons of light" for all to see. We all have to sense from our Hearts and not our minds, where that still voice within the Heart will reveal truth to you. If we all radiate the frequency of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony, radiating as a "beacon of Light" on a daily basis, we will have a positive effect to all those around us. It has been said many times that one individual who radiates this frequency can effect the radius of approximately one mile around oneself. This Light that is radiated will also help many in the dark to awaken to the fate that may come upon us if we do not become aware as conscious souls.

Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear resides in the mind frequency of humanity and within individuals. The mind center is an animal frequency of evolved man above animals but who have not yet awakened to the Heart Center Frequency as conscious souls. These individuals are stuck in the Four Lower Quadrant, although, they may be educated with degrees and merits of accomplishment their frequency is just above animals in a linear fashion. The Heart Center is where the evolved soul receives the Light of the Divine which allows correct balance with "linear horizontal knowledge" and "vertical light and enlightenment" as knowledge from the Divine.

This is why all ancient texts of the enlightened always caution "not to follow the mind, but rather, follow the spirit of the Heart and then direct the mind as to what to do." We all must be the masters of our own heart and destiny.

Radiate this frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony and become aware that what you may be feeling as negative, depressing energy may not be individual to you; but as part of the whole of humanity, you may be sensing the greater picture. Separate and differentiate yourself as a "beacon of light" by lifting the frequency from the solar plexus to the Heart Center where you will find freedom. Help those in need at the present time as many individuals maybe so impacted that they may be close to a breaking point.

This is a time of change. As dictated before, in the past few months many souls have chosen to take leave of the planet, and now more than ever, there will be an exiting of major proportion by those who no longer want to cope with the frequencies as the world has changed for these individuals.

Shine the Light so that those that feel lost will find the way.

The Messengers of the Light

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


**********

Started at 11:10 a.m.

DICTATION MAY 9, 2000

(Changes That Are Presently Upon Us)

We would like to inform all those readers of these Dictations as to what is now occurring within your life in relationship to what is occurring on the planet as a natural event. We dictated previously that now is the time that we will be presented with choices. We can do it the easy way, or we can do it the hard way, that which we have held within, or that which we have to face responsibility with, will now come to the forefront. Our past, which may need balancing, will present itself with this need to balance. We are all faced with what we have held within.

We have stated that the planet is going through an increase of frequency which happens at the end of each grand cycle. This is not the end of the world as many have feared, but for many, it can be. There will be no surprises of the upcoming changes that are upon us. Our main concern is, how we stand up to the responsibility that we face to create balance with one another, and with the planet.

Presently, many that are aware of the solar activity and the alignment of certain planets that as in the days of old, have always guided those who seek. As in the past, so is it in the future. All we have to do is look around our vicinity and the world we live in to see that the changes are presently becoming manifest. This is not to create alarm or fear, but rather, to face the responsibility of creating balance within our immediate environment. If we balance the frequencies that are not balanced with the relationships we have with our loved ones, how will we ever be able to balance that which is external with the world we live in.

We are presently going to see more anger and confusion with those in our immediate vicinity, then followed by those of our environment. Many will be short tempered, cautious and suspicious as we cannot understand these emotions that are now erupting within us or with our loved ones. This is a time to have patience and understand that with the increase in the frequency of the planet along with the solar and stellar activity, our bodies as magnets, will feel the stress and frequency of these changes. In the same manner that barometric frequencies change before a thunderstorm, we are now feeling similar sensation but with unusual frequencies that we can't seem to understand as we may have never felt this before.

Because, we can't quite understand what is coming upon us, we will then tend to be suspicious and distrusting with those that we come in contact with or that we love. Patience and caution has to be implemented on our parts in order not to enflame those who are already under tremendous stress. It is important that before we walk out of our door each day that we have prepared oursleves for whatever may come upon us.

This same stress is impacting the planet and in the same manner that it is being inflicted on the physical body. Those parts of the planet that are stressed and subject to Mother Nature's fury, may be subject to severe catastrophes, whether by fire, volcanoes, earthquakes, water and wind. Areas that are subject to tornadoes must be on the alert as well as earthquake zones.

The planet is going through a natural change. The free will and the frequency of humanity, can enhance or decrease the intensity of all anomalies that will be inflicted. Become aware of the planet and the subtle changes that are occurring. Become aware of the habits of animals and how they are changing their normal instinctive habits. As we have Dictated, there will be no surprises, but unfortunately, humanity may choose not to see or to hear, and in this, they of themselves will be awakened after the fact.

On a daily basis, start to sense and feel what each day has to bring. Follow your intuition, that still small voice from the Heart Center that reveals truth. Those who follow the mind will be contaminated with the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. Whatever you do or whatever you feel, if these negative frequencies are within your vicinity, feel if it is created from within the self, or is it something coming from outside and into your aura from without. Do not follow, react or be motivated by these frequencies. We must feel from the Heart Center with a frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony as this is where the spark of Light originates. This is that small still voice that will guide you. The Heart Center cannot maintain the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. (These correspond to the four elements of the planet. Fire, Earth, Water & Wind. PLM) If this sets in, you are not in control. We must not be motivated by these frequencies or react to whatever is presented to us.

In order to be free, we must on a daily basis, acknowledge Love, Peace & Harmony within our Hearts. When we radiate with this frequency, we can now instruct our minds as to how to handle whatever occurs in our life. Changes are upon us and now we are all inspired to handle these changes with the Divine Christ Principle of the Sacred Heart of Jesus and all the masters who taught, "Love one another as I have loved you."

Shine your light so that all can see this radiance from a balanced heart that will heal the present, in order to release the past, so that we can be free to embrace the future. With the change that is upon us, it will be a new beginning for those who understand the principle of the farmer who must uproot the weeds and till the soil in preparation to plant the seeds of new growth. We can all be a part of this, the Children of the Light are here to show us the way to this new beginning. We all will be guided to be safe from danger and calamities, as there will be no surprises for those who have eyes to see and a heart to listen.

Let the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony awaken within your heart so that all will be healed.

The Messengers Of The Light.

Finished 11:48

************

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


************

Awakened at 4:24 a.m.

DICTATION APRIL 16, 2000

(Freedom Of Choice)

We are going to give you a discourse on the frequency that is impacting the planet. We have talked about this at length and have given many Dictations regarding the inflow of energies and frequencies that are emanating from the Sun and other celestial bodies that are now in alignment with all that has been prognosticated in the past. These things occur in normal cycles of approximate measure in order to keep a recycling condition within the Divine Plan of the All That Is; in this, the three dimensional world serves as a school in order for the sojourn of souls to advance toward the Light.

We have all planned to be in this existence prior to incarnating into the physical. Many individuals have come for the adventure of it all, and some in order to try to advance in the same manner that many individuals will try to assimilate everything they can before a school test. This is not a school in the regular sense of the word, as we elect our own lessons, our own trials and tribulations, and assume complete responsibility prior to incarnating into this sojourn. But once we manifest in a physical form we have no recall of the "goals and lessons" we are to participate in. There are many reasons for this. The main reason is that if we had total recall of our past sojourn experiences, we would be influenced by the heavy burden of our past. This is why we primarily come into this existence with a clean start with no recall.

But what is now occurring is that, as we come to the end of this Grand Cycle, many individuals are having a glimpse of their recent past and many are having total recall of many past lives in order to advance at a greater state of acceleration. The other phenomena is that, as we mentioned in the previous Dictation, many individuals are now awakening to the messages that come in dreams, intuitions, and physical manifestations. Many are seeing the flashes of lights and burst of energy that will be occurring more often. Many individuals will start sensing, or in fact, seeing departed souls on the other side.

The frequency of the planet is accelerating, and with this, many unusual weather conditions along with the increase of natural disasters will now start to occur more frequently. Those who take note will become aware that in the last ten years there have been more changes in weather and natural disasters around the world. The news media does not give much attention to all that is occurring, although the Internet, which was a direct inspiration of the Children of the Light, will bring instant knowledge for those who seek. This was designed as a tool to bring instant information to the world population, although it was first incorporated as a tool for those in power. In the same manner that you have this instant information at your finger tips, we must also trust the information that will open up in our hearts as the Light that shines within will reveal Divine Knowledge. Those who are now learning to think first from the Heart Center with Love, Peace & Harmony, are now directing the "mind center" as to how to go about using this information for the betterment of humanity.

There are many individuals that preordained their life's sojourn in order to advance within the Light of The All That Is during this time of change, but in like manner, there are many who incarnated in order to serve their own interest. Within these past 100 years there are incarnated souls of many who in the last Grand Cycle were a catalyst for the destruction of life as it was. Many of those self serving souls have incarnated within these past 100 years, who believe that by their self serving interest, they can control and manifest a better existence for humanity. This is all with linear knowledge from the Mind Center. The Children of the Light are here to open up the Heart Center frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony in order to awaken the Divine Knowledge that is a vertical frequency in direct balance with the horizontal frequency of the mental. This is why we direct that you awaken and see from the Heart, that which you will now direct to the Mind Center, as to what to do as we go about our daily existence on the planet.

This is a time of great change and many individuals are now awakening to all that they have kept hidden within. All this will come out into the open in order to cleanse and refine that which is not balanced and in direct harmony with the self. We will now have to deal with all the insecurities and all that we have ignored in the past. We must awaken to all that yearns to be balanced within our existence. We must have patience and must take one step at a time in order to refine and transmute all that is not in balance with our state of being. One step, and one item at a time, will now help to alleviate all the heavy burdens that have erupted from within our consciousness.

We must, on a daily basis, sense each day as to how it will effect the rest or our lives. We must also sense and feel each burden from the past that has afflicted us and is an impediment to our advancement. Where does Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear reside within our being and how we plan to eradicate these frequencies from our daily lives.

As we entered into this new millennium we will become aware that our lives have been beset by choices. We now have to deal with choices within our being as we no longer can straddle the frequencies of indecision. The pressure will be too heavy. We will now exercise our freedom of choice as we must take our power back from all that we have given it to. We no longer will allow others to control our lives. We must take complete responsibility for every action we take. It is all a matter of "choice." You can be happy and joyous, or you can be sad and depressed. We now must take full responsibility for all that exists within our life.

If we find that life is getting unbearable, it is because of a choice we made or the lack of choice which was indecision. In the past many individuals found solitude and contentment in not having to make a decision about this or that. Because of the increase in frequency of the planet, indecision will not be the order of the day, as indecision can now become a matter of life or death. Those who have been indecisive in the past will now be confronted with a burden that may be too hard to bear, the only release of this pressure will be alleviated by making a decision.

Each day you will be confronted by having to make a choice in your life. Do not confuse the issue, that by not choosing to participate, that you have in fact made a choice. Indecision is not a choice in progress with and in balance with the acceleration of the planet. Failure to participate will bring on the demise of the physical frequency of the body. You have a choice to live or to die. And you also have a choice for it to come slowly or quickly. Life will be a matter of choice! You can do it the easy way, or you can do it the hard way, it is all a matter of choice.

This is the time of separation of the "good & the evil" as depicted by sacred text which taught of a vengeful god which is and illusion. The frequency of the ALL THAT IS radiates as Light from the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony. We make our own judgment, our own heaven or hell by the exercise of choice. We will make that distinction of separation of the sheep. In the past, within the Grand Cycle, we could get by through "lifetime after lifetime" by not making decisions. Allowing "come what may" to enter or direct our lives. This is still in effect, but because of these increasing frequencies and acceleration of the planet, by allowing this "come what may attitude" there are only two choices. You will grow with the increased acceleration of the planet or you will wither and cease to exist. There is no in-between. It is almost as if a giant computer has taken over (which is the consciousness of the planet) and we either participate or we die. This is a time of evolution.

On a daily basis, become aware as to how you may still allow Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear to control and be a part of your life. Make a conscious daily effort to eliminate these Four Lower Quadrant frequencies. As you start out each day, project your daily activities with the wondrous joy of all that the Divine has to offer that radiates out with Love, Peace & Harmony from your Heart. In this, you will bless the world. Become aware of the Children of the Light who are here to guide and uplift you through your daily struggles which can be alleviated by your "freedom of choice."

Let the Divine Light shine from within so that all will be blessed by your conscious decision to make a choice. Be an example for all to live and prosper as we welcome the next density of our existence. (This is the fourth density or 4th dimension as per previous dictations.)

The Messengers of the Light.

***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


***********

Awakened at 4:23 a.m.

DICTATION APRIL 8, 2000

(Learning To Adapt To The New Change, Apprehension & Sense Of Urgency)

We are now starting to radiate the Light to those who would be the bearers of the Light as a service. We have been receiving these requests as prayers from the masses, as many individuals are now in a state of apprehension feeling this new frequency that is increasing. To these individuals, it is a sense of urgency that comes upon them in a subtle way then they try to find the source of this and they come up with things to do. Many will start finishing up unfinished business or things that they have neglected for a long time. But on completion of these things they will still feel this sense of urgency.

We must become aware that it is an outside force that is increasing on the planet. Presently, we are feeling a different type of energy which will cause us to be apprehensive. To some, it can be subtle, but yet to others, it can come on so strong to a level of feeling that you are going to have a panic attack.

We have to become aware as to the changes that are already made manifest concerning the planet. The news media has been very slow in bringing attention to this, but now it is starting to catch up. Global warming is here along with all the other phenomena that will eventually come to deaf ears and those who do not want to cast their eyes upon this. Volcanic activity is on the rise and is associated with the deep seated Anger that humanity is now starting to vent. (According to the NBC Newscast aired on April 7, 2000, there are presently over 500 active volcanoes on the planet and increasing. PLM)

As in previous Dictations, humanity must rise above the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear which is in direct association with the elements of Fire, Earth, Water & Wind. Every evil act is first created by these elemental frequencies within the human entity. Murder, brutality, envy, jealousy, revenge, and the list goes on with every imaginable evil act. Yes, these are all first created by the elemental of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. (Brain activity is electromagnetic energy that when humanity as a whole, grouped together as one negative force, can cause tremendous damage to the environment. PLM)

The planet is the recipient of these frequencies which humanity is imposing on all life forms, and the result will be a cleansing which has already started. The change in weather patterns was the first indication in recent years. The Sun is now reacting to these frequencies which are being radiated by humanity and it will also react with resulting solar activity and this will create change.

This all within the end of the Grand Cycle which is at hand, and humanity as we know it, will have to adapt. This will not be the end of the World, but to many who do not adapt, it can be. What is occurring is that it will be the end of the world as we know it. We must all adapt to all the new technology and what science has to offer; but along with this, we must also follow what is being guided within from the individual heart center of each person. What science has to offer are tools to be able to withstand the changes which will occur to the "physical body."

But we must also feel from within in order to advance the "emotional body" and be guided to be able to accept and withstand these higher frequencies that are coming upon us. If we are in control of the "emotional body," being guided by the heart center of Love, Peace & Harmony, we will now be able to direct and instruct our "mental body" as to how to go about this adaptation.

We are all three fold beings within the human form, which is the "physical body," the "emotional body," and the "mental body." This is the trinity within the form. If we can be in daily control of these bodies and have balance with harmony, the intuitive center will open up. Animals will survive the increased frequencies that the planet is evolving to because of the sixth sense which is the intuitive body. Humanity, on the other hand, has a highly developed mental body in comparison to animals, but are deficient with the acute "sixth sense" animals have. This is why animals will survive and adapt better than humans. Humanity as a whole, with this unbalanced "mental body," will not be able to cope with the different type of phenomena that is now opening up to the masses.

Many skeptics of the "world of the unseen" are now starting to become a little afraid that they are losing their sanity as they are now starting to see this same "unseen world" that they previously rejected. There are many dimensions, and many time travelers will now participate with the opening of the next portal or dimension which the planet is evolving to. This is the "Fourth Density," or as many call it, the "Fourth Dimension." Those prophets or seers from the past were not able to see beyond the change and assumed it to be the end of the world as they had no basis to understand this "Fourth Density." In essence, it is the end of the world as we know it, and for those who do not free themselves of the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear, it will be an end to their world.

Animals are accepting this change, but there are many life forms that are now genetically changing to adapt to the new frequency, and yet, many other life forms will now go extinct and end their cycle of manifestation. Humanity on the other hand, in order to survive, will have to accept that they will be seeing, feeling, sensing, visualizing and predicting many things. In the same manner that those who are called psychic and have this gift, this same so called gift will be common for all who are adapting and awakening to their full potential and will use a greater portion of the brain which has been dormant and not in use.

There will be many individuals who cannot, and will not start to accept the change who will subconsciously choose to leave this incarnation. Many will die suddenly of heart attacks, strokes, or other quick forms that they may choose to exit this existence. Many who still hold the frequency of "guilt" may choose a slow agonizing death, and many who are stubborn but do not want to accept the change, will cling on as they do not want to leave their loved ones in their fear of death.

There are many factors in leaving the planet, but these are a few of the common reasons most will leave. But the quick exit will be the most common with a person that closes their "eyes and ears" to the coming changes. One week they are the picture of health and the next day they are gone. Those of the medical profession will give an assumption as to what occurred in order to pacify their loved ones, but they will not have a definite answer.

On a daily basis, if we look at all life around us and see the beauty of Nature and all its manifestations, and if we calm ourselves and feel the frequency of Nature then compare it with how you are feeling, you may notice that you are not in synchronization with life as it is evolving. If you find that you need daily distractions to keep you busy because of this nervous energy that seems to come upon you. Yes, you are closing off. If you are seeing strange phenomena which effects the senses, but yet there is no physical cause, do not ignore it or make an excuse that it was probably this or probably that. Just accept and know that something did occur and do not allow the frequency of "Fear" or other frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant to set in.

Ask yourself, "what would an animal do?" The animal would observe, sense, smell, but most important "feel from within." Now, the human being must do the same, but along with this, you must feel from the heart center with "Love, Peace & Harmony," and a whole new frequency will open from within with "Divine Knowledge." An acceptance to this frequency of Light will open and Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear will be nonexistent.

Now is the time of awakening and adapting to the coming changes to the planet. We are coming to the end of the "Grand Cycle" and those that adapt with this new awakening will now flourish.

Shine the Light and allow the new gifts of the Divine to show you the way.

The Messengers of the Light.


***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


************

Awakened at 4:01 a.m.

DICTATION MARCH 31, 2000

(Be Alert To The Volcanoes And Earth Movements With The Rising Anger)

We have called upon you to deliver a message to all those who carry the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony. Certain developments within the Earth's crust are now becoming susceptible to certain frequencies of Anger within the world population. Many are being effected by the Solar frequencies and are reacting to the anomalies that are bombarding their bodies, their minds; and along with this, their own mental frequencies are rejecting these outside frequencies which causes stress to the physical. This now causes many to be short tempered with lack of patience and is resulting in the form of Anger.

The planet, being reflective of humanities vibrations is reacting in like manner, and this is the cause of the new volcanic activity which, if not attended to, can cause earthquakes with the resulting Hate that follows the frequency of Anger. Now is the time for all those that hear the message, to start sending Love vibrations from the Heart center to counter react and to gentle, then override these frequencies of the lower quadrant. There is much solar activity along with frequencies coming from celestial bodies during this time of change.

You have probably felt these frequencies in the past few days and now there is manifestation throughout the planet as a result. We must all attend to this message and send these vibrations at least three times a day, at a minimum. Those who can project on an hourly basis, on the hour, will have a tremendous counter effect and dull these negative vibrations.

Those areas that are prone to earthquakes must be on the alert and be ready for these anomalies to occur in the event that these negative frequencies are not overridden with the frequencies of those that radiate the Light. We must remember that many, many, individuals are now manifesting this subtle Anger, and when multiplied by the masses, can cause these volcanic anomalies followed by earth movement. We must not have Fear in this, but we must be alert, as there are many changes coming on the horizon.

The Children of the Light have already circumvented many catastrophes that have been prophesied by the ancients, but now we must all work together as "one light force" as these events have just erupted within these past few days, and all with a resulting effect. Changes are occurring throughout the planet, but many are looking the other way as they do not want to have to deal with this.

Many third world countries have already been hit by many anomalies of Nature in the recent past, as these grouping of souls volunteer to have these occurrences happen to them as an example for the rest of the world, but as you have seen within these past few days; what is on the horizon will now effect major advanced cities with resulting effects with Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear.

We must all be active participants to this message and radiate Love, Peace & Harmony in the manner Dictated in order to help humanity in general who are still in the dark frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. Fear is the activator of high winds, gales, hurricanes and tornadoes, and these will be prevalent in the near future if we do not work together as a "group of one," on an hourly basis, as a "force of light" that can heal the planet and enlighten humanity, that is in effect, causing these manifestation.

Shine the Light so that all can see and hear this message.

May the Light of the Divine be with you.

The Messengers of the Light.

***************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


***************

Awakened at 4:27 a.m.

DICTATION MARCH 27, 2000

(The Awakening Children Of The Light, Setting Someone Free, Guilt & Fear)

We would like to acknowledge that many of those that we spoke about in previous Dictations, regarding the awakening of the new breed of Children of the Light, are accepting the change in their lives with great enthusiasm. They all have this inner knowing that they are about their Father's work, regardless if they are religious or not. There is an inner instinct that they have to some how co-create change, and that they are being driven to their mission which is awakening within them. This is a beautiful sight to see. Many have already demonstrated certain unusual tasks which may have already come upon them, and they instinctively went about completing these certain tasks that they did in fact initiate.

Those who have already awakened prior to this past three months will be astonished, or at least, very much surprised that these new awakening individuals do seem to have latent gifts. This is all part of the Divine Plan that was all preconceived prior to incarnation. They are now awakening to the many things within that seems to want to expand and they will now have a need for freedom and escape from their regular lives. Most, will have a tendency to want to drop out of the lives that they have been accustomed to, and start a new life of freedom. But in reality, it is not necessary to leave one's life as it has been, unless we are overburdened, and have given our power away, either to our loved ones, mates, families; or other type of institutions, careers, work force, and anything that seems to deplete our energy.

This is all an awakening process that must be gently looked at and gently changed to adapt to all that is awakening within. The tendency, is to just leave all responsibilities and start a new life. This would be an irresponsible act as those around these Children of the Light are already going through a tremendous change in seeing and trying to accept what is going on to these awakening souls. It is a very stressful situation that has come upon them. This is why we recommend that everything must be done in a very gentle, slow manner; although, we are being driven with a tremendous force and energy.

There will be many cases where these awakening souls will just pack up and leave anyone or anything that seems to have restraints on their being and this seems to be the only solution. We recommend that all those that are awakening, to slowly and gently, reconsider all options as this will co-create mutual trust and will not cause alienation. No one has to be hurt or feel rejected if we all gently co-create change as those who would hold us back, will also awaken at their own pace from the frequency of Light that you radiate. This in itself, will allow freedom for all and there will always be a mutual understanding. Love, Peace and Harmony will prevail for all.

What occurs here is that the awakening soul, upon enlightenment of the awakening procedure, realize that what has come upon them is what they have been waiting for all their lives. They immediately are charged with a tremendous amount of energy which seems to bring about urgency, and they feel that if they don't breakaway from their former life as it has been, that they may lose this opportunity.

There is nothing to lose as we have always had this frequency within us as a seed ready to sprout. Once this process starts, we must have patience with the concept of "time" in this three dimensional world, as everything moves so slow in comparison with the higher frequency within us. Patience is the most important tool in our awakening that we must learn to accept. This will also help us to deal with those around us who will have a tendency to move slow. And most important, we must have patience with ourselves, as there will seem to be so little time to accomplish so much, once we start our life's work.

In the interim, because we have to have patience with others and this concept of time, we may fall into a depressive, lonely state. But once we meet other like souls, as Children of the Light, we will find that we want to be in their company, as they think with like mind and soul, whereas, those who have been part of our prior life before awakening, seem to drag us down in comparison.

Patience is the tool that will keep everything in check and the realization that the frequency we now hold within comes from a higher vibratory plane that we are gifted with and things have to be done at a slower human pace.

Many who read this Dictation may be surprised of its content, but in reading this and becoming aware of these principles of awakening, you may come in contact with many individuals who are going through this awakening process and you will be a guiding force to be of service. Because, all too many changes come abrutly to the awakening Child of the Light, it can be disturbing and the need of guidance and understanding can be of great help to those who will participate in helping their fellow man in the near future. (A Child of the Light does not denote age whether one is 12 yrs old, 30 years old, or even in the ripe old age of 80 years old. It is an awakening soul who is gifted with the Light at any age. PLM) Be of guidance to those who need help, as the world as we know it, is going through a tremendous change. Little by little, the stress to the planet and all the subtle changes can increase the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. All other negative frequency factors are related to these four elementals which correspond to Fire, Earth, Water & Wind. All inhabitants of this three dimensional world are effected by these lower animalistic frequencies.

Love, Peace and Harmony radiating from the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle will elevate humanity to the higher frequencies that the planet will evolve to.

On a daily basis, we should check within ourselves and see if we are holding these lower frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear. We are here to learn and to grow, but Guilt & Fear are the two elements that hold many from advancing to the Greater Light. We are here to participate in all that life has to offer, but because of our outdated, old, hard as a rock belief systems which impose Guilt & Fear, we are denied the Greater Light. We also impose Guilt & Fear within our loved ones and in this we take their power away. We also have the need to possess and not allow freedom because of our own insecurities. When we set someone free, they are forever in our Hearts.

Radiate the frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony to all your loved ones so they can feel the freedom that is radiated by that spark of Light that is within your Heart. This is the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christed Principle that has been taught by all the Ancients including the Master that walked the Earth.

Shine your Light so that all my see.

The Messengers of the Light.

***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


***********

Awakened at 4:31 a.m.

DICTATION MARCH 12, 2000

(Conflicts Within The Last Few Weeks, Projection For The Next Months)

Today is a very good day for many readers out there, as the past few weeks may have been very stressful, and many chaotic things have been occurring to many areas of the world. Now will be a time for reflection as to all that has been occurring in your life. If we have patience, many obstacles will be overcome and we will see the greater picture as to all that has been occurring.

The emotional frequency is what is being effected and this also radiates out within our environment which will cause Mother Nature to react and release that which we reflect. We all must be careful of our outbursts with anger from the emotional frequency as this is what will effect our surroundings. Communication with Love, Peace & Harmony is what we have to have within our Hearts if we want others to understand us. Patience during this time is very important.

We must also remember that what may be important to us and how we have tried to communicate this in the last few weeks, may have been rejected or not well received. We must be careful not to impose our belief systems to those around us as this can very well be what will alienate you from those who you believe you love or need.

Things will start to lighten up, so to speak, if we use patience and kindness to all who we come in contact with. Many individuals out there are very angry and are feeling rejected or alienated. Along with this, a heavy state of depression may have entered your frequency in the past few weeks. This is all self induced to some degree, as it is all part of the Divine Plan, which is enhanced by the planetary influences designed for this learning experience. In our past Dictations, within the last months, we indicated that what we have held within will now come out in the open and all will see us for what we really are.

Many of you may have had confrontations with those around you, or your loved ones, and this is a system to push these persons away, in order to give us some space to breathe, so to speak, so that we can work with all that is now coming to the forefront. Many of us have now gone through many changes and will start viewing the world around us from a different perspective. We will be better able to see our own faults which we used to blame others for, or that, were caused by those certain individuals that we have previously alienated. It is very important that we take responsibility for everything that occurs within our lives and also take responsibility for giving our power away to those that we are connected to.

One of the greatest causes for failure in life is that we give away this God given light within us, ( which is our present point of power), to those we believe we love or need. Now is the time to take your life and your power back as the burden within the next few months will be quite heavy. It is time that we do this immediately, in order not to have a major emotional outburst that could end up in violence and anger later on. If you see your current news media you will become aware that it is already occurring and this violence is presently taking place. The next few months will bring about many of this tragedies that could be prevented, and must be prevented, if we are so inclined within the light that shine within our individual heart center. We must all work together within these next few weeks in radiating Love, Peace & Harmony so that in the next few months we will not be caught up with the world influences.

This is all a cleansing period and the planet is also going through these changes from the negative frequencies that mankind has inflicted on it. Now is time to reflect on all that has been dictated and help those around you who are caught up in the frequencies we have just mentioned.

We must take control of our lives and should daily reflect in surrounding ourselves with Love, Peace & Harmony. Start your day in daily meditation or prayer and project and become aware of the obstacles that will tempt you to be caught up with Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear. Become aware as to who you have given your power away to, and from this day forward, the Light of the Divine must be shared in a 50-50 manner in perfect balance with the All That Is.

Let the Light of the Divine shine to all that will listen, and that we may all see and listen to that still voice that is that spark of Light within our individual Heart Center which will guide us.

The Messengers of the Light.

************

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


***********

Awakened at 4:43 a.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 26, 2000

(Time Of Doubt & Questioning)

THIS IS GOING TO BE A VERY SHORT MESSAGE AS WE ARE NOW CONTEMPLATING WHAT WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THOSE THAT WILL RECEIVE THE MESSAGE. We, as messengers, are given free will to exact and guide those who will listen, but many are now contemplating whether to accept or reject these messages, and are now subject to releasing their own frequency to what they believe is right within their own belief systems.

This will be occurring to many as now they are dealing with the recapitulation of those prior things that they have been associated with, prior to their awakening, during this lifetime. This is a Karmic fulfillment of all that has transpired prior to their awakening as a holder of Light. Many are still not aware that they are Children of the Light because of all that has been occurring within the last two months. Many that were awakened to their destiny are now questioning as to why many things have been occurring which seems to be a punishment for what has occurred prior to their awakening, and now they are even questioning that.

We must try to understand and be aware that this is just a temporary frequency, which seems to be trials and tribulations, or downright bad luck. Of course, it is none of these; but rather, that you are changing from one frequency to another and you have felt the anomalies associated with this.

This that we speak of is occurring to many, many, Children of the Light as a detachment of all that has occurred previous to their awakening during this lifetime. We must remember that we chose to come into this existence, and in doing that, we may become slightly contaminated with this three dimensional environment until we awaken to our destiny. We are not born with memory of our individual Divine Plan that must be enacted in this incarnation; so in essence, many will be contaminated to some degree.

Now, as the new frequency comes in, we start to repel or awaken this contamination that has been within. It is now coming out and it is surrounding our aura which will attract those individuals with the same similar type frequency of imbalance. We now start to react to all that is attracted to us and we have our dark day of decision. We will, more than likely, make the wrong decisions as we may be motivated by the mental frequency of fallen man. But as time progresses, we will then start thinking form the heart and the truth will start to unveil. This will be occurring to individuals in great numbers as the frequency of the planet has started to increase. Please do not feel alone, as we will awaken to the results of our own mental actions which must be balanced to blend with our inherent frequency from whence we came. The Children of the Light may now start to doubt themselves, but will find solace as other Children of the Light will come to their aid. We are never alone, even in our darkest hour.

Whatever situation we may find ourselves in, it will become balanced for the greater good of all, and help will come, even from those that may seem as strangers. We will recognize them from the frequency of the Heart. Understand that if prior to what has been occurring, that you did contemplate that it was possible that you were one of these gifted ones with the Light, please find it in your heart, that what is occurring to you, in the moment, may be part of a grander picture as part of the Divine Plan; and the state that we find ourselves in is necessary to fulfill what we do not remember. We do not have recollection of the roles we have to play in order for the greater good of all to benefit. But, someone of the Light will come to your aid, and sometimes with a few spoken words or by actual participation, you will understand the greater picture.

This is a time to have faith as to all that is occurring to you, as an individual or as group, as the frequency that we spoke previously about in other Dictations, is bringing a tremendous change to the world as we see it. But after this change, it will be a better place for those who accept the Light that radiates from the heart. Even though it may seem Karmic as to all that is occurring, we must see it as a way to see the larger picture that we are just a part of; although, everything that is occurring may seem to be personal to us, as individuals.

This message is going out to the great multitude, in all walks of life that are being effected by this frequency. You are not alone. Everyone that reads this message will know it is for them, or for someone close that is going through this ordeal. Please remember to keep track and notation of all your dreams as they are significant as you may not presently understand the message of these certain unusual dreams that seem to come just at the moment of awakening. Also, be alert to the unusual signposts or anomalies that may occur around you, and this also will awaken within, as to their true purpose, in order to keep you on the right track. There will be a burst of energy that you will feel when these things occur, as well as, those special, certain dreams that stay with you. Write them down and you will understand their true significance.

Shine the Light and bless those who may need to read and hear this message. Let the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony shine with you always with the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle so that all may benefit of this Light.

The Messengers of the Light


************

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


************

Awakened & message received at 4:23 a.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 12, 2000

(Messages From Many Levels, The New Breed, The Heart Center)

Today we would like to acknowledge that this new grouping of Children of the Light are now awakening to the frequencies that they have maintained for many years. This grouping in general, are now in adulthood, and many in their later years. The term Children of the Light signifies a special grouping who have opened up the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & harmony and in many cases are here to help those who are still stuck in the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear.

Because they have certain gifts for humanity and have come from higher realms of enlightenment, they also at times, may manifest short bouts of the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant and this may at times confuse them as not being the gifted ones. Coming into this environment of the three dimensional world, and not having memory of their past sojourns, can cause many to doubt themselves, but nevertheless, the gifts will start to manifest in them till they eventually lose the frequencies and the elemental of Fire, Earth, Water & Wind which is the source of the Four Lower Quadrant.

We must empathize that these messages are not just given to this scribe as a messenger. There are times when this scribe is not available to receive. These messages are given to all who will raise the frequency to be of service and thus receive the message. There are many forms in receiving the message, sometimes just in part, such as dreams, intuitions, day dreams and many other conceivable methods. To receive the full message requires discipline and dedication by those who will be scribes and to relay the messages.

There is quite a bit of confusion as the messages are radiated to all in this three dimensional world and sometimes related to humanity in many different forms for each level that each individual will find themselves in. The Children of the Light are a special grouping of enlightened souls who demonstrate the principles of those enlightened masters that have walked the Earth as well as other dimensions, and of course many other planets and their inhabitants. The Messengers of the Light radiate the messages to all those who might interfere with the evolution of the planet, although, those who may interfere may have good intentions, they are working contrary to the Divine Plan. You will know them by their frequency.

At each level of evolution, regardless if it is in the inner worlds or the outer physical worlds, we must distinguish what comes from Heart Center and what may come from the Mental Frequency. Love, Peace & Harmony can only originate in the Heart Center which is above the Four Lower Quadrant. The Heart Center starts to open when we think of others before oneself. This is the Law of Service as demonstrated by the Master Jesus radiating the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle. When the Heart Center is opened up, the steps to enlightenment are co-created and thus Love of the Divine will now open as we start to ascend in enlightenment of higher principles.

There are many messengers that are working in the level of the solar plexus frequency where the Lower Quadrant is located. These individuals will work on the task of releasing information that is relative to the "thinking and belief systems" of those that are stuck in these frequency. Illusion & Fantasy is created in order to come to the level of the recipient who is limbo in the webbing of this frequency and cannot break free from this illusion and state of mind.

Those who listen and investigate messages from many levels will create confusion within their own belief systems as they cannot discern which is the true source of these messages, rather than, understanding that all messages are true to the level of each participant. These observers neglect to open their Heart Center and feel the frequency of each message and being able to discern to what level of evolution the message is directed to. They read and listen from the Mental Frequency and become confused. Open the Heart Center, then feel and listen for the trinity to direct, which is that spark of Light of the Divine which holds Truth. Once the message is received by this method, you can direct the mind frequency and be in control of your individual Mental Frequency. Open the Heart and listen, and the path will be shown to you.

There are many messengers from many frequencies, dimensions and from the star systems but they all must abide by the caretakers of the planet Earth. These are the Guardians, as Angels, who maintain as a group of seven above all others. The Messengers of the Light work as a group of these seven plus five in order to open the Heart Center for those who seek. Do not get confused. And please do not believe what is written or what is said from this particular message, but rather, open your individual Heart Center and the spark of the Divine will reveal Divine truth, and not by this message or by the chosen messenger. The Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony will be present with no Anger, no Hate, no Doubt and no Fear.

Let the Light of truth shine from your heart and the Light of the Divine will open up with the awakening of this new breed of Children of the Light and those who are presently in a state of confusion. Truth will be revealed from the spark of the Divine that resides in your Heart Center.

May the Light Shine to all who will receive.

The Messengers of the Light.

Message typed at 10:35 a.m.

Finished at 11:22 a.m. 2/12/2000

***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


***********

Awakened at 4:40 a.m.

Started at 4:53 a.m.

DICTATION JANUARY 29, 2000

(Awakening Of The New Breed Of Children Of The Light And The Increased Frequency)

Today we would like to give everyone who listens to these Dictations a chance to fulfill the Light to those who are now awakening to the Light within. In a previous message we Dictated that a new breed of Children of the Light would now start to become awake to the Light and their true purpose of incarnating during these times. For many, it will be quite a shock, as certain anomalies will start to manifest by the Light that they radiate and can cause many to doubt their sanity. There will be others who will awaken in a natural way with no problems as they will accept this awakening with open arms.

Before we go any further, would also like to express and convey that the frequency of the planet has taken another turn and is now creating a certain pressure for many that are now coming out of, or are presently with these flu symptoms that are quite different from previous ones. Many will start feeling lethargic and wanting to sleep longer than usual. The body is acclimating to the impacting frequency that is actually coming from the Sun and from other outside Stellar stimuli. This is all part of the Divine Plan and we must accept what is occurring as we slowly assimilate the change.

There are many individuals that are not studying and remembering their dreams as this can be very helpful to all changing frequencies and how to individually adapt to this outside stimuli on an individual basis.

As these frequencies start impacting the planet and all its inhabitants, there will be an awakening of different memory banks within the brain which will help ease the pressure or anxiety that can accompany this change. Just feel the frequency and embrace all the sensations, pressures and anomalies that will present themselves to you. In feeling these feelings and sensations, and by not resisting, you will quickly adapt to the incoming fourth dimension or density. Those who are resisting are presently feeling anxiety, sleeplessness, short tempers and are not eating properly. Relax the body and the mind and do not fight these feelings. Those who are sleeping longer, or are taking short naps are in actuality, allowing the frequency to impact the physical and mental body, while the emotional body releases itself and allows the assimilation of frequencies to impact while they are gone. This allows the physical to adapt and not fight the frequencies. When the emotional body returns and awakens within, it is like trying on new clothes that you have to get accustomed to the new fit. This allows many to slowly adapt to the rising frequency.

There will also be many changes with the world situation if these frequencies are rejected because of short tempers and not being able to think and handle the tensions and anxiety of the masses. We must all be alert to this as many in positions of power may not be at their best and can make errors in judgment. It is important that those that are awake, shine the Light to all those in positions of power and authority, in order to adapt to these changes and also help those who are awakening to the Light, as this new breed of Children of the Light will awaken, innate psychic powers, gifts of vision and perception, in order to better help humanity to the impending changes.

We have mentioned before, in previous Dictations, that each new awakening group will have specific gifts for each level of awakening and coinciding with each level of increased frequency as the planet moves into the fourth density or dimension. This is not an overnight process, but rather, a long term process with certain jolts of frequencies that can result in earthquakes, hurricanes, and all types of weather conditions. We are already experiencing weather anomalies in areas that were not used to this radical changes. The world community will now start to take a concentrated notice of all anomalies as they are increasing.

Depending on the world population and how they react to these frequencies that are impacting the planet, will determine to what extent the world changes will be. This is not to promote fear in anyone, but rather, a forecast to prepare and to be one step ahead of impending disaster. Once again, we would like to assure those who are awake to these messages and who shine the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony that you will feel and receive messages, whether in dreams or through daily signposts that will ring a knowing within, and you will not have a problem with the raising frequency of the planet.

We must, on a daily basis, feel the frequency and to what degree it is impacting. You will hear or will become aware to the hidden messages that will subconsciously be broadcast by your news media and weather forecast. There are many in the broadcast system that are Children of the Light who will relay these messages in subtle ways that those who are alert will pickup on. We must be awake!

The Children of the Light have been incarnating within this three dimensional environment for over 40 years in large numbers, but only a few become awake to their true purpose. Those who have awaken are now in key positions in all walks of life to better help humanity during these changes. There are also many that are not completely awake, but in a subconscious manner are still playing out the roles that they preordained prior to incarnation. You will start noticing and becoming aware as to who they are by their service to humanity. There is a radiance which many will confuse as being charisma which is a part of this frequency. Many of these individuals have the small role of being your neighbor or friends who just radiate Light in a subtle way, as beacons, so that others can see. These all radiate with a frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony for the betterment of all. The Children of the Light are here and will now start to make themselves known to those who are awake and willing to receive.

Shine your Light so that all may awaken to the Light within and so that all who receive the messages will now embrace the new frequency which will take humanity into the fourth dimension.

May the Light be with you always.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:39 a.m.

***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


Awakened at 4:03 a.m.

Started at 4:21 a.m.

DICTATION JANUARY 14, 2000

(Preparing With An Inner Awareness For The Next Coming Months)

We would like to bring this message to those who will open their hearts for those that may not be awakened to their true purpose in life. We would like to thank those who have been of service and have been making an effort in bringing in the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony.

The frequency of the planet will once again increase with some noticeable effects to many land masses in that the elements will now start to exercise their potential by that which has been allowed to manifest within certain cultures and groups. The frequency that these groups of people radiate will be the principle factor of what they will attract to their area of habitat.

We have spoken before that these Earth Changes were already going to occur as part of the Divine Plan, but humanity as a whole, will constitute to what degree and intensity things will manifest within their given area. There are those of the scientific community, that are again, starting to manipulate and create disturbances in their effort to circumvent these inevitable occurrences, and do not realize that they are already adding to the inevitable circumstance. They will cause more damage from their participation in such actions.

The intensity of the inner core of the planet is such an intense frequency that is reacting to certain disturbances with our Solar Sun that what the scientists are in fact adding to, can only make things worse, as it is all after the fact.

Those who have some measure of Light can start becoming aware, on a daily basis, as what will be attracted to their area by this frequency they feel. This is a great learning process in being able to open up your individual inner awareness and also release the frequency of mental telepathy that we spoken about in previous Dictations.

Feel the frequency of the elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. The elemental related to each of these will be the attracting factor of what will manifest in your given area. All things related with the element of Fire, which can also bring about the volcanic activity from the inner core of the planet associated with the corresponding human element of Anger.

All things related to the elemental of Earth will bring in the corresponding results associated with earthquakes, land movement, landslides and all manner of form corresponding to the human elemental of Hate. Where there is Hate these corresponding calamities will occur.

All things related to the elemental of Water will bring about floods, inundation, heavy rains and snow storms all corresponding to the human elemental of Guilt followed by Fear. Fear is the elemental of wind as impassive air which can work with water such as Hurricanes, Water Spouts, Gale Storms, and Tidal Waves. Where people have Fear, that associated with wind will occur along with tornadoes.

If we become aware to the frequencies that are being radiated by humanity in general in the areas we live in, this will determine what may occur. If it becomes too intense, you will be motivated to seek shelter or leave that area for the time being, or till the manifestation occurs, thus releasing the attracting intensity. If enough people become aware of impending disasters, they can start radiating the frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony to these areas, and in some minor cases, the disaster is avoided or at least toned down to some degree.

Because of certain astrological aspects along with solar activity, humanity will cause quite a bit of disturbance by reacting to their own personal activities of the mental, emotional and physical frequencies within their solar aspects. There are countless frequencies of the planets, mother nature, and solar activity that much can occur within the next coming months and now is the time to prepare and become aware of all frequencies around you. Those who are disciplined can be one step ahead of all that will occur as we open up our awareness.

With those that have some measure of Light, by being aware and awake, all that will occur around you will not deter in all the things that you work with, or your path in life. There may be some delays but it will be business as usual. Those who are not awake, when these things occur, it will have a tremendous effect on the emotional, mental and physical frequencies of their being and they will attract more dilemmas, catastrophes, accidents along with illnesses, as such, or will just choose to exit the planet.

This will be some adventurous times for those of the Light and it is what we came into incarnation to be a participant of. With many individuals and many groups of humanity, nothing will interrupt their existence or the area they live in. If we look back at all that occurred in the past decade to certain countries and communities, we will also find that there are many areas and countries where nothing significant has occurred or will occur. But certain areas that have had devastation of some sort still continue to attract these anomalies. We must become aware and awake to the incoming frequencies and what humanity is attracting to themselves by their dark nature as even areas that had no significant changes in the last decade, if the frequency has declined, these areas may now be susceptible to these anomalies. Now is the time to awaken awareness within us.

We will be able to prognosticate and foresee the impending future and thus prepare to what our neighbors are attracting to the areas we live in. Because of this awakening awareness, those of the Light will now start to migrate or consider changing residences to areas that instinctively pull to them. Many individuals will feel quite comfortable in the area they now reside and this will also open up to you. Now is a time of change and we should all embrace the adventure that now pulls on us from within our inner being. We must trust this awareness during this time of change.

Let the Light of the Divine awaken within you with the next few impending situations that will cause an awakening within. Shine the Light and we all will see into our immediate future.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:13 a.m.

***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


***********

Awakened at 4:03 a.m.

Started at 4:21 a.m.

DICTATION JANUARY 2, 2000

(Bringing Joy To The Millennium)

Today is the second day of what many had feared and all is presently within the Divine Plan. Although there were no major incidences, those who received the last Dictation and followed what was recommended by using the Feeling Nature, did shine light to those areas that were vulnerable and subject to attack. Light was radiated and the evil intent was prevented by the Light of those that participated.

Now that the worst fears of this first day have been dismissed, we must not let our guard down to those dark forces that would do harm. Although they did not follow through with their dark intent, if this Light is not maintained and radiated, these individuals will resume with the darkness of their evil intent. One day has passed by of this evil intent, but if we do not utilize the Feeling Nature on a daily basis, that which was feared may come to pass by the darkness that follows.

We must remember that the planet, as well as humanity, is going through a very important change within the frequency of the planet. This is an ever increasing change that is not set to occur in one given day, although, as in a case of a volcano or earthquake, the outburst can occur within a given day from the built up pressure of energy that is not being slowly released. Humanity works in the same way, in that, this built pressure of unbalanced energy can be released with forceful, damaging energy.

Those who do read these messages can diffuse this unbalanced pressure of energy in those areas that are felt by utilizing the Feeling Nature from within, with the frequency of Love Peace & Harmony. This must not be motivated by fear, but rather, by being of service in those quiet moments of contemplation and productive prayer in the raising of the frequency by being a co-creator in the effort to help and be an active participant, or by just being a beacon of Light, so that all can see, and this does eliminate darkness.

Although, these messages have been a little on the depressive or solemn side of things, it is a direct response to the already low frequency of humanity who is in this state by the prayers and cries they recant. We give these messages within the Divine Will, and within this Will, we are allowed to send messages of Light so that all can be active participants in answering prayers and cries of desperation from the rest of humanity that is not awake to the Light within.

When the Feeling Nature starts to open up to humanity, each awakening soul will immediately start feeling the frequencies of those that are in their immediate surroundings. These are our loved ones, friends and neighbors; then it comes from the rest of humanity. Because the Light within is starting to open up they will immediately start attracting the dark matter of those around them. This is an awakening process in the same manner that a porch light in the early evening will attract all the insects to it when it is turned on. The error that we make is that we assume that all that we feel is our own, where in reality, all dark negative depressive matter is coming from our loved ones, friends and neighbors as a cry for help which is a form of mental telepathy that we have Dictated in the past.

This is a joyous time of enlightenment, but those that do not presently feel joy are being consumed by the negative frequencies of those around us. When we start to feel these dark frequencies that bring us down and does not allow joy to exist in our hearts, you can co-create the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony and radiate, and by this Light, it will burn off or transmute this dark matter. Unless you can actually physically help the individual where it is coming from, it is best to radiate the Light, and they, by their own efforts, will create the change that is needed in their lives.

We previously Dictated that within these next three months a new breed of Children of the Light will awaken to their destiny. We are all children to the All That Is of the Divine, and regardless what age we find ourselves in, we may be these awakening souls. This New Year of 2000 should be, and will be, a joyous time for the adventurers of the Light that are awakening, and also for those who are already conscious active participants or radiators of the Light. The Children of the Light are here creating change, and with all these new souls that prior to incarnation have chosen to become awake during this significant year, are all within the Divine Plan of the All That Is and are here, in order to help humanity.

Earth changes will continue and many other surprises are on the horizon, and also by those of the Dark Forces, but this will not deter the new adventure of those who are a joy to behold who will now participate in shinning the Light. Where there is Light there is no fear, and in all catastrophic circumstances, by this Light, they will be guided to withstand and to be in the best position to enjoy this new millennium.

It is important to awaken the Feeling Nature within you, as a reader of these messages, as the mere fact that you read these messages, it is your Feeling Nature that has attracted these messages to you. There will be no Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear imposed on you by those of the dark. On the contrary, you will dissipate darkness by radiating Love, Peace and Harmony from your hearts which is your inherent gift and this will open the joy of the new adventure in life. We are all here to have "love & abundance" and not suffer or be lonely by the frequencies that we receive that are not our own. Open your Light from the heart which will attract and awaken you to your new adventure and this feeling of loneliness, which is not yours, will dissipate with each brand new day.

Each morning, start your day by feeling the frequency of others that may be bombarding your energy field, whether consciously or unconsciously. This will open up the Feeling Nature within you and will allow you to enjoy and co-create joy to all that are in need by proclaiming and radiating, "I have Love, Peace & Harmony in my heart and like the radiating Sun, all negative matter is either burned off or transmuted back to the Divine in a clean, clear state. I Shine! Shine! Shine! And I will enjoy this brand new day."

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:13 a.m.

(This dictation is in reference to the fear that terroist attacks would be committed during these New Year's celebration of the year 2,000 along with the Y2K's fear of computers and all related systems failing and causing hardships.)

JOY

Seasons come and seasons go

As the quiet of the night fades away

The early morning dawn brings joy to my life

With the presentation of a brand new day

Whether I have lived before or whether I will live again

Today is the present moment of my joy

It will heal my yesterdays and enlighten what

tomorrow will bring, because, joy is in my heart, and

I enjoy every day

(A prayer of inspiration that is included in the chapter of "reincarnation" in the book A Step Into The Light.)

***********

COPYRIGHT 2000 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 2000


Printing For Personal Use: All the Dictations in this section are on one file. If you would like to copy one Dictation, highlight the Dictation desired, then "copy & paste" to your word processor, or paste to "write e-mail" then print, otherwise all the Dictations will be printed.

Dictations Released In 1999

Table Of Contents

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1998

(Click A Date To Display Text Listed In Reverse Order Of Posting.)

DECEMBER 28, 1999 ....Preparing For The Millennium With The Light

DECEMBER 26, 1999.....Freedom & And The Light To Be Free

DECEMBER 5, 1999 ......Preparing For The Millennium And New Years Day

NOVEMBER 27, 1999....Reflecting Back On The Last Three Months, Another

                                           Group Awakening Of Children Of The Light In The

                                           Following Months

NOVEMBER 4, 1999.....Mental Telepathy, Violence May Escalate, Radiance Of

                                           Light For Our Leaders

OCTOBER 31, 1999.......Learning To Adapt To The World Changes & The Rising

                                           Frequency

OCTOBER 20, 1999.......A Sound Of Light By The World Discipleship Of Light Bearers

OCTOBER 19, 1999.......Raising The Frequency To Be One Step Ahead Of Disasters,

                                          Receiving The Message.

OCTOBER 5, 1999.........Symptoms Affecting Certain Individual With The New Frequency

SEPTEMBER 25, 1999....The World Situation With Mother Nature, Elaborating On The

                                            New Change In Frequency

SEPTEMBER 18, 1999 ...Embrace The New Frequency Of Change That Is Upon Us

AUGUST 24, 1999..........The Gift Of Change In Our Lives, Guilt And The Resulting Effect

                                            On The Planet With Water

JUNE 16, 1999................Learning To Receive The Message, Thought Forms, Healing

                                            Of Earthquakes

JUNE 8, 1999................New Advancements, The Coming Changes, The New Frequency

MAY 30, 1999.............. Today's End Of A Cycle, The Fourth Density, Sixth Sense

MAY 23, 1999...............The Detection Of Earthquakes, The Next Full Moon, Anger

                                          & Hate Rising Again.

MAY 16, 1999...............The Elements, The Raising Frequency Of The Planet, The End Of

                                         The Grand Cycle

MAY 9, 1999 ................Mothers Day, Mental Telepathy, Earth Changes Caused By

                                          The Elements & Lower Mankind

APRIL 22, 1999 ............Within Humanity, Our Children And The World

April 2, 1999 .................(Good Friday) The Master's Commandment, The Frequency Of

                                         Separativeness, The Three Victims Of War On This Day Of

                                         Judgment, The Door Where Evils Dwells

MARCH 24, 1999 ..........The Prophesy Of World War Three? The Door Where Evil Dwells

MARCH 18, 1999 ...........Defusing The Dark Intent By The Light Rings Of Protection

MARCH 11, 1999 ...........The Power Of Prayer, Certain Earthquakes Averted In West Coast

FEBRUARY 11, 1999.... .The Sound Of Silence & The New Frequency Impacting The

                                            Planet During The New Moon Cycle On February 16, 1999

JANUARY 24, 1999  ......The Emotional Frequency That Is Impacting The Planet, The

                                            Veil Of  The Astral Will Open To Many

JANUARY 13, 1999 ........The Great Change, Mental Telepathy, Straddling The Dark &

                                            The Light, The Walking Dead

JANUARY 3, 1999 .........Probable Earthquakes Effected By The Mind Frequencies Of The

                                            Masses, The Children Of The Light, Christ Meaning Light

JANUARY 1, 1999 ..........1999 Is Here, The Children Of The Light, Love, Peace & Harmony

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999  1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999

Awakened at 4:45 a.m.

Started at 4:57

DICTATION DECEMBER 28, 1999

(Preparing For The Millennium With The Light)

The Light of Love is now being manifest to all those areas that are now vulnerable to the dark intent to do harm by those who believe that they are working and representing a certain cause which is within the Law of Self. Many individuals are just sitting, and waiting for things to happen, and are not using the "Feeling Nature" within, in order to detect these individuals who would do harm to innocent bystanders who may become victim to this harm.

We, as guardians of the planet, cannot interfere with the individual free will of humanity unless we are called in to help and participate through prayer and meditation. Presently, we are being asked to stop those who would do harm whereas, if all the time and energy used in prayer and in asking for Divine intervention to intervene, this same time and energy would have a greater effect if we use the principles that we have been Dictating in the past. All those individuals who read these messages would know that by now, you as the reader, would know that the power exists to "feel & sense" these individuals of dark intent and how to radiate a brilliance of Light to those areas that are vulnerable. The dark forces can only work in the dark, in the cover of the darkness, that exists in these vulnerable areas that are subject to attack by those with ill intent.

In daily contemplation, prayer, or meditation, we can all tune in to these areas that will come to our mind, and at this point, we will feel "The Feeling Nature" and sense where darkness is being attracted to. Open up your heart center and start radiating the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony to these areas and those who intend to do harm will be discovered. We have Dictated that life is a school and we are here to evolve in consciousness. But by common prayer, a great amount of energy is expanded in asking that Divine Intervention do our lessons for us which is contrary to the Divine Plan during these times of acceleration and expansion.

The efforts of organized religions are starting to crumble as there is too much energy being expanded at the expense of all the participants and all those large groups that pray and request that Divine source intervene in acting against individual free will. Because it is a slight leaning to the Light, small effects will be enacted at the expanse of this large group energy. But if one person directs this light energy, not to interfere with free will, but rather, radiating with the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony, as a beacon of Light to any distressed area, or to groups, individuals or organizations, a transformation will take place. In the same manner that the Sun shines to bring in the light of day, the darkness of the night dissipates.

This individual will have more power and effect than a whole religious congregation as the radiating of Light does not interfere with free will, but as a matter of fact, it will cause those who are caught up in darkness to see. This one individual that radiates as a "beacon of Light" is not asking or requesting anything to be done, but those of dark intent, will now find it difficult to manifest their evil intent as this radiance of Light will cause them to see the errors of their evil ways.

This individuals who radiate the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony do not expand energy in this effort as the Light passes "through them, but not of them" to the area that is in need of Light; whereas, those large groups who pray in asking that the work be done for them are wasting personal energy, filled with anxiety, fear and possibly all the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant.

One person that becomes awake to the Light within, can do more and have a greater effect than many religious congregations combined because of the request that violates free will or to have the work done for them. We must see each lifetime as a school in order to evolve and advance to the Light by this spark that we hold within.

If we use the following affirmation in allowing the Light of the Divine to enter into our physical instrument, which is our body, the Light will flow out to its intended target of darkness, through the Heart Center, releasing the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony, and darkness will no longer exist. This affirmation can be proclaimed whenever we utilize the "Feeling Nature" and sense where these vulnerable spots or innocent victims may be harmed. Release the Light and these areas will be protected or the damage lessened by our effort. When we sense and feel where Light is needed, the following affirmation can be proclaimed prior to releasing the Light. "Let this be, not my will but Thy Will Be Done; let this be according to Divine Law and Order; and Harmlessness to all. Let the Light shine so that all can see."

The Children of the Light are now awakening to that gift that resides within by being active participants or by being the "beacons of Light" for all to see, and by this Light, those who are lost in darkness will awaken to this entrapment that holds them, and their evil ways.

As we approach the first day of the millennium, the masses are starting to generate Fear followed by Anger, which will energize the Hate that those of evil intent will enact. In essence, if we fall victim to this "fear and anger," by our own will, we are giving those of evil intent the power to enact their hateful intents. Release the Fear in your hearts and the Anger will subside by releasing the Frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony to all as this does not violate free will in the same manner that the daily radiance of the Sun does not violate free will.

The Messengers of the Light

Finished 5:49 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, noncommercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

***********

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


***********

Awakened at 4:34 a.m.

Started at 4:48 a.m.

DICTATION DECEMBER 26, 1999

(Freedom & And The Light To Be Free)

Today is a beautiful day for those who have allowed the Light of the Divine to enter their hearts and that have released the pressure and stress that has become these seasonal holidays. Unfortunately, this time of giving has become, for many, a very strong energy of "stress and anxiety" as to what to exchange with those that we presume that we love and those that we love. It has become a time of obligation, and the giving of the heart, has become the giving of the mind. Love, Peace and Harmony escapes many poor souls during this time of the nativity of the Peace Maker who came to us in order that our hearts open up to the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle with an abundance of Love for one another.

When the Master was asked, which is the most important commandment of those given to Moses. His reply was, "I only have one commandment and that is to love one another as I have loved you." And if this commandment is kept and enacted, of course, there is no need for the rest of the other commandments.

Many are relived that these holiday season are coming to an end, as now we are all concerned as what the new millennium will bring. Many are waiting in anticipation of the worst scenario, but if we learn to radiate out the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony, with a radiance of pure Light to those areas that we, instinctively feel, that are vulnerable to darkness, this radiance of Light will cancel the intent. Where there is Light, or the radiance of Light, darkness does not exist. It is very simple, but the weak mind cannot comprehend these things or accept, that as an individual, you have the power to co-create this Light.

It is time that we awaken to that which is within us as we Dictated before that within these next three months a new grouping of enlightened souls will awaken to their true source within. This is a new grouping of Children of the Light. These are individuals that will now start sensing that their life has a purpose, as a series of events will start unfolding to them, right before their eyes. This can come as coincidences, burst of enlightenment, an awakening to things from the Heart that we know to be true, and that we have always known these Divine truths; but now the experiences will unfold to us, as signposts, or clues to the higher truths.

We also, will become aware as to the elements that have held us in bondage with one, two or all the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. We will also awaken to all those individuals that we have given our personal power away to, and that have been controlling our lives. We will start feeling the need for personal freedom to fly as the dove that shines the Light of the Divine.

Of course, those who have had control of our lives will enact the elements of manipulation to cause one to feel guilt or fear. But if we shine the Light from our hearts this will revert back to the perpetrator causing Anger & Hate to manifest. Matter of fact, many individuals experienced this during this holiday season which has brought much anxiety to many. You are not alone, as many are now experiencing and awakening to this time of change. Those who have controlled our lives, to whatever degree, or to whatever extent, are now experiencing a time of darkness that will come to them from their past.

This is an interesting phenomena, as the past is now presenting itself to those of the darkness or those that have held "these forms" of darkness within. The Light of the new millennium is now bringing "these forms" out in the open so all can see. No longer will we be able to hold within, these things that we hide or have kept hidden for many years.

These individuals who are experiencing this phenomena of the fourth density will now try to put blame to those that they have controlled or taken their power away. Many of the victims of this control may react with Anger, or resentment, which is anger in a lesser degree. Those who are experiencing this, that we speak of, must not allow Anger or Guilt to consume them as Fear will then set in, and eventually, it will be followed with Hate towards those that have controlled or manipulated us in the past. The Four Lower Quadrant of animal like man will set in and cause damage to all relationships caught in this turmoil.

As we awaken to the fact that we have been victims or perpetrators, please do not use the mind frequency to sort out what we believe is right or wrong, but rather, bring your frequency of being into the Heart and calm the "mental and emotional frequencies" that cause us to look for answers outside of ourselves, or by asking those that are our friends, for advice or answers to our dilemma. Release the "emotional and mental frequencies" and become awake to the Heart Center by proclaiming that we radiate Love, Peace and Harmony to all those who have chosen to alienate or stand against us. Do not try to understand or to look for answers as to why they have taken a negative stance in not allowing us to be free, as most of this is from their past and has nothing to do with you.

You are the present victim of their past which they now hold within their "emotional & mental frequencies." The frequency of the planet is increasing with certain amounts of Light frequencies, which is effecting the planet with Earth Changes, and this is also causing changes within humanity, and especially all those who lean to dark frequencies.

We must remember that many individuals that we have had high esteem for, or that we have put on a pedestal of self proclaimed honor, will now fall from this "illusion & fantasy" that has been placed on them. The Light that is being radiated on the planet will now shine to distinguish all the false truths and any darkness that we have held within. The Children of the Light are awakening, and as beacons of Light, they will now shine to all those within their immediate perimeter, which will cause outdated belief systems to shatter and break. All those that are inflexible to change will now experience much anxiety, as the dark secrets that they held within these hard as a rock crystallizations or belief systems, will now shatter, like glass, to the sound of the trinity that resonates the musical chord of harmony which will release all that is held within.

To those that have held darkness within, you as an awakening spirit, do not try to understand what is the actual cause of these individuals that have taken control of your power, or manipulated your life as most of it is from the past and has nothing to do with you, although you may have been with these individuals most of your life. It is not important for you to know, as it may now become a burden of Guilt that you may now become contaminated with. Your role, as an awakening spirit is to shine the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony from your Heart, free of the "emotional & mental frequencies" that have bonded you to these individuals. The Light that you shine will awaken them, and free them from the darkness of the past that is now becoming manifest for all to see. By the Light that you shine, as a beacon of Light, they will now see the errors of the past and how to balance, transmute, and release these negative energies which will release them to the Divine Light.

Many are so heavy within this darkness of control that something may snap, break or cause them to succumb to a deep sleep, which may be preceded with anomalies of illness to the body; or tragic accidents; or unusual circumstances.

We must also acknowledge that many beautiful enlightened souls may choose to depart to the other side, as the Light of the Divine has awakened within, and their purpose in life has been met. There are many enlightened souls that have chosen to stay in this three dimensional, world beyond their time, because we do not find it in our hearts to release them. And these beautiful souls, feeling our need, create a service by allowing us to be of service to them, which will open many hearts to the Light by this act of service. If we awaken to the Love within our hearts, we will find the source of the need we have for these loved ones, who we depended on, as a source of Love. Once we find that we have that Love within ourselves, and are capable of radiating this Love, we can now release all those that we depended on for Love or the "illusion & fantasy" of Love of our own making. In releasing all those that we are dependent of, and setting them free, they will be forever in your heart, and in this you will be free. You will now understand the true essence and frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony.

Shine your Light to those others that are in darkness, so that by this Light, they may also free themselves from the past. We cannot actively or physically change them, but by the "beacon of Light" that you are and radiate, they will, of themselves, see their own failing and change may occur. But we must not suffer with the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear in the event that they choose to withdraw within their own darkness.

Shine the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony, as a beacon of Light, so that all may see. Freedom is our natural right that those of the darkness would take away from us. Need is often mistaken for Love, but where there is Love, there is "Light & Freedom," free of the frequency of need. Be free to shine the Love within.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 6:18 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

*************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


************

Awakened at 4:32 a.m.

Started at 4:42

DICTATION DECEMBER 5, 1999

(Preparing For The Millennium And New Years Day)

Today we would like to give a Dictation on the status of the world. Many have been requesting in prayers as to what is occurring and what will occur when the New Year approaches, as if a Divine clock is ready to sound the alarm of the coming end of the world.

First and foremost, we must remember that the planet Earth is a school to advance in enlightenment. It is not a school in the regular sense of the word, but it is a place to advance by our own co-creativity with the Divine. Unfortunately, most of humanity believes that they can create of their own, within the frequency of their own ego, and that is what co-creates our lessons in life.

We all have spiritual guides in the non-physical realm and we also have guides or teachers in the physical reality, although we may not recognize certain individuals as such. Sometimes those that we presume to be our enemies may be certain souls who co-create the spark of motivation for us to react and co-create under certain circumstances; and understandingly, we would not have motivated ourselves to learn about certain things within our lives.

The planet Earth is accelerating and increasing its frequency to another density and with this comes certain changes that are co-created by Mother Nature and can be quite destructive. The coming changes, are in essence, a chance to motivate individuals to work and learn under certain frightening circumstances, and disasters, in order to abandon the ego and fulfill a lesson that would not, otherwise, come about, were it not for these certain calamities. Not only the victims of these certain disasters change, but also, the whole world will change that is viewing this on their television set and opening their hearts for those in need. This is all a learning process.

The change into the new millennium will be another day in the life of those in school and it is not by the final ticking of the clock. Humanity is the only frequency that can create a disturbance or destruction when the clock ticks into the New Year. Computers are co-created by man, although inspired by the Children of the Light, and certain of them can fail, but it will be a "cause and effect" factor created by mankind.

The planet itself can react by the frequencies of humanity if we all have expectation of disaster; and yes, by the frequency co-created by humanity can cause a reaction with Mother Nature and certain disasters may result.

We are at the end of a Grand Cycle which occurs at certain intervals within the regular cycles of Mother Nature. The planet is evolving into the fourth density or dimension. The reason many psychics with clear vision cannot see into the near future is because humanity, as a whole, does not have the mechanics within their system to be able to recognize the new frequency and its inherent laws. Because we are not fully there yet, there is no recognition as to what lies ahead, and this is what, inadvertently, has caused confusion as to the end of the world as we cannot define the future with outdated knowledge beyond this point. Yes, it will be the end of the world as we know it, but in reality, it is the end of the old way and the old frequency and not the end of the physical world. Being that we have no knowledge of the fundamental laws of the fourth density, we have no basis to see and recognize anything into this future of change.

This will not occur as in one day, although in the last upheaval, primarily caused by humanity in the past, there was self destruction and it did occur in three days. This that we speak about is entirely different, in that, we are advancing into a new density. This does not rule out that humanity will not cause destruction again, as in ages past, but in essence, many of those who chose to incarnate are here in order to be of guidance and to ward off the Dark Forces and what they are capable of doing. These are the Children of the Light who have incarnated in order to be of service to the world so that all that has been part of prophesy will not occur and to cancel out the intentions of those of the Dark.

A cycle works in a wave form within Mother Nature and is not defined as a certain day or moment. It is a gradual occurrence but can be propelled into destruction by the acts of humanity who may cause or create certain experimentation with tools of destruction as with a child that plays with a dangerous toy. Those that caused the last upheaval have also incarnated into this time of change as they have been attracted by the accelerating frequencies of the planet. Many of the inventions that have been co-created in the last hundred years are both by the Children of the Light and by those who follow their dark, self serving motives. All are here to enact a new scenario into the future. This is why we must awaken to our true purpose in life.

This is a time to reawaken to that purpose that we have designed for ourselves prior to incarnating within this accelerated period in the history of humanity. Many incarnated for self serving purposes and many have incarnated to be of service and to protect this school from being further damaged by those in positions of power and who believe that their best self serving interests are in serving humanity. Many of these individuals are within the dark as anything that resonates with Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear is the tool of the manipulator. Fear is their foremost tool. Do you use fear to motivate those around you? Any organization, religion, institution, and any manner of power that uses Fear or Guilt, as a motivating factor, is of the Dark.

The Children of the Light resonate with Love, Peace and Harmony originating in the Heart Center, then radiating to the mind frequency as to individual course of action completely free of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear. We must awaken as to our motives. Do not confuse the mind frequency as being the source of good. The mind frequency is governed by the Four Lower Quadrant and any motive from this frequency is self serving and not of the Light.

We must think from the Heart Center, which is of a higher realm than the mind frequency, and this will guide our course of action into the millennium by being in complete control of our mind. Do not allow others to control your mind, which is very easy to do. The individual Heart Center cannot be controlled or motivated by an outside source.

If we can radiate Love, Peace & Harmony as awakening souls, the transition into the new Millennium will be free of manipulation; and thus, allowing to let Mother Nature run its course in a natural way. There will still be Earth Changes and destruction by natural course, but if we radiate as beacons of Light, it will not be accelerated by the negative actions of humanity. The time of change is here and we all chose to incarnate during this time of adventure which will propel us into the Fourth Density or Dimension, all according to the Divine Plan.

The Children of the Light are here to show us the way. You will recognize these individuals as they shine from the Heart with Love for their fellow man as their purpose will unfold. Some as beacons of Light and some as the motivators of change, always working as a guiding force to awaken that which is within.

Shine your Light so that all may find their way.

The Messengers of the Light

Finished at 5:38

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


************

Awakened at 4:03 a.m.

Dictation started at 4:25 a.m.

DICTATION NOVEMBER 27, 1999

(Reflecting Back On The Last Three Months, Another Group Awakening Of Children Of The Light In The Following Months)

Today we would like to send a message to all those that have had a very rough time during these past three months. This has been a time of tribulation for many and all that has transpired will be a lesson that will be remembered throughout this lifetime. If we reflect back to all that has occurred, many individuals will try to block this whole experience out of their mind frequency, but all that has transpired, will resurface till we get the message of our individual experiences.

Many will have learned that you are not alone, and that, many are there to guide and help. Even those who did isolate themselves will have felt that they were not alone, as we all have our guardians or guides in the spiritual realm, on the other side of the physical reality.

This is a time to reflect back to all that has occurred during these last three months, and will open up to all that has, or will be revealed to you, as an individual, by reflecting and contemplating each experience of this time period. This is an awakening process, in that, those who have some measure of Light will now start to awaken to their true purpose in life. Another group of Children of the Light will now start to awaken, "en masse," and will now start to become aware of all those others who will participate with all that they had projected before incarnating within this three dimensional experience.

Your life work is at hand. This does not mean that each individual will do something spectacular or profound in their new awakening; but rather, they may just be the signpost for those who are lost and must awaken to their destiny.

Being in this three dimensional world can be quite difficult and can be very lonely for those who have not awakened to their true purpose, but by reflecting back on these past three months, this will open up the seed thought which will eventually grow and sprout with the intended purpose for our sojourn into this reality. Trust the Light from within and shine so that all can see, that which is now awakening, to all that will open up their hearts. These next few weeks will be a time of reflection and awakening to the higher truths that will be revealed from your individual Heart Center.

Become aware of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear as these unbalanced frequencies of fallen man correspond with the four elements of the planet Earth, which are: Fire = Anger, Earth = Hate, Water = Guilt, and Wind = Fear. This is the Four Lower Quadrant which every individual must transcend. When we become aware of how every tragedy, or disharmony on the planet is associated with the misuse of these four elements, we will then awaken to the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony, which is the only balancing factor that can heal all that is inflicted on humanity. From the Four Lower Quadrant, all other negative unbalanced factors of humanity will branch off. Envy, jealousy, manipulation, and all manner of atrocities inflicted to another human being will branch off from the misuse of the four elements.

This new grouping of souls will awaken to our true purpose in steps of enlightenment within the coming months, and it will be enhanced if we reflect back to all that has occurred within the last three months, within our personal lives, and those of our loved ones.

This is a time of awakening. Let the Light of the Divine shine from your individual Heart Center with Love, Peace and Harmony.

The Messengers of the Light.

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, noncommercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

***********

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


************

Awakened at 4:32 a.m.

DICTATION NOVEMBER 4, 1999

(Mental Telepathy, Violence May Escalate, Radiance Of Light For Our Leaders)

Today we would like to start this dictation with a message to all that will listen from the heart. We have stated many times that there will be more anger with those who are becoming frustrated with the what is occurring to the planet in terms of the frequency that is being impacted to it.

This is a time that we would ask all those who receive these messages to shine from their hearts with a radiance that will heal those in close proximity. Violence will be on the increase if we do not shine the Light to those that are under this dark influence of negativity.

Although, we may be seeing the first outbreaks of violence with those that are now being overwhelmed by their distorted fears and hates, this will now start to occur with those in power. Those who are the leaders will now start to feel the pressure of their perspective positions and may make wrong decisions that can cause outbreaks of violence with those that oppose their views. This can escalate into wars and other atrocities which will bring such chaos to an already afflicted world by all that is being impacted on it.

The frequency is going to be very strong and many persons that are under pressure within their families, jobs or other responsibilities will now become susceptible to co-create violence. This also will create fear, and the general public will overreact causing a dilemma of serious proportions.

Once these things start occurring, it will then trigger the elemental frequencies which will cause Mother Nature to vent its frequencies which will then add to the already existing World problems.

Those who have read the previous messages can be of service in acknowledging the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony at 12:00 noon and also on the hour. It does not take too many individuals to create this healing Light. As when three unite to co-create Light it is multiplied in intensity which can have a harmonious effect and thus help heal all those who would otherwise act out of pressure.

We have mentioned in previous dictations that all will eventually evolve with the frequency of mental telepathy which is already opening up to many individuals. Start to trust your feelings and also the sensations that will be impacting your body frequency. Many individuals are not aware that most of the dark depression that hangs on to their mental and emotional bodies are not their own frequencies, but rather, the frequencies of loved ones, friends, neighbors and coworkers. We must become aware as what is originating within our own mental and emotional frequencies and what is impacting into our frequency from the outside coming in.

Many individuals that are suffering from depression may have opened up to their innate ability to access mental telepathy. This depression that just comes to them for no reason of their own, is precisely that. It is not their own. If you are having these attacks of depression, ask yourself, "where is this coming from, and why am I allowing myself to receive someone else's depression?" Feel when it first hits you and check the time to see how long it last. If you keep a record of what is occurring, you will find the source and your ability to be a receiver. You will also learn how to shut it off.

You must take control of your own personal persona and not allow this to cause you hardship. Feel the radiance from your heart shinning with a Light of Love, Peace and Harmony radiating like the shinning Sun where darkness cannot exist.

Shine so that those around you and those in power will feel and receive your healing Light, and to guide their decisions, free of violence caused by Anger, Hate Guilt & Fear.

The Messengers of the Light.

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

*************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*************

Awakened at 4:13 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 31, 1999

(Learning To Adapt To The World Changes & The Rising Frequency)

We would like to start this day with an acknowledgment that all is now working in a peaceful manner regarding those who have read and followed the previous messages. Those who have been feeling the intensity of these frequencies that are bombarding the planet along with the frequencies of the Sun will now start to find relief, as by now, you will have acclimated yourself to this higher intensity to some degree.

There are many that read these Dictations out of curiosity and do not heed the guidance and cannot find why they are in such turmoil within their lives. These Dictations do not violate freewill, and are designed with a protection which is in keeping with the affirmation, "Not my will by thine be done, let this be according to divine law & order, and harmlessness to all.

If you feel that this may impose into your way of finding the Light within yourself, that is an individual choice, and we are not here to impose in any way. But many individuals pray for guidance and when it comes, they reject it as it is not what they expect or in the manner that they are accustomed to.

We have stated many times that the frequency of the planet is increasing to a higher density and there will be many changes within society and the world in general as it is already taking place. This is a time of change. As the frequency intensifies, it will start to get to certain individuals nerves because they can not identify with what is occurring and they will react with violence along with many forms of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear.

It is important to tune in to the world around you each morning, as it is slowly increasing. We can monitor the frequency and adapt each day by breathing in this new frequency within our being and allowing it to permeate throughout our threefold body, this is the physical, the mental and the emotional body; and in this, we will keep up with the daily increase in frequency.

Many individuals are not accepting this within their systems and are presently getting agitated with their work, family, friends and life in general. It is more common today to see strangers yelling at other strangers for very petty small things. Soon, it will be within their own families, if it hasn't already started.

These past few months have been very hard, physically, mentally and emotionally for many individuals, and in keeping with the prayers and requests of the masses, we are allowed, by Divine Law, to give these Dictations in the line of service. Love, Peace & Harmony is the frequency that will alleviate these reactions to the body. If we breath into the lungs, each morning, with this frequency and accept the change that is occurring, the threefold body will adapt.

Become aware of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear and do not allow these frequencies to consume you. Have patience with those that are stuck in these frequencies, and by demonstration, they will feel the radiance of your Heart Center.

Now is a time to learn to adapt.

The Messengers of the Light.

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


************

Awakened at 4:01 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 20, 1999

(A Sound Of Light By The World Discipleship Of Light Bearers)

This message is being brought to all that will listen and have the faith to withstand the Light and frequency that is now radiating by the World Discipleship in order to uplift the consciousness of humanity. This is a group of individuals who are consciously working in radiating the Light to all those who are receptive to receive. This is not imposed on anyone but it is there to partake of. These enlightened souls do this as a service radiating from the Heart Center and above.

Each day at 12:00 noon, they tune in, to the frequency of all who are participating and they radiate Love, Peace & Harmony with positive affirmations of their own choice, and in this, co-create a sound of Light which will dispel the negative frequencies of those who are in fear or who are now under the frequency of Anger Hate or Guilt.

The fact that there are many time zones, on the hour, a note will resonate which will vibrate and allow those who are in the frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear, to loosen the chains that bind.

If we all communicate with those that have an inclination to better help mankind, please convey this act of service. Although, the sound will resonate at twelve noon wherever we are located on the planet, each hour will resonate the sound of Light which will connect to all that participate.

Presently, there is a movement to co-create a frequency of Light, and in this, we will be reminded that the frequency of the planet is escalating to a higher frequency. As the frequency increases, this note will raise according to the pulse of the planet and all those that tune in will find it easier to withstand all the frequencies that are impacting the planet Earth.

The heavenly bodies, in close proximity of the planet Earth, are already feeling the shift in frequency. The Sun will start to radiate with certain solar activity that has not impacted the planet since the last upheaval during the last Grand Cycle. There will be many changes as to how the inhabitants of the planet will coincide with Nature as all are increasing in frequency into the Fourth Density which the planet will eventually evolve to.

There is nothing to fear as we all chose to be participants during this time of change. If we look at it as a great adventure, all will be fine. We must start to listen and feel from within as to these changes in order to expand our awareness. In the last Dictation we spoke about the "Feeling Nature" and how to be one step ahead of any calamity or disaster. We also spoke about how we can prevent or lessen the impact of a disaster. It is basically very easy to do if we make a daily effort to "sense & feel" every frequency around us. Our pets do this in a comfortable pleasant way. They sense a change in frequency, then become alert to its source.

The planet is going through a normal change which occurs during the end of each Grand Cycle. Because of the unpredictable nature of mankind, and the resulting effect of all negative causes which mankind has created, this will dictate to what degree the Earth Changes may be. If we uplift the frequency of the planet by being participants with this World Discipleship of Light Bearers, much of what has been predicted by the seers of the past will not have to occur. If it has been predicted, it can be changed according to Divine Laws. The raising of the frequency by these Light Bearers, will in fact, bring in the 1,000 years of peace.

We are all empowered to do this by the Divine Light radiating from the Heart Center with Love, Peace & Harmony. The Children of the Light are here to be of service.

If you find it in your Heart to convey this message to your friends and loved ones, there will be a raising of the Consciousness of all those individuals trapped within the frequency of the elements of Fire, Earth, Water and Wind, which correspond to the elemental frailties of fallen man with the corresponding frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear.

Although, you may not initially participate in this request by those enlightened ones who walk amongst you, you will feel a change of frequency at 12:00 noon during your time zone, and along with this, every hour on the hour you will again feel the frequency which will beckon you to consider participating of your own free will.

Shine the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony and convey this message to those who are willing to listen and participate as a service to humanity.

The Messengers of the Light & The World Discipleship of Light Bearers.

*************

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

*************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*************

Awakened at 4:46 a.m.

Started at 5:02 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 19, 1999

(Raising The Frequency To Be One Step Ahead Of Disasters, Receiving The Message.)

Today we would like to send a message to all those who have been praying and asking for enlightenment as to all that is occurring on the planet. We only bring these messages according to the requests and prayers of the masses, as we are not here to predict the future events, but rather, to answer the prayers and requests of the masses. In that, things that are part of Divine Law can be revealed.

The next thing that we would like to acknowledge, is that, there has to be a receiver of the messages who can be available for messages that are given to all who would receive. This messenger that receives these messages may not be available at all times when the message is given. This receiver of the Dictations is not obligated to receive or be available as the messages are Dictated at an hour that is not convenient to this scribe. This is done as a service by he, and when available from other life's lessons that he is participating in, the message can be received. The messages are not given specifically to this scribe, as they are given to all who would receive by raising their frequency above the frequency of the personal ego, and at a half way point we bring the Dictation for those who will receive the message in total.

Many are receiving part of message but must remember that Divine Law must be observed and that which is first received must not be contaminated by the personal ego as then the Law of Self, will in fact, take over.

Many are wondering why there have not been any messages regarding the recent earthquakes and certain other phenomena with the planet. Wondering, and requesting in the form of prayer, are two different things. The Messengers of the Light are a group of Guardian Angels that protect the planet according to Divine Law. A second group of Angels or Masters, in association with the Guardians, then Dictate these messages as a group consciousness, in answer to the prayers and request of the masses.

The prayers of the masses usually come in cries of desperation and fear. Secondly, it comes by those who do formally pray, and are also in a state of fear. But now, as the World consciousness is getting used to all the Earth's changes and all the anomalies of Mother Nature, many have become silent, and in this silence, they hope that they will not be next as a victim to these devastations.

This recent Earthquake in the area of California was wide spread, and there were certain anomalies with the way that the residents reacted which was quite unusual as to past Earthquakes. Residents of the West Coast have become accustomed to these Earthquake frequencies.

We would like you to become aware as to what you were feeling and sensing prior to the Earthquake, and along with this, what you felt & sensed, immediately after the Earthquake, then how you accepted this frequency after three days; and finally, how do you presently feel, regardless, what part of the world you live in.

Immediately after the Earthquake, a certain type of fear of a different quality was radiated by the mass consciousness of those who were recipients of these lower electromagnetic frequencies. This fear was soon overridden by a frequency that was soon radiated from the heart center of this group consciousness, which then did calm the upper crust of this area, and tension within the planet was relaxed. This was all a subconscious effort of all who did, in fact, save the rest of the residents from having violent after shocks, and other disturbances with the upper crust which could have triggered a chain reaction of other catastrophes.

What has occurred is that many individuals are able to send frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony in order to override the frequencies of Hate along with Anger, Guilt and Fear. These are the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of fallen mankind which trigger reactions within the planet resulting with anomalies in devastation throughout the outer frequencies of the planet reflecting back to mankind according to the negative frequencies radiated. Like a mirror, these frequencies originating by mankind will, in fact, reflect back to its originator.

It is good that mankind is able to raise the frequency within the Heart Center and radiate frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony in order to diffuse many of these disaster that will follow an already existing disaster. What we would like to awaken within you, is that, the initial disaster can be prevented by first requesting in prayers, affirmation and meditation as to what can be revealed according to Divine Law. These anomalies that are not part of the Divine Plan and are being caused by fallen man within the Law of Self and may be revealed. The next step is to reflect back, prior to a disturbance or disaster that has occurred, and then, what you feel & sense at the time of occurrence, followed immediately by, feeling & sensing what the frequencies of mass consciousness of the victims or recipients of this disturbance or disaster are now sending in sorrow, pain and fear. Then feel the frequency that follows of all those who send their well wishes with healing from the Heart Center with Love, Peace & Harmony. If we learn to sense these frequencies, we will be able to prevent or to help alleviate the pressure, and the severity of a disaster will be lessened.

This Dictation is in answer to many prayers and requests of those who would like to know how to prevent these disasters. Part of the Divine Plan, during this end of the Grand Cycle, is to raise the frequency of awareness in order to be able to withstand the frequencies of the Fourth Density which the planet and inhabitants are evolving to. By becoming aware of our inner "feeling & sensing" nature which has been dormant in the greater part of humanity, we will be able to be one step ahead of all calamities and disasters. This is a cleansing period, but like a school, for those who wish to participate, it is a time to evolve and awaken the frequencies that are dormant within us in order to survive. Most of the animal kingdom are doing well with the change of frequency as they do not fight the change, but rather, slowly adapt to this change and do not suffer any serious consequences. If we want to survive, we must learn to adapt by opening up our "Feeling Nature."

Now, as we start to receive the frequencies, which can also be the messages from within, rather than, from higher divine entities, we must acknowledge that we know where these directions or presumed guidance is coming from, and not to contaminate it with our wish life, ego or persona. No one can trespass or dictate to another and violate free will. All messages must be in response to the cries, prayers and requests of the masses and is not on a personal, individual basis.

We must awaken to the fact that we are not alone and that guidance is always available. Ask and it will be shown to you in whatever method you are ready to receive. When the message comes, it should not violate free will with the frequency of the Law of Self. When we can see this planet as a form of a school, in that, we dictate and participate in our own self created lessons to evolve in life; if we violate free will, we would not be able to learn if someone or some frequency is dictating our next step. We must, of our own accord, acknowledge that a step must be taken, and that when we do take a step, that which we need to learn will form the foundation for our foot to land on. It cannot be dictated by an outside influence. Requests in the form of these dictations provide enlightenment and is not individualized to a certain individual, but rather, those who request will acknowledge that this Dictation is given to all that will receive. The choice to participate does not violate "free will."

Many are seeking and searching from those who, to some degree, have expanded their awareness. We must always feel what is right or wrong for us in the frequency of the Heart Center in a state of Love, Peace & Harmony. If a frequency of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear is imposed on you, from those you seek advice from, an imbalance is present.

All our choices in life are individual to us from within our Heart Center. In order to be able to survive the changing frequencies of the planet, we must open up these frequencies of the "Feeling Nature" that have been dormant within us. In this we will be able to stay one step ahead of an impending disaster, or one step ahead of those who will try to violate our free will. But the greatest gift is to be able to heal the impending disaster and to heal those who intend to violate free will.

We must all shine the Light so that all will be one step ahead of that which may try to consume us. Love, Peace and Harmony, radiating from our Heart Center will prevent this and guide us to lead the way.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 6:29 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


************

Awakened 4:02 a.m.

Started 4:54 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 5, 1999

(Symptoms Affecting Certain Individual With The New Frequency)

We will start this morning with a note of praise to those that have heeded the warning and the previous Dictations regarding this new frequency that has, and is still bombarding the Earth. Many have embraced the new frequency like a friend and have welcomed this time of atonement with all that has surfaced from the past. Many are still going through this process, but unfortunately, many who did not heed the warning are presently suffering from some sort of illness, ailment or other type of malady to the physical body.

This is a time of change, and the acceptance of what is occurring is highly recommended so that no further damage to the physical body will occur. With this increase in frequency at hand, you can heal quickly by embracing the energy that accompanies this new frequency.

Those who are the Children of the Light will increase in frequency almost to the point of it being unbearable as the hands and extremities may heat up and tremble. There may be an uneasiness similar to those who may be having withdrawal symptoms from drugs or alcohol. A sensation of feeling that at any moment you may snap. If this is occurring to you, breathe deeply and with Love, Peace & Harmony, accept this new frequency to enter the body physical as you breathe deeply in acceptance of this frequency.

All animals that will survive, are not part of the Divine Plan to become extinct and will do this process in a natural way. All those who will go out of extinction during this cycle will hold back and not accept the frequency and will succumb.

Now that we have stated this, there will be a great number of individuals that all of the above will not occur during this season and will not have any of the symptoms that we have just stated. These changes will eventually effect all inhabitants of the planet at one point in time or another. If you are one of these individuals that are presently free of these anomalies, you will be able to guide and help those who are being afflicted by this bombardment. The important recommendation is to breathe deeply in acceptance of the new frequency and this will relax the body, and slowly but surely, all afflictions will go away if we do not fight or reject the process.

The Scientific world is not aware of what is occurring to individuals on a personal basis, although, they are aware of new frequencies coming from the Sun and elsewhere. They are not aware of its effect, although they are aware of changes in the DNA process and other strange maladies occurring to certain creatures, especially those that survive around water.

This is the end of the Grand Cycle and it is a gradual occurrence unless tampered with by those who believe they can avert this natural process. The message has gotten through to many that were experimenting with Mother Nature. There are still a few that can cause devastation to the planet in their role to control the masses. It is important to radiate the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony so that it will shine and reveal the intentions of those who would still tamper with the Divine Plan.

This is a time of growth and many can prosper with all the new frequencies coming in to change humanity into the next millennium and allow for the Divine Plan to manifest. Of course, there will be calamities and destruction in many countries of the world, but there will be an acceptance and gradual change as to house and protect humanity as we learn to adapt to a world of change. The changes will be increasing, but in the same manner, new adventures of many different types will present themselves to those who adapt to all change.

Embrace the new frequency like a friend and balance the past with all that will come back and reveal itself to you in the same manner as taking a test in school. Check all the good things, and check all the bad things, than release them to the Light in order to proceed into the future.

Shine the Light so that all my find their way.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:35 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


Awakened at 4:00 a.m.

Started at 4:20 a.m.

DICTATION SEPTEMBER 25, 1999

(The World Situation With Mother Nature, Elaborating On The New Change In Frequency)

Today we would like to shine the Light on the world situation and all the anomalies that are occurring with Nature. We have Dictated that the world would be effected by water in many areas of the world. This, as we mentioned, is caused by the frequency of Guilt which is being radiated by mankind as the areas susceptible to this anomalies will be the recipient of this effect. The cause originates with the elemental frequency of Guilt. We mentioned that this new frequency that is impacting the planet is now in effect.

Of course there have been other anomalies with earth movement and the earthquakes that have befallen mankind. These are the areas effected by the frequency of Hate. We explained in the last Dictation that the element of fire associated with volcanoes is significant of the corresponding element of Anger. There will be some areas that are now being effected by the element of wind which is associated by the human frailty of Fear. The elemental frailties of mankind are in correlation with the elements of the planet with Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear of the Four Lower Quadrant. (The elements: Fire, Earth, Water, Wind.)

This, in short, is what is occurring on a world wide scale with Mother Nature. This is a time of change and the human experience is now feeling these changes. We mentioned that we should welcome this change as a great opportunity to advance towards the Light. The planet is shifting into the fourth density and the world, as we know it, will continue to change in the next few years. Although, certain calamities are occurring all at once, at present, this will not occur all at once with the whole planet. The frequency is changing and is slowly but steadily increasing with the new frequency. There should be no fear as we all planned to incarnate at this period in time to be part of this change as we also will develop spiritually within the Light.

Today's full moon is effecting many individuals and many are feeling certain sensations that they are not used to. There is a feeling of foreboding and depression for many. Please become aware that much of what you are feeling is not of you, but is coming to you from other individuals or situations. This is a form of mental telepathy associated with this change. The intuitive frequency is now starting to become active in many individuals. There is nothing to fear. In reality, it is a start of a new adventure with the awakening of this frequency.

In the last Dictation, we spoke about this new frequency that is impacting the planet and that it is a time of change. We also mentioned that our activities of the past would start to surface with memories that now will reflect back to us. This is a time to balance the past by making a list of checks and balances in order to release all that holds us to our past. On all experiences that are starting to surface, in the form of memories, see it like a test you have taken. Accept all the good things, then view all the errors of our past, and learn from these experiences in order to release us into the future that is upon us.

For those that are now starting to have these spurts of mental telepathy or intuitions, just view what you see in the mind's eye with a clear open mind. Feel all the frequencies associated to these anomalies and from the "feeling nature" sense and feel all that is presented to you and utilize this gift. Accept this gift that is opening up to you, as this is what will give you the will to go forward into the fourth density that we speak of. Many will see lights or burst of energy when you think of certain things. Some will have different tones of color and some will also experience sound which others can't hear. These are all special gifts awakening within you.

Many other individuals will now start experiencing vivid dreams that seem to stay with you all day in a haunting manner. Many of these dreams are messages from deep within the subconscious mind that will now start to surface. Many of these dreams are individual to each person. Certain parts of the dreams that you do not understand, just ask yourself, "what does that symbol or object mean to me?" Write this down, and if the answer does not come immediately, it will reveal itself within the day.

For many others, there will be "signposts" which at first we may call coincidences. But after a while, we will notice that what we perceive as coincidences are in reality, "signposts," acting as messages from the Divine or from within.

These new frequencies that are upon us are gifts of the Divine. Now that our past is starting to surface, it is a time to reflect on all that we hold within. We must discard our past that no longer serves or has a purpose in order to make room for the new. This, we should also do within our household with items that no longer serve a purpose or items that we no longer use. Release the frequency from them in order to be free in spirit to receive.

We are all going through changes in our lives, but you also have been warned that those who resist and do not want to balance the past, will be bombarded with this new frequency that will manifest itself within our own frequency. We must release or we will get sick or breakdown with this heavy load, and unfortunately, many will leave the planet. Just release everything that no longer serves you or that is a detriment to our well being and our advancement to the Light. This can be in relationships, work, home and all matter of form.

Start on a daily basis, to clean out the closets of our household along with the closets of our minds that will not release the past. Embrace this new frequency of change and feel it empower you into the future where there will be no Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear to control your life. Utilize the frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony radiating from the heart and the Light will always protect you and set you free.

Where there is Light, there is no Fear or Want.

The Messengers Of The Light.

Finished 4:56 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


**********

Awakened at 4:03

09/18/99

DICTATION SEPTEMBER 18, 1999

(Embrace The New Frequency Of Change That Is Upon Us)

Today we would like to start with the acknowledgment of the new frequency that is now impacting the planet. It is a force of energy that is now bringing to many people different types of emotions and feelings. The new energy is inflicted on us as part of the growing process. We all came here to learn and to be part of the new change that the planet is going through. Of course, this was prior to our entrance, at birth, into this new world of change.

This new frequency is bringing up the past, for many people, in that, all the unresolved things of our past, including things that we caused or inflicted on others is now being reflected back upon us. To many individuals, this will seem as their Karma is now reflecting back, all previous acts on our fellow human beings.

This is a time of atonement, in that, we have a chance to remedy and balance all our past relationships and all unfinished business in order to progress into the future. We must act on this frequency that is impacting the planet as we can utilize its energy, which can, if we relax and accept it, be a tool in order to remedy the past. Of course, this can also be very painful in having to see all of our past, coming up like a mirror to confront us. There may be a great amount of emotional, and mental pain, which can then manifest on the physical body. This can cause many psychosomatic illnesses such as flu symptoms, headaches, sore throats, chest pains in the heart center. All types of ailments may manifest in all other parts of the body. Those who fight these things and try to reject all the memories and things of the past may get very, very sick. Those who do not confront the past, that may be in their later years, may decide to exit the planet, of course it will be in a subconscious manner.

This can be a great adventure in seeing how we can balance our past which will free and release us to the future. All old hard as a rock belief systems will start to crumble, not only on a personal physical sense, but the world over will go through these changes. We will see this with all the weather pattern and earth changes that are upon us. In our last dictation we stated that the emotions will be stirred up with all types of water related natural occurrences by Mother Nature which has already become manifest and will continue according to how humanity excepts these new changes.

The emotions are controlled by the element of water. Guilt is the out picturing of this frequency which is now upon us. Last year it was the element of fire with all the volcanic activity and fire related situations. Now that this new energy, that we speak of is upon us, the frequency of guilt will be radiated by humanity with all unbalanced frequencies from the past coming to the forefront, acting as a mirror, reflecting our past. The emotion released will be that of guilt. Guilt, in that, all that we caused to others or ourselves will now be reflected back.

This guilt that is being released by humanity will determine the intensity of Mother Nature's energy reflected back upon the planet's inhabitants. This is a time of cleansing, and if we have patience with ourselves, we all will transcend what is upon us. Although, all that we speak of is upon us, it does into mean that all humanity will be a victim to this. There are many individuals that have been of service and have no bad influence from the past, these of course will progress even higher in their evolution with their state of being. Although, the world around them may be in general turmoil, they will still be reflecting all the goodness of their past and will not be effected by the world changes. As matter of fact, they may be enhanced by it.

As these new frequencies start coming in, do not despair as this is a great learning opportunity, and the advancement can be great. Many individuals may be loosing their jobs, having break up of relationships, making major changes in their life or just feel as their whole life is in turmoil. Relax and accept the fact, that it is a time of change for the better, if we go with the flow. It can be a change for the worst if we fight it and reject it. Realize that everyone will be going through some change or another. See everything that comes back to you from the past, but work on not being emotionally involved or allow guilt to set in. Do not allow Anger, Hate, Guilt, and fear to set in. Guilt will be the foremost frequency to come upon us. We must acknowledge that life is like a school and that we are our own teachers by what we co-create with everyone that enters our life. See this planet as a school. We are here to learn and transcend all the frequencies of this three dimensional world by our own accord.

When our past is presented to us, view everything with an open mind. Do not allow the emotions to set in. View all the good things, and view all the bad things, regardless if we were the victim or the perpetrator. View everything carefully with no judgment, and see it in the same manner that you view a test you have taken in a school. Without guilt, accept all the good things you have done, and now you go over all the bad things you have done, and reassess on how you will handle those types of situations in the future. If you look at all the dark negative things and realize how you will handle them in the future, you will progress into that future that we speak of. This is evolution in progress. If we can see all our mistakes and release them back to the Light of the All That Is, we will now transcend into the future that is waiting for us. Now is the only point of power if you start immediately by writing things down that still bother you. Create your checks and balances and you will not have to go through this again in the future.

If we want to progress into the future, we must get rid of the old to make room for the new. If we do not do this, the frequency that is impacting the planet will cause it to occur, with or without us. If these changes are coming upon you, that we speak of, embrace it like a friend that is helping you to change into the future. Give thanks to the Light of the All That Is for bringing these new changes. Do not fear, follow the steps of checks and balances, and your new future is awaiting with a new adventure in life. We must all do it now in order to enjoy the future by proclaiming, "With Love, Peace and Harmony, I open my eyes in order to release the past and welcome the future with the new gift of adventure, and with this I give thanks to the Divine Light."

Let the Light of the Divine shine upon you and that you all welcome the change with open heart in order advance into the Greater Light!

The Messengers of the Light.

***************

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."      

www.messengersofthelight.com.

*************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*************

Awakened 4:57 a.m.

Started at 5:45 a.m.

DICTATION AUGUST 24, 1999

(The Gift Of Change In Our Lives, Guilt And The Resulting Effect On The Planet With Water )

Today we would acknowledge all those who have been radiating the Light from the heart center to all those trouble spots in the world. Many catastrophes have been averted and the Light has healed many areas of the planet.

This month of August has been a time of change, along with, recollections from the past, and a time to let go of all things that have been holding us back. It is a time of change and many have been quite devastated by this change within the self and others by karmic events in their lives. Still, others have been ravaged by natural disasters, which in fact are not natural at all; rather, the imbalance of frequencies, some extending from the ancient past with energies that have not been balanced and that have been accepted as a natural way of life, resulting in the shake up of old and antiquated belief systems that no longer serve a purpose.

This time of August is a time to reflect back on whatever change has come into our lives, and to see what needs to be released in order to advance with the new opportunities that will be presented to us. We must not remain grieving for what we may believe to have lost. It does not matter if it is personal or what many are calling natural disasters. We must also become aware that this cycle has not ended, as for many, it is now beginning in the same manner that the farmer tills the soil. It must be broken up and rekindled with Love, Peace & Harmony in order to plant the seeds of the next cycle.

We can lament as to what we believe we have lost, or we may rejoice for what has been released from our state of being, and thus, we allow the new change to enter swiftly through our lives. This is a time of adventure for the Children of the Light as the change is here, and all manner of crystallized form is being broken up, this creates movement within our state of being, and a new ray of Light will come into our lives if we move ourselves from within the Heart Center with an excitement of expectation for all the new that will be presented to those who embrace the change.

Comfort those who are not accepting or receiving the change with open heart so that they may also see that it is for the good of all. That we must release all forms that we have become comfortable with; but this, inadvertently has stagnated our lives in a crystallized, hard as a rock form, which must be broken up. This is all part of the Divine Plan that all of humanity is destined to experience.

Embrace the change that will come into our lives, and also accept the fact that many will choose to exit this existence. Allow in your heart, the freedom of choice for those who may not wish to participate in the change and may wish to expire whether it be by accident, health reasons, the victim of others hands, or even, what many call natural disasters or events. We all have freedom of choice and must not grieve for a choice that has been made by our loved ones or friends.

This is a time of adventure and opportunity, if we understand that it is all part of the Divine Plan that is bringing change into our lives, but we must not feel that we are the victim of what may be occurring in our lives, but rather, the blessed ones in which change has come to us in order to open other areas in our lives that have been dormant and inflexible to change. We may have this hard as a rock, crystallized forms and belief systems from the past, but as a child reborn to the new adventures that are being presented to you by all that has come upon you, it will awaken the joy that is yours to behold within the heart.

Love, Peace & Harmony must be our anchoring point within the Heart Center in order to release us by what is confused in the mind. When we think from the Heart with Love, Peace & Harmony, we then have the ability to instruct the mind what is best for us according to the Divine Plan. But in contrast, when we think with the mind without the frequency of the Heart, indecision with Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear will then over take us and the wrong decisions will be made. In words of wisdom of the ancients we must think and live by the Heart and not by the mind, and with this, Love, Peace and Harmony will prevail in our lives and our environment.

Change is still with us and will continue to be with us in the near future, but at present it is not as severe as had been predicted by the Ancient Prophets & Seers as many events have been circumvented by those Children of the Light who are aware of frequencies that have been inflicted on the planet. Many are awakening to the Light that shines within the Heart and now are aware that each individual can enact change for the betterment of humanity.

The planet is in the process of cleansing itself of all parasitic situations inflicted upon it as Mother Nature has the ability to enact change by the elements of Fire, Earth, Water and Wind. The counterparts of these elements, in an imbalance state which humanity radiates, is Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. (Anger = Fire, Hate = Earth, Guilt = Water, Fear = Wind. The Elements.) In this, we may come to understand that what humanity calls natural events are not natural at all but rather the "cause and effect" that humanity, by their own actions of "cause," has inflicted on the planet. The planet in turn answers with the "effect" which humanity then misinterprets as a natural event, which of course, is not natural at all, but caused by our own actions of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. Replace these negative frequencies of energy and rid yourself of these Four Lower Quadrant frequencies by replacing them with Love, Peace, and Harmony from your Heart Center.

Become aware as to how many times in one day that we may patronize these negative frequencies. Anger, Hate and Fear are very easy to distinguish, but the element of Guilt is what is causing a great amount of harm which keeps us shackled to "old crystallized belief systems" that hold no purpose in life. This, to a great degree, is the cause of great shake ups in our lives. The cause and effect of this frequency is what will bring upon us great disasters with the element of water which has already started by what we assume to be natural events. Floods, torrents of rain, hurricanes, gales and anything associated with water will become the evening news around the world. Those with the ability to radiate Love, Peace and Harmony from their Heart can and will subside these events. As the Master spoke to calm the sea, he proclaimed, "peace be still" and the waters became calm. This gift has been bestowed upon us by the use of the Heart Center. We all must awaken to the Children of the Light.

Those who listen and read these Dictations will awaken to that spark of Light that lies within. Many will awaken to what lies dormant in the Heart which will reveal this gift that we speak about, as we all have a higher purpose in life. This will be released as a new adventure during this time of change. Not by what is spoken or written by the scribe who receives these Dictations for all to read, but by that small still voice within your individual Heart Center which radiates with the Love that needs to be released. All "crystallized belief systems" will shatter; thus allowing Love, Peace and Harmony to radiate from the Heart which will bring tears of joy in the awakening process.

Shine your Light so that all my prosper with the gift of change.

The Messengers Of The Light.

Finished 7:06 a.m.

***************

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."      

www.messengersofthelight.com.

*************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*************

Awakened 4:24 a.m.

Started at 4:45 a.m.

DICTATION JUNE 16, 1999

(Learning To Receive The Message, Thought Forms, Healing Of Earthquakes)

We would liked to start this morning with a word of praise for all those that listen to the messages that we bring. Many individuals make the call but then they do not wait to receive the message. In this, they believe that their requests have not been answered. We must remember that most messages come in many different forms. Everyone expects to receive a personal message in the manner that this scribe receives these Dictations. What is required is quiet contemplation and then the raising of the frequency from the Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear by releasing this lower frequencies of animal like man, the frequency is then raised to the Heart Center of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

Once a state of Peace is enacted, free of the Four Lower Quadrant of the elementals, we then listen and feel the innermost vibrations within the heart center. This is devoid of the mental frequency as you do not think the message. The mental capacity creates in a self willed pattern, and in doing this, we are thinking a message, believing that it is of the Divine. The message cannot be thought, it must be free of the mental frequencies.

When we are capable of keeping the mind quiet for a period of three minutes, we then are capable of receiving the messages according to the Divine Plan. This will not be in regular conversation in any mental capacity. As with this scribe, he is able to quiet the mind at certain times, then he raises the frequency of the Heart to a higher point, and as we bring this message, we in turn bring the frequency down to meet at a halfway point, and mental telepathy occurs where he is able to receive the message as it is given. Not everyone will be able to do this immediately, but it is available to all.

The three prerequisites are that it be, "Not My Will But Thine Be Done," which is letting go of the ego and requesting that it be of the Higher Source of the Divine. Then it is followed by, "Let It Be According To Divine Law And Order," which is declaring that we release our Earth bound belief systems and releasing all lower animal mind crystallization's which come from the Four Lower Quadrant. Then we request, "Harmlessness To All," in this we have a safe guard that no one is harmed by whatever may be interpreted or received in error.

We have mentioned in previous Dictations that all will soon be opening up the frequencies of mental telepathy. This will be occurring naturally by the raising frequency of the planet. Many are already receiving thought forms from their loved ones and friends. And many are also receiving these thought forms from their enemies. We must become aware that our thoughts will soon be able to be picked up by everyone. Humanity as a whole, will have to learn a new set of principles in order not to effect others by their thoughts, as all will be open. The first step is to free oneself of the frequencies of the elementals of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. We must become aware that these frequencies are not only hurting humanity as a whole, but most important, it is effecting the planet.

We have stated that the planet has a system to cleanse itself of parasites that will cause harm, and they will be eliminated by the same frequencies emitted by the parasites; and this is, by the frequencies of the elementals of Fire = Anger, Earth = Hate, Water = Guilt, and Wind = Fear. These elementals generated by humanity will then cause the elementals to react back.

Many who have received the Dictations and who have radiated the frequencies of Love, Peace, and Harmony have already healed many areas of damage to the planet. Anger has been unleashed by most of the population and now it is being followed by the frequency of Earth which is the human elemental of Hate. This will cause land movement, land slides, earth changes and most important, earthquakes.

In a previous Dictation, we gave the message as to how to feel the impending earthquake. The human body responds with frequencies in the lower abdomen, with a certain unusual feeling of anxiety and nervousness. It is also felt as headaches, nausea, followed by convulsions of the stomach. There is also a tingling sensation and sometimes an aching of the bones. Vertigo is a very common sensation. The most common will be the feeling of anxiety of "solar plexus hits" below the rib cage and in the stomach area usually within three days prior to the unleashing of the earthquake.

The earthquake in the area of Mexico was felt by many resulting in unusual anomalies to the body in the last three days. (An earthquake hit Mexico at 20:42 yesterday afternoon on June 15 measuring 6.7 PLM.) Just prior to the unleashing of this earthquake there was a confused state with many and also a feeling of Anger. The Anger of all individuals that were feeling this anxiety triggered the massive earthquake. All who read this can reflect back to the exact time and reflect how humanity, in the close proximity of this area, were effected. We must learn to detect these anomalies and sensations that usually do not originate from the self.

We spoke of two cities that were shown to this scribe in a "dream vision" that are situated directly on top of fault lines. (This was on a Dictation given on May 23, 1999. Scroll down to read this Dictation. PLM) These two cities are in need of repair, and by Divine Law, presently cannot be revealed. But those who will utilize the technique that we have dictated, will feel the direction and exact location of these two cities that are in need of the frequency of repair, and can be healed by radiating Love, Peace & Harmony in the direction needed.

When we start feeling these sensations and anomalies, one does not have to suffer as in the case of those who are highly sensitive. Once we start to feel these frequencies, stand erect with the eyes closed and slowly turn in a circle; you will detect the direction these frequencies are coming from. Investigate the general direction and what cities are in that direction. Raise the frequency of your being above the Four Lower Quadrant of the elements, lifting the frequency up to the Heart Center and you will find immediate relief of these anomalies which can be very severe and painful to those who are extremely sensitive.

Prior to this Earthquake in Mexico, many sensitive individuals have had accidents, made errors of judgment, had sleepless nights, or have felt ill in one form or another. This anxiety has also effected animals who run away or create a disturbance in recognition of these anomalies. Although many have felt relief after this Earthquake in Mexico, many are starting to feel the anxiety again in the early hours of the mornings. A feeling of restlessness.

We have stated before, that these earthquakes do not have to happen as humanity has dominion over the elements if we raise our individual frequency to the Heart Center releasing Love, Peace & Harmony to these troubled areas and to all those caught in the frequencies of the lower animal mind.

Frequencies are energy vibrations that when impulsed with the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony, generated from each individual heart center, can do wonders in the healing process of the planet and all those of lower animal mind. All we have to do is feel the frequency radiating from the heart with the affirmation, "Not My Will But Thine Be Done, Let This Be According To Divine Law & Order, & Harmlessness To All." I now radiate Love, Peace & Harmony from my heart to those in need or the areas in need. We can direct this energy in whatever manner we may choose by this affirmation which creates protection for all concerned.

Prayer works in that a great many of people request for higher intervention for that which is requested. When we become the Children of the Light we are active participants as Angels in Form to bring in the Higher Frequencies of the Divine in order to be of service and to help humanity and the environment. A handful of those we call the Children of the Light can do the work that it would taken hundreds to sometimes a thousand persons who pray from the frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant. Once we denounce Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear we are released from the elements. When we activate the Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony we become empowered as the Children of the Light in service for those in need of healing along with healing the planet.

The earthquake in Mexico is the precursor of what will follow if we do not take up the frequency of the Divine and radiate it to those areas of need. Feel the anomalies which will come upon us prior to the manifestation of a serious earthquake. Any effort will help and reduce the intensity. If those that have eyes to see with clear vision & will respond to these Dictations, they can completely eliminate all possibility of any impending disaster.

Let the Light shine within you heart and awaken the healing frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony for all to learn and be healed. May the Light of the Divine shine upon you on these days of change. This is a time of adventure for the Children of the Light. Peace be with you always.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 6:01 a.m.

"This Dictation may be freely copied and distributed for noncommercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site."

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

www.messengersofthelight.com

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


************

Awakened at 4:00 a.m.

Started at 4:07 a.m.

DICTATION JUNE 8, 1999

(New Advancements,The Coming Changes,The New Frequency)

We would like to start with a message of Light that will fulfill the wishes of many, in that, we now are in a frequency of change, and it does look like there are some very positive advancements within humanity. There are many beacons of Light that have shined the frequency of the Divine in order to effect a positive change. There have been many advancements which will start manifesting within your news media regarding a variety of subjects that those that have eyes to see, within the frequency of Light, will recognize the dramatic change that those who we call the Children Of The Light have sponsored. You will feel a coordinate frequency within the Heart Center in recognition of these blessed souls.

Within these weeks in June, many will surface with the variety of subjects which they have been working on with tremendous zeal in their search for Truth, and will now realize their work as being fulfilled. This new frequency of change that we have spoken about in recent Dictations, is now energizing those who endeavor to work with the Light for the greater good of humanity. Their service is of the Heart.

In contrast, we must also acknowledge that there are those who follow the path of the Dark within the Law of Self, and these individuals, also are dedicated to their work and are also seeing fruition within their framework of mind. Needless to say, there will be some confrontations at a higher mental level which will be the next battleground of those who wish to have this confrontation for their choice of being.

There are many other advancements that will also come to play, as there are going to be many new innovations in the field of science, medicine and many other technologies which are now being manifest; this may come as a surprise to many who cannot comprehend such advancements. Everything will accelerate in all levels of being.

With all these changes, there will be many who are not cognizant of the barrage of frequencies that are coming into play, and this can effect the mind center. Within the past few weeks, we have seen many that are now planning to exit the planet and many who have recently made this transition. There are many that find that this is no longer their world as their "belief systems" are being shattered within their crystallized forms.

Little by little, many are becoming aware of the hereafter or the other side of reality which is within the Astral State with phenomena that cannot be explained. This, as we have mentioned before, will cause confusion with those who are resisting the change and are now starting to question their sanity. Of course, many are keeping these things to themselves, as they do not want to let others know that there is a possibility of negative "mental health frustration" which may alienate them from what they believe to be, an acceptable society standard.

Now is the time for many to start questioning our loved ones, if they have been experiencing unexplained phenomena, and we may be surprised as to what we may hear. This change is rapidly coming on and we will start to see radical changes with those around us. Because of these changes, we may personally feel that many are now abandoning us as friends, and others, will be surprised as to all that is now entering our circle of friends. Now is a time of awakening.

Many of these things that we speak of will all not come in a matter of days or weeks but in many cases, it can be within the twinkling of the eye. It is all according to each individual soul as there are still many who are asleep in their waking state and are not aware of what is occurring around them, as they stay within their own proximity of being. But when they suddenly awaken to what is changing around them, it may be a minor shock to the system. It is not uncommon to daily hear those who are awakening, "My God, what is this world coming to?" Although this may sound vague to many, from this day forward, it will carry a different resonance which will sound within the soul. Dramatic changes are upon us.

This last moon cycle has effected many who may now have become separated from their circle of friends and acquaintances, and many who are considering ending relationships that no longer serve a purpose. Because many of our close individual friends are changing and are creating certain demands to our progress in life, many will withdraw within the self in an emotional state of hopelessness. Somehow they feel abandoned by those who they considered their friends or loved ones. This is not a time to withdraw within in a state of emotional abandonment, as this is the way of the Dark which may inadvertently and silently overtake us. It is a time to withdraw within the Light of the Divine in search for greater Truths which can be in a positive state of meditation, prayer or inspiration in whatever manner will excite the soul to advance with all the new changes that are coming upon us.

This can be a very exciting time filled with adventure and wonderment in search for the Greater Light of Truth. Of course, there may be chaos all around us in some form or another, but it should not hinder our advancement within these changes.

There will be many that may criticize our actions as they feel that if they feel down and out in losing their "crystallized belief systems," that we should also be in this state of mourning or becoming a recluse like them; and in addition, that we are no longer sensitive to their needs and desires which are falling apart. We must neither except or deny these feelings within them, but we must not be pulled into their needs and desires as it will eventually consume us to their depth of despair which will eventually come to all those who resist the changes.

We must all be the beacons of light with a burning desire to shine the Light in all areas of darkness including our friends and loved ones who may be consumed into the Darkness by their own choice. This may come as a heavy burden for many, who in their sorrow, will be drawn to those who have made their choice by self will. This can eventually, and unintentionally, consume us by those that we love who are caught up in these states of depression. We must accept the fact that they have made their own choice and we must respect that which cannot be changed, other than by self willed manipulation by the Law of Self, which can over take us in our desire to help those who have already accepted their choice. We must not become a victim to those who have already chosen to become victims.

This is all part of the change and there will be many choices presented to us, but ultimately, we must distinguish what is of the Dark and what is of the Light. This can only come as a Divine Truth from within our individual Heart Center. The mind is the tool of fallen man. Those of the Light will recognize Truth stemming from the Heart Center, and with this Divine Truth, they now proceed to instruct the Mind Center on how to follow the Divine Plan. This will come in a state of Love, Peace and Harmony. Love is the key, which is defined as the Light of the ALL THAT IS, which is the essence we call God, the Higher Consciousness, the Universe or whatever we desire to call this higher knowing.

Do not be tempted to withdraw into a shell with all that may be occurring within your life, regardless of how small or how heavy the load may be. It only becomes a load of burden if we stand still without movement. Movement must be enacted in order to receive the new frequencies that are coming upon us. Prepare yourself on a daily basis with the awareness that each day may bring about a change that may rattle our "belief systems" and which may tempt us to "withdraw or to resist." To "withdraw or resist" is the animal frequency of the "fight or flight syndrome" of the lower animal mind. We must persist that there is nothing to restrict us in our freedom of choice. By staying within the moment and by not reacting to this change that is coming upon us, or is being inflicted upon us, in this state of not reacting or being a part of what is occurring, we will rise above it. Only those who "withdraw or resist" will become victimized by this change.

On a daily basis, prepare the mind on how not to react to whatever may occur within our day, and recognize that all that is occurring is for the benefit of those who have called this upon themselves, although, sometimes we may be on the receiving end of these actions.

By becoming aware that there are and can be dramatic changes, and that it is all part of the Divine Plan which is occurring at the end to this Grand Cycle; we can rise above all that may become manifest within our own environment. It is a time to behold the new adventure by radiating the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony on a daily basis, and by welcoming the coming changes within the new frequency that is being bestowed upon us. It is not a time to resist as the changes are here, with or without us, and by being the "beacon of light," we will co-create with the Greater Light in order to shine, so that we, along with all our loved ones and friends, will find the way to the next level of enlightenment, regardless of what is occurring within the world around us.

We shine the Light so that those who have the Light within will receive and share the message as there will be no fear. Anger, Hate, Guilt and most importantly, Fear, will not be part of our existence. Where there is Light the Four Lower Quadrant does not exist. Shine that special Light that is within you so that all may find the way of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

The Messengers Of The Light

Finished 5:33 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


***********

Awakened at 4:27 a.m.

Started at 4:45 a.m.

DICTATION MAY 30, 1999

(Today's End Of A Cycle, The Fourth Density, Sixth Sense)

You have been awakened to receive this message on this day of the earthly cycle of completion. Today will mark the end of a cycle that has befallen mankind. A new cycle will now start with a change in many areas of individual's lives. Many have come to an end in certain life cycles and are beginning with a new cycle with many lessons to be incurred. This is a time to have patience with oneself. These changes along with the rising frequency of the planet can become quite unbearable for many. Along with this, the frequency that is being multiplied by the anger of the masses can be quite overwhelming.

If we can have patience with ourselves, by maintaining our frequency in check so that we do not add to the already existing frequencies that are now coming to the planet, we will be able to circumvent many things that could add to the already existing conditions.

It is important that we think from the Heart before we act in all matters that confront us. We must not be to quick to judge or execute every condition in our lives as many things can be coming at us, all at the same time, but we must deal with these things in a peaceful manner.

There will be many souls that none of these things that we speak of will occur within their own frequency of being, as they are already prepared and are subconsciously immune to these conditions; they are the blessed ones. But we will concern ourselves with those who are feeling these negative frequencies and life is starting to become a little to hard to bear.

We must start with our own Feeling Nature in becoming cognizant as to what is our own frequency and what is coming to us from the outside. In the past Dictations we have mentioned that there are many frequencies that are now being felt, that these are in fact, coming from the planetary system, especially the Sun. This is all in Divine Law and Order as these circumstances do occur during certain cycles within the earth's existence. It is important to realize that not all that you feel is your own frequency.

Every time we start to have a different mood change, become aware of its source. One minute we may be at peace and the next minute a feeling of anxiety may enter the picture. The elements of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear will be prevalent at this time. If we become aware of these mood changes that occur with us as not all being from within oneself, we will make great strides in overriding these frequencies that are otherwise impacting the rest of humanity.

Once you become aware that these certain feelings that we have described are not originating from you, relax the attention within oneself, and see if you can feel the source where these frequencies are originating from. Invariably, the first thought that comes to mind, utilizing the animal instinct of the sixth sense, will ultimately be the correct one. If it is a loved one within your own family structure, or if it is that of a friend, by noting the time and the type of frequency, and by being prepared with the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony, you may be of help to this person in need.

The rising frequency of the planet is intensifying, causing many to feel tired and exhausted, but yet not being able to have a good nights sleep. With the impacting frequencies that we are being bombarded with on a daily basis, it can start to wear down the nerves. Many relationships are now ending, and those in search of better situations are starting new cycles, but are not quite happy with the circumstances. It is like coming out of a battle to try to start again with the spoils of war where there is not much to start over with. We must deflect and release these feelings of hopelessness. We must be persistent in bringing in the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony within our lives, even if we have to repeat it 100 times a day. We must be persistent in order to rise above what is impacting all of humanity.

We must start with breathing exercises which can be a simple as stating, "I breathe in the new rising frequencies of the planet with Love, Peace & Harmony and I adapt to the new changes by neither excepting or rejecting that which I feel that is new to me. I now welcome the change." If we can accept and adapt to the change, our bodies will not resist what seems unnatural to it; which can otherwise, cause it to deteriorate and become sick. Most of all the animal species in Nature are already adapting to the new change as they go with the flow of things. Of course, there are many species that will now become extinct as their cycle will now come to an end and others will appear or become an instant outgrowth of adaptation seeming to evolve to another form of the same species. In the past, this is what has always baffled scientists as to how certain species of animal appear and disappear or are suddenly evolved in a short span of time.

If we can understand and become aware that this is a normal end of a Grand Cycle occurring in a natural process within the Divine Plan of Nature, by adapting we will also evolve with the new frequency.

The reason many prognosticators of the future are not able to see into the window of the coming millennium is that we do not have any memory banks as to comprehend that which the world will evolve to. This has caused much confusion as to the future of mankind and has been erroneously interpreted that mankind will cease to exist with just a few that survive. This is both incorrect and correct. What they see is that very few will survive and still maintain the old physical forms of being which will not change much. These are those that we speak off that are not being effected by the increase in frequency and all other anomalies effecting the rest of mankind. (The blessed one who will phase out of incarnation. PLM) But what they see as the demise of the rest of humanity, is in fact, and can be, that many will self-destruct by not adapting.

What they are not able to see is the new race that will transcend the third density into the fourth density, which will be those who will adapt and transcend the frequency into a new generation of evolved souls. And because we have no idea of how this will be; ultimately, we must accept that we are not into the fourth density yet to understand all the Divine Laws which are special to it. (These will be those who raise their frequency and transcend the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear, by opening up the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony. PLM)

For those who are able to adapt and transcend, it will be the 1,000 years of peace that are spoken about in the "Sacred Texts." And because the new window into that dimension is not quite open yet, those who prognosticate the future are not able to see "that which they know not about" and assume that very little of humanity has survived, which will be those who are not effected by this change and they will slowly phase out of incarnation and eventually only those of the fourth density will exist into the future. This may baffle many as those in the science of archeology have been baffled as to how certain species of creatures in the past suddenly appeared on the planet and certain others, suddenly became extinct.

This is why we Dictate that the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony must be accepted within our lives; not only to adapt to the rising frequency of the planet and all incoming frequencies, but also to evolve to reach that state of harmony in order to exist in the 1,000 years of peace that much has been spoken about. This is a time of change ending with today's cycle, and a new beginning starts tomorrow. (May 31, 1999. PLM)

We must, on a daily basis, raise our own frequencies above the elements of Fire, Earth, Water & Wind, which are the corresponding frequencies of lower mankind and the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. We must raise the frequency into the Heart Center of the Divine Christed Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony which is the Trinity of the new millennium which will take us into the Fourth Density which awaits the new mankind of the future. We must all learn to adapt as Mother Nature is now gearing up to the new change which can have some devastating effects to those who do not understand the changes and who resist by not allowing the sixth sense to help us in detecting that which can do us harm.

On a daily basis, we must feel the frequencies that are impacting us and discern what originates from us and what is from the outside coming in. Every feeling and emotion along with every physical feeling must be accounted for. Learn to recognize the cause and origin, and by relaxing the attention, we will learn to adapt and except the Natural Rise In Frequency that is part of the Divine Plan in order to transcend all the negative impacts of the Four Lower Quadrant.

The radiating frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony coming from the Heart Center will open up the Feeling Nature from within in order to survive and evolve to the Fourth Density. This is a great time of adventure and should not be looked at as a time of calamity. We must view it in the same manner that the heart of an innocent child wants to go out and play in the rain. With the absence of Fear it can be a lot of fun. We must view it as an adventure as once you discover the "sixth sense" opening up within you, it will be a great sense of discovery and it will bring about this adventure that we speak of, free of the elements.

In the last dictation we gave the insight of how to detect earthquakes by the frequencies that will be felt on the physical body along with closing the eyes, standing erect, and feel where the frequencies are coming form. In like manner, you can also detect the source of all frequencies impacting you, especially those of loved ones and friends. Spread this message to those that are willing to receive as we all must become the Beacons of Light, radiating Love, Peace and Harmony in order to heal oneself and the planet. The radiating of these frequencies can divert many disasters.

Divine Law only allows us, as Messengers and Guardians of the planet, to disseminate information in answer to the call of the masses which has been requested in the form of prayer and the cries for help. The two cities that we spoke about in the last Dictation serves as a lesson on how these destruction's can be averted. If the earthquakes do occur, which are emanate probabilities, it will show that those who read the Dictation did not follow the message that was requested in the form of prayer. Those who will feel the frequencies by the methods described will know the direction of these two cities and by the radiation of Love, Peace & Harmony, will within days, feel that the frequencies that were detected will eventually subside by this application. The name of these two cities cannot be presently revealed as humanity must start the repair work. (This is about a dream vision I was given of two cities that are on earthquake fault lines that need attention from those who will send frequencies of Light to repair and heal that area according to last week's Dictation given on May 23, 1999. PLM) Learn to detect and to feel; truth will be revealed by what you feel and how it is awakened within. This Truth will set you free from the Four Lower Quadrant.

Many read these messages out of curiosity, but we must all start to heal the planet and to transmute all of the elements by the gift that resides in your individual Heart. The planet is going through it change, with or without you, and all of this will be self evident by what you see that is occurring on the planet on a daily basis. We must all answer the call from within our Hearts.

Let the Light of the Divine shine to those who will awaken truth from within their heart in order to be of service to those who are still in the dark. Shine!

The Messengers of the Light

Finished 6:24 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ/VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


***************

DICTATION MAY 23, 1999

(The Detection Of Earthquakes, The Next Full Moon, Anger & Hate Rising Again.)

We will start this morning with a recognition and a response to the prayers that have been rising concerning the anger that many are feeling. Once again, there is a great distinction as to the frequencies that many are feeling, as the planet is now being bombarded with frequencies from other planets, and especially, the Sun. This is all part of the Grand Cycle that is bringing in this phenomena that occurs at certain given times in the history of the planet. This is all according to the Divine Plan.

Many have incarnated during this time of change as the frequency of the planet is rising to a higher vibration and into the next density. Presently the planet Earth is vibrating in the third density, and during this cycle, it will reach the next density which is bringing in these frequencies that are effecting the human body.

Many individuals will be effected by this next full moon cycle as the incoming frequencies are being felt by the mass population. This can be felt as pressure in the head, headaches, tingling in the muscles, along with joint pains. There is stress to the physical body along with stress to the top mantle of the earth's crust. Many have worked on creating frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony which have circumvented many potential earthquakes, but the intensity of the new frequency coming in, is now creating a potential for earthquakes, especially along all the known faults. The author, as the chosen messenger, was given a dream as to the conditions of the faults and they are once again building up the stress. (Last night I was given a dream vision wherein I could see the faults underlying certain cities. I could see something like white bands that seemed to have been used to mend these faults in a similar way that one would stitch a tear in clothing. Most of the cities seemed to be mended well, but there were two that were bulging and creating stress to the stitch work and unless paid attention to, the stitching will break causing devastation. I was not given the name of the cities, but I instinctively knew that this previous repair work was done by individuals capable of radiating Light as a healing frequency and it would have to be brought to their attention again. PLM)

We as individuals must release the stress that we are suppressing and allow the stress frequency to be released in creativity, exercise, prayer, inspiration and meditation. Much stress can be relieved by words of kindness to those who are now feeling the potential to explode. The frequency will now increase form this day forward culminating with the full moon cycle. (The date of this Dictation is May 23, 1999 and the full moon will be on May 30, 1999) There will be some release of sorts but the potential to release this frequency with outbursts of anger is very likely during this period.

We must become aware of all our friends and acquaintances who will start showing signs of the build up of stress. It is important to know that it is not the personal self where it is originating; but rather, it is the rising frequency of the planet that is increasing along with certain frequencies that are impacting the planet from without. Solar activity is the prime factor in the chain reaction that effects all of the planets within this solar system.

This is why the ancients called it a time of testing or tribulation. This is not from an angry God or a time of punishment; but rather, a time to elevate and transcend the lower frequency of a third dimensional planet. All inhabitants of the planet elected to be born during this cycle, as a time of testing or initiation, to see if we can withstand the impacting frequencies which will cause an initiation of all that has been learned in being able to transcend the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear, along with many other lessons in life. Those who have already mastered and transcended these frequencies will evolve to higher realms.

Those who are not able withstand the earth bound frequencies will then participate within the next Grand Cycle. This is not a time to hold fear as we are here for the great adventure. Once we understand why all this is taking place, an awakening will occur, and it will show us that the world's problems have a purpose. It is like a final test to see how we can transcend and overcome everything that will come our way. Many will get stronger and many who do not understand what is occurring may get weaker.

All the hardships and destruction that has occurred in the past ten years along with all that will still come upon us does not have to be so intense. The Divine Plan was already going to manifest itself within the actions of Mother Nature. Being that our brain waves create energy, multiplied by all of humanity, can become a highly intense powerful frequency, that will in fact, effect the planet. Currently, anger is starting to manifest along with hate, this will effect the earth's upper crust being pushed by volcanic activity propelled by this anger. Anger is the equivalent of the element of fire. Hate is the equivalent of the element earth which will cause earthquakes, landslides, inundation and sinking of property.

We can all become aware of when an earthquake is about to occur. The upper mantle will receive magnetic stress signals or vibrations which can cause disorientation, vertigo and dizzy spells along with joint pains. These will be different from other similar type ailments. The underlying feeling which will give you a clue that these anomalies are different, will be the addition of a certain frequency of anxiety within the solar plexus area, right below the rib cage. It will fluctuate or intensify. When we start sensing these anomalies, if we stand erect and close our eyes, turning in a circle, we will feel the direction of these magnetic stress signals and where the earthquake will potentially occur.

Although, we may receive these frequencies, there is no need for fear as you have been blessed with the awareness of what can potentially occur. We say potentially, because the earthquake does not have to occur. If like minds receive this message and become aware of the potential, it only takes a handful of people to radiate the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony to alleviate the stress in the direction it is occurring. With prayer you need hundreds of people, whereas, those who radiate the Light that comes through them, but not of them, will have a tremendous effect which is manifested by just a handful who radiate Love, Peace & Harmony. We must take responsibility by being active participants in the radiation of Light frequency from our heart center.

Prayer works in a process of asking a higher source to do the job for us. By being active participants we become the Children of the Light by radiating the Light of the Divine to the problem area. This may sound unbelievable to those who have no faith, but in a time of danger or destruction, many will awaken to their innate potential. We must start practicing now.

We have stated and warned in past dictations about probabilities, and those who have awakened to the Light within their Heart Center have taken action and have averted many disasters; including, many that were prophesied by the Ancients. You may use any affirmation that feels comfortable according to your chosen faith or religion but the acknowledgment that the Light radiates from the Heart Center is all that is required. This is where the spark of the Divine resides in each individual who wishes to transcend the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear.

Love, Peace & Harmony can only be radiated from the Heart Center where truth resides according to each individual soul. The frequency in the Heart Center then instructs the mind in the brain as to how to handle every aspect of our lives. We all can be the Children of the Light to heal the planet. The Children of the Light must awaken to their true purpose in Life in order to be of service to humanity and all living things.

Let the Light of the Divine manifest so that all will awaken from the dark.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 2:03 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L.MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*************

DICTATION MAY 16, 1999

(The Elements, The Raising Frequency Of The Planet, The End Of The Grand Cycle.)

We would like to speak to the masses about the Light frequency that is now being radiated to the planet in Divine Law and Order. This is a phenomena that occurs every so many thousand of years according to the planetary system of cycles. We have dictated that the planet Earth is going through the end of the "Grand Cycle" which occurs as a system of change in directing certain cleansing processes within the Divine Will of the All That Is. This does not mean that it is the end of the world, but to many individuals, it will be the end as to the way they perceive the world.

You have all been sensing and reading about the last days according to scripture and many other sources, such as prognostications, and predictions by certain souls with the gift of vision. We must all understand that all that perceive the Light within their range of vision will perceive what they see  and it will be evaluated by their own point of view. This is not to say that they are wrong, but in the same manner that an aborigine in the darkest uncivilized continent would perceive an airplane in their vision, they would have to perceive what this is that they see, according to their frame of knowledge, if any, regarding airplanes. But someone in your large cities completely familiar with airplanes would be more accurate in perceiving the same vision.

What is occurring on the planet is a change in frequency that started accelerating in 1987, and then in 1997 it increased its frequency to a higher intensity. This causes many to be agitated and having to come face to face with the elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. With these frequencies that have been accelerating with the planet, the elemental forces are being activated into a process of cleansing, along with the exact equivalent of the elements, this does in fact, effect the elements of the planet with fire = anger, earth = hate, water = guilt, and wind = fear, which are the corresponding elements. These are now activated throughout the planet in Divine Law in order so that the planet and humanity, can cleanse themselves and balance these frequencies.

We must take in consideration that like attracts like, and the mass population who also manifest these frequencies within their own system, they also, in the same manner as the planet, must cleanse themselves. During these turbulent times, many individuals are having to cope with certain of these elements, if not all of them, within their own lives. We are all interconnected with the planet and as it goes through its changes, so must each individual go through this change of cleansing within their own system of being.

Many souls are connected with group karma, which means that certain grouping of individuals that have to learn certain lessons with the elements and the corresponding frequency within themselves, will find that these elements will erupt from within their own system. What is occurring within the planet is equally occurring within the self. All are interconnected.

By becoming aware of your environment and the certain elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear that keeps erupting from within the self or being presented to you from the outside coming in, which may be in a form of testing your tolerance, is in fact, a lesson to behold. You are facing what is within the self with these manifestations of the elements.

In the same manner that the planet is going through its cleansing process, we must also become aware of how we are reacting with these frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. We are all in a state of cleansing.

We must become aware that whatever is presented to us, or what is erupting from us, is a lesson in life and we must balance the frequencies; otherwise, we will be adding fuel to the elements and what is already occurring on the planet. We know what these elements can do regarding Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear within our own system, but we must also become knowledgeable that anger = fire, which brings about volcanoes, violence and all manner of destruction. Hate = Earth, and brings about earthquakes, landslides, and all manner of earth movement which can bring destruction. Guilt = Water, which effects the emotional system of individuals and humanity, this will stop us from progressing and learning our lessons in life. This creates destruction with floods, inundation of land masses. Fear = Wind, which is the impassive state of the element of air, and when allowed to become manifest, it will paralyze the sixth sense overcoming the power to perceive things as they really are. This brings about tornadoes, destructive winds, gales, hurricanes and all manner of destruction.

No one is being punished by a higher source; in fact, we are being blessed with an opportunity to transcend the Four Lower Quadrant during this time of change which is occurring with the Grand Cycle. We all chose to be here during this time of cleansing and we must wake up to all that is being made manifest in our lives. This is a time of great adventure and opportunity.

We must maintain control and take responsibility of all that is currently taking place in our lives, knowing that if these frequencies are within us, we are the individuals that must start the cleansing process within ourselves and the environment. Those who do not meet their responsibility with what is being made manifest, or what is being attracted to us as individuals, will meet with whatever destructive force is made manifest; regardless, if it is by Mother Nature or our own frequency. We must all take responsibility for all that is being called into our lives.

This does not have to be the end of the world, but for many it will be, because of failure to except the responsibility of our relationship with the elements. We must all make a daily effort to transcend the elemental by raising our frequency out of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear which holds lower humanity in bondage. We must raise the frequency by accepting responsibility for all that is occurring in our lives and why we are attracting it.

Create a frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony by slowly breathing in these frequency into the Heart Center of your being. Anyway that you do this will be correct; it is the intention and the frequency of intent that will bring you into the Heart Center. It can be as simple as stating, " I become aware of the Four Lower Quadrant and I do not allow these elemental frequencies to take my power away. I breath in Love, Peace & Harmony into my Heart and I am whole and clean with the presence of the Divine."

You can make up your own affirmation or prayer by listening to your Heart and not your mind. The mind can be manipulated by the "Dark Side" but the Heart Center, which holds that spark of Light of the Divine, is always pure in its state of being and cannot be deceived. Follow the Light of the Sacred Heart of the Divine, and you will always be guided with the sixth sense which will open up to you.

The "lower animal mind" is the deceiver but the Sacred Heart of the Divine, which is that spark of Light located in our Heart Center, with the essence of the ALL THAT IS, holds truth.

Shine your Light so that we may all heal ourselves and transcend the elemental of the Four Lower Quadrant. May you all shine your Light in order that your brothers & sisters will find their way to their individual spark of Light; and thus, release themselves from the dark.

With Light we shine.

The Messengers of the Light Finished 3:17 p.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

******************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


****************

DICTATION MAY 9, 1999

(Mothers Day, Mental Telepathy, Earth Changes Caused By The Elements & Lower Mankind)

Today we find ourselves in a very loving frequency for those women who have born in the title of motherhood. This is in fact a glorious day for all to behold as the frequency of the planet has intensified by the loving thought forms of all who would like to convey their love for their mothers. It is such a loving feeling that overwhelms the senses, that if all on the planet could convey in unison with these frequencies of Love, there would be much healing on the planet and all mankind would benefit.

We would also like to convey that the prayers and frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony for the three taken captive and held during the time of the Master's remembrance, has also become a miracle to behold by those who shined and radiated for their safe return. (This refers to the three American Soldiers taken prisoners in the conflict in Scosovo during holy week in 1999 and released this week by the efforts of Jessie Jackson as an aide. Much has to be done in the form of prayer and Light in order not to allow the door where evil dwells to be open in this part of the world as dictated previously. PLM)

We are here to convey messages in response to the prayers and cries of the masses (The world population. PLM) and can dictate that which is allowed without violating free will. If we have been reading the past dictations we will learn as to why certain things are occurring within the realm of humanity. During your fall season and part of last summer, the presence of volcanic activity was prevalent with the festering Anger by humanity, which manifested as these volcanoes.

We would like to speak about the frequencies that keep humankind in bondage which are the elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. These are the elements that become manifest in humanity in correspondence to the elements of the planet which are: Fire = Anger, Earth = Hate, Water = Guilt, and Air in the impassive state of Wind = Fear. This we refer to as the Four Lower Quadrant of "animal like man" who has not evolved to the Heart Center of the Sacred Heart of the Divine of Love, Peace and Harmony. This is the trinity of balance within Mother Nature. The frequency of the Heart Center transcends the lower nature of mankind caught in the frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant made manifest.

The planet has a way of cleansing itself when mankind starts to make these frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant made manifest in releasing its frequencies on mankind.

The element of air is in a peaceful state devoid of the frequency of Fear. Once Fear sets in, air activates into wind, or the equivalent of such, which will result in destruction with tornadoes, gales, high winds, hurricanes in all manner of form.

When we have the element of water, it activates into a destructive force by the corresponding frequency of guilt, all manner of activity associated to water, will become manifest by this element. We are all here to learn and advance to the Light, but if we allow guilt to enter our lives, it will in effect, cause harm to our emotional body and our ability to learn and become awake.

The element of Fire/Anger was activated throughout the latter part of 1998 which was then followed by anomalies associated by Water/Guilt, followed recently by tornadoes and high winds which is associated to Fear. (We have had many destructive tornadoes with loss of life and property in the past few weeks. PLM)

This will now give you insight as to what may follow if humanity starts to bring in the element of Hate associated to the element of earth. This can result in earthquakes, landslides and all other anomalies associated with this element. (Today there was a devastating landslide in Hawaii with fatalities. PlM)

All of these things do not have to occur or become manifest if humanity raises the consciousness of all by becoming aware of the frequencies they feel. We have dictated in the past that "mental telepathy" will be commonplace in the near future. It will be a blessing for many, and for others, it may be very disturbing to the point of an increasing fear of losing their minds.

Those who have caused pain to others, in whatever form, will bring about the worst nightmares that one could imagine, as they will not be able to accept this as a normal frequency, that at present, is regarded as an abnormal phenomena. Many will be literally shaken with such fear as to what will be seen on the astral side of our multiple dimensions. This can be a time of healing by becoming aware of the Four Lower Quadrant and the evolved frequency of the Heart Center radiating with Love, Peace & Harmony.

Those who will make an effort to open up the Heart Center will be blessed with the frequency of "mental telepathy" in an adventurous, curious type quality of amazement and wonderment, which will open up higher frequencies. They will learn to release the element of Fear and the rest of the "Four Lower Quadrant" and they will also help to awaken those who have good intentions but are still under the spell and the frequency of the lower nature of mankind.

Those who find interest in this dictation will be motivated to read previous dictations in bringing in Love, Peace & Harmony into their existence. Those who are already aware, that they have in fact, co-created a change in the destiny of the world, will be pleased to know that they are the Children of the Light. By radiating Love, Peace & Harmony from your individual Heart Center at least once a day, preferably three times a day, are raising the consciousness of those who are the enlightened, but not yet awake, as dictated to the chosen messenger in the book "A Step Into The Light." (This book can be ordered by the buttons below. PLM) Even if the radiance is done for at least three minutes each day, it will have a tremendous effect on the dark force that is overwhelming the planet.

Shine the Light so that those who came into this existence during these times of change will awaken to their purpose in life, to help those in need of the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony, so that the frequency of Divine, Love, Wisdom will become manifest into the next cycle of humanity.

Become awake to all that comes to your existence in order to allow the frequencies of the planet, in this time of change and cleansing,  to not be a detriment to your spiritual growth during this end of the "grand cycle." If we center ourselves within the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony, mental telepathy will be your inner guide to always be one step ahead of any danger or changes brought about by those who hold on to the lower frequencies of humanity. It is important to follow your intuitions, dreams, feelings and whatever awakens within you.

The planet Earth is going through a normal cleansing process which occurs at the end of each "grand cycle." Lower humanity and those of the dark forces who are experimenting with weather patterns, are increasing the chance of more violent destructions which will effect the planet. The frequencies of the Heart Center radiated to these "dark sources" by the Children of the Light and all those who radiates Love, Peace & Harmony, will immobilize any effort of the Four Lower Quadrant as the dark cannot exist when Light is shinned upon it.

Follow the frequencies of your Heart, then tell your mind how to go about what you feel in your daily existence and the Light will show you the way.

Those of the dark follow their minds and not their hearts which is the quality of the lower natures in mankind. Shine your Light so that all may see by following the heart and the darkness will be dispelled.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 2:30 p.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

"Dictations may be freely copied and distributed for personal, non-commercial purposes, subject to the inclusion of the copyright notice and the web site address."       www.messengersofthelight.com.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*************

Dictation given at 4:08 a.m.

DICTATION APRIL 22, 1999

(Anger Within Humanity, Our Children And The World)

We would like to start this morning with a message in response to the call of the masses. We have been allowed to dictate the following message in order not to intercede with the individual life plan of humanity and the freedom of choice.

There is a tremendous amount of anger that is now being exerted by many individuals and most of humanity is feeling this anger, and consequently, may believe that it is their own. This can be a great lesson for many to be able to distinguish where, and what, is the source of this anger. If we gently relax our attention and sense the frequency of this anger you will, more than likely, recognize that it is not coming from you. Become aware and reflect back to a time when you personally felt anger about something, and you will recognize that there is a different quality to this anger that you presently feel. It is from the outside coming in.

Because it is coming into your frequency of being, (the aura) this may in fact, get you angry as it is intruding into your mental body. This can cause you to react to others, or to the source of this anger, and thus, you perpetuate what is presently occurring on the planet.

We must all awaken to this frequency, otherwise, we also will become a victim to this. When we get angry with another human being, the first instinct is to separate ourselves from that individual or individuals. Separation or "separativeness" is occurring in a small scale within our own family, and circle of friends; consequently, it is generating the frequency which will then be attracted and add fuel to the troubled spots who are at war with one another.

Those who become "separative" within their own system, are in fact, giving the energy for this action to exist at a higher and more cruel state in these troubled areas of conflict, and the basis of this conflict is anger, which eventually perpetuates "separativeness."

According to the Divine Plan of the All That Is, we are all brothers and sisters with the freedom of choice. But this choice must be defined if the basis of this choice was conceived of Anger, and then resulted in "separativeness." This is definitely not choice!

Approximately a year ago, we spoke of the frequency of children who express anger, which then results in human tragedy. (This is a dictation given regarding the two children who also attacked students with gunfire in 1998 in Jonesboro, Arkansas. PLM) We must all reflect back to when the anger was created which then results into a state of "separativeness" with the final outcome being, that a tragedy takes place. Once again, we must question as to who is the teacher and who are the victims in these scenarios? Is it that many souls have given themselves up as the sacrificial lambs, in order that the world can see the same violence from a different perspective, and in order that these same onlookers can see, and avert, the probable reality of greater and much larger tragedies from happening; regardless, if it is in our backyard, or a country far away from our own? All are related, stemming from the same source.

We must all recognize the underlying frequency of anger that escalates to "separativeness," then results in tragedy. The ethnic cleansing in that part of Europe stems from our own backyards and how we perpetuate anger. (This refers to the current events in Scosovo. PLM) If two-thirds of the planet could, at this moment in time, control and diffuse their inner anger, there would not be one single country with conflict of killing and destroying one another.

We must all start, on a daily basis, with active participation, with our own family and friends, in diffusing the anger and any separativeness that we may have. This does not mean we have to accept their belief systems if they are contrary to our own, but the act of "separativeness" must be replaced with Love, Peace and Harmony and the respect of allowing those, "to be what they are and what they may not be" in their own freedom of choice. This must not stem from anger, as the intention is that of releasing Love, and Light, for each one to follow their own path set forth for each individual by the Divine Plan of the All That Is.

The volcanic activity on the planet is not presently in focus, as much of this anger is now being vented by individuals in conflict with one another. This is not to say that the volcanoes will subside, but those that will hold their anger within their own frequency will then pollute the planet and the end result will be volcanic activity, which can, and will, escalate by the actions and activity of humanity which will then be followed by earthquakes, floods & winds.

The four elements of the planet are Fire, Earth, Water & Air (or wind in an impassive state). These four elements are what keeps humanity in the frequency of the third dimensional world, with Anger = fire, Hate = earth, Guilt = water, & Fear = wind. The resulting imbalance by humanity will cause the planet to react with violent catastrophes seemingly caused by Mother Nature, when it fact, it is not all caused by Mother Nature, but the unbalanced frequency of humanity in regard to the four elements.

The planet goes through certain cycles, and it is currently experiencing the end of "the grand cycle," so many of these things were set to occur. Humanity is causing greater damage by their own free will, which in turn, will escalate what would normally occur according to the Divine Plan. And as we have stated before, there are certain dark forces who are experimenting with the weather patterns; believing that if they can control Mother Nature, that they in fact, will be able to help humanity and avert this "grand cycle." Although they believe that they are out to help humanity, the underlying motive is for financial and other gains, which is in keeping with the "Law of Self," of the dark side. These experiments have cost lives and damage to property, without regard to the well being of those innocent victims who are not aware of what is actually occurring. This is definitely not of the "Law of Service" which is of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony coming from the Sacred Heart of the Divine.

All the tragedies that are occurring in the world, whether it be from our children or from adults, the underlying frequency of anger, resulting in "separativeness," must first be dealt with in our own home and environment; then, in a state of Love, Peace & Harmony, we must all radiate it to those places in conflict, and to the whole world of humanity. The planet needs healing and we must all become awake to the damage we are all causing, otherwise, that which has been prognosticated by the ancients will come to pass. We all have the power to change the destiny of humanity, as that is the reason we have all been forewarned by the seers of the past.

Shine the Light of Love radiating from your hearts to your immediate family and friends, and cease to allow "separativeness" to exist within your own life; and with this, the rest of the world will feel the change you have enacted by Love, Peace & Harmony, as we are all ONE.

The Messengers of the Light.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


***************

April 2, 1999

1:01 p.m.

DICTATION APRIL 2, 1999 (Good Friday)

(The Master's Commandment, The Frequency Of Separativeness, The Three Victims Of War On This Day Of Judgment, The Door Where Evils Dwells)

We would like to relay a message as to the circumstances that the world finds itself in during these days of overshadowing darkness. Today is a very special day in remembrance of the Master who became the sacrificial lamb so that the world would open their hearts. We must remember that there were three persons sacrificed on remembrance of this day.

The message we would like to give, is in reference to the turmoil that is presently occurring in that area of Europe, (Scosovo. PLM) of which we spoke of in our last Dictation. This Dictation is in response to the call of the masses and to allow clarity of purpose, and also for those who wish to be of service in bringing in the Light of the Divine, radiating with the frequency of the Master with Love, Peace & Harmony. His only commandment, which is often forgotten, is to "love one another as I have loved you."

As in those days, three persons were brought to judgment. Today three individuals are being brought to judgment, not only by the accusers, but by the world who is watching the outcome of this circumstance. This is not a coincidence, although, the three may not be consciously aware of their divine role in this scenario. These three victims of "war and separative action" are the present focal point on this day of judgment. (These are the three American soldiers that were captured by the Serb forces this week. The news indicated that the same people they were there to protect betrayed them to their captors. P.L.M.)

We will bring in the awareness of the "frequency of separativeness." The word separative is a distinction of those, who in these days of change, have enacted in order to separate themselves of those who do not think in what they might consider, the right ideology of their kind. This is done, both by those of the white light and those of the dark light.

We have spoken about this before, that this may fall into the Law of Service or the Law of Self. Everyone, at this point in time, is considering to separate themselves from one situation or another. This can be, in every thing minor in our daily lives, to the outright elimination of another human being. Many, may be considering leaving their jobs, mates, area of residence, companions or people in general.

This, on a grander scale, is occurring in that part of Europe which holds the door where evil dwells. In the same manner that the human body has certain acupuncture points and lines of frequencies, the planet also has its points of entry for all types of frequencies that then disperse throughout the lines and grids which comprises its own frequency points. The door where evil dwells has been opened twice in this century in the area of Yugoslavia where this point exists. (This is  area where World War I and World War II originated. P.L.M.) Humanity is on the verge of opening it again. It is important for all those who can bring in the Light of the Divine to radiate this frequency to all concerned in this area of turmoil.

This country is now enacting the same "frequency of separativeness" that has occurred in the past. They believe that by cleansing themselves of the unwanted ones that this is the only way that they can exist.

We all must ask ourselves, during this day of judgment and execution, who are we separative of within our present environment. Have we forgotten that we are all brothers and sisters with the freedom of choice? "Love one another as I have loved you" echoes in sadness, in a haunting refrain, from the lips of the Master. In order to help with the world situation, we must co-create balance in our lives with all those that we either have abandon or become separative of. This does not mean that we have to accept their belief systems but it is a balance of allowing them to pursue their freedom of choice in their own belief systems.

Within our own families, and all that we have been in contact with, have we in fact been separative, because we don't want to hear about their beliefs and choices; because it conflicts with our own belief system? We are all brothers and sisters and even those of a feeble mind have a voice to speak with, but who listens? We all have something to say, but separation, even if done in the name of God is still disharmony and not within the Light of the Divine.

All those that are separating themselves from the rest, in what they believe are these final days, will have to bear the fruit of the road they have taken. We are all brothers and sisters and the color of our souls is measured by the Light we shine to one another. The frequency of separation is of the dark.

Those who practice separation in whatever measure, although they may believe they are doing it for the good of all, or for the God that they have created, are in essence allowing the door where evil dwells to open. The frequency of the door cannot be opened unless it is called upon by those of like frequency.

This is a great responsibility for all those who are viewing the news media everyday to see how this scenario unravels, not knowing that by the same "frequency of separativeness" that they have allowed to manifest in their own lives, they are giving the energy for this scenario to exist. It is not "them and us," it is we. We are all One in the eyes of the Divine Light of the All That Is.

We must take responsibility by reflecting in our recent past, all of those that we have become separative of. This is in everything that exists in our lives. We must create balance by allowing all to embrace their belief systems, although, these same belief systems may be contrary to our own. The first step is to take responsibility within our immediate environment; and in that, reflect the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony radiating from your individual heart center in the form of affirmations, prayers or meditation. Whatever feels comfortable to each individual.

Reflect on your past and do not hold the "frequency of separativeness" in your heart. Shine the Light on the chosen three who now stand in judgment as in the days of the Master. Give the "strength & light" to embrace the role these three young men have taken for the world to see.

"Love one another as I have loved you" can pour forth from your lips and the Light will prevail. Love, Peace & Harmony to all!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 1:54 p.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ/ VAAM PUBLICATIONS

************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


************

Awakened at 4:25 a.m.

Started at 4:35 a.m.

DICTATION MARCH 24, 1999

(The Prophesy Of World War Three? The Door Where Evil Dwells)

It is a sad notion that the only way to co-create peace is by the destruction of life and property by force. Humanity, as a whole, has a great responsibility in that all that is presently occurring on the planet, in essence, is a shared experience and it is the outer mentality of that which is shared within. If we all would radiate the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony, all those that would be in close proximity would feel its effect and the planet would then be consumed by this love within, as it is a contagious benevolent frequency that all would want to be a part of.

The anger within us all activates and radiates the need to be separative within and throughout. In a state of being separative we then will find a need to vent this anger an frustration unto other unsuspecting souls. Then by this same frustration, those who feel the need to protect or empower will then use power and force to manipulate what they believe to be peace. All in all, this constitutes manipulation and self will.

We must all take responsibility of the action that will take place in the next few days and find it in our hearts to radiate Love, Peace & Harmony to all factions of this drama that is now in effect; the precursor to the prophesy of those with clear vision of the ending days. We have stated before that the purpose of prophesy by those with clear vision, is that the road that has been taken in our destiny, can be changed by all who read or hear of this prophesy. Humanity must not take this road of destruction, as the doorway for those of the darkness, can be opened in this sector of the World. We must "close the door where evil dwells" and not allow this darkness to manifest.

Those who have the ability to bring in the Light should awaken to the probability of eventual mass destruction by human hands which can be averted. All who read this message can be a conduit of the Light of the Divine by requesting and bringing in the higher frequencies of "Divine Love Wisdom" along with those who can bring in the frequency of "Love, Peace and Harmony" with quiet vigilance of a few moments of silence.

Those who find it in their hearts to radiate these frequencies, as a service to the welfare of humanity, and especially radiated to those whose hearts have hardened and are presently blind to that which they may initiate, as the doorway where evil dwells must not be opened for the third time, which can and will bring in the third world war of destruction. That which has been prophesied is at humanities doorstep, knocking at each individuals door. Will each individual open the door to the past or the future? This is the question that must be answered, and the responsibility of responding and not closing our eyes again, as of those of the past have done, thinking that this evil presence will go away.

We must all take responsibility and radiate the Light of the Divine at least three times a day for a minimum of three minutes of silence, and the radiating from the heart center with these frequencies of the Light that will pass through you, but not of you, with the affirmation, "Not My Will But Thy Will Be Done" and "Harmlessness To All." The frequency of "Divine Law And Order" will become manifest by those who are the Children Of The Light and are aware of the higher frequencies of the Ancient Wisdom as a service to all of humanity.

Those who are not familiar to this language can pray within their own heart with the message of the masters of the Sacred Heart of the Divine in bringing the Light of Peace to the world. As the word of the Master and all previous and present masters would request to "Love One Another As I Have Loved You," should become clear in the days of Darkness that may befall mankind in the next few days.

Prayers and affirmations of Love, Peace & Harmony must be with us at every moment that we feel or see the activities of those who exert Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear of the Four Lower Quadrant of those who maintain the power of the Dark Forces. If you feel these frequencies within your mind, you must release its hold on you and immediately affirm, "The Light of Love, Peace & Harmony radiates and cleanses my whole being and I radiate this Light to all so that they all may see and be healed. Not My Will But Thy Will Be Done With Harmlessness To All."

Let the Light shine so that all may see and behold the darkness that is knocking at our door. The door where evil dwells must not be opened.

We radiate Love, Peace & Harmony to all with these words.

The Messengers of the Light.

(The Guardians Of The Planet & The Angels In Form)

Finished at 5:12 a.m.

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ/VAAM PUBLICATIONS

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*****************

Awakened at 4:27 a.m.

Started at 4:44 a.m.

DICTATION MARCH 18, 1999

(Defusing The Dark Intent By The Light Rings Of Protection)

Today we would like to relay a message in answer to the requests of many who are now in embodiment and who are capable of bringing in the frequency of Light to create change for the betterment of humanity. And also for those who presently feel isolated or alone in their quest to find answers for the many heavy burdens that have befallen them in this time and place.

There are many souls who feel that they alone and are in need of Light as they feel that their capacity for Light has somewhat diminished. In states of meditations and silent prayer, they are now presently unable to maintain a focus in the same manner that they could a year ago. They feel a little detached or abandoned by the higher frequencies that used to pass through them as before.

What is occurring is that certain planetary alignments in this month of March along with certain frequencies of this new moon which started yesterday on the 17th, is in a sense, causing a barrier to incoming frequencies which will be relieved soon. The main reason for much of this, that is occurring, is the change of frequency on the planet along with certain solar impacts from the Sun of which science has no measuring instruments to detect these higher frequencies.

We have mentioned before that there are certain dark forces who are manipulating the weather patterns on the planet; believing that they, in some way, will benefit mankind. Mother Nature is going through its own change, but this manipulation will have devastating effects and can cause a chain reaction of catastrophes. There are many negative factors that are being worked with and eventually will build to a point of no return.

We have stated in other Dictations that the Messengers of the Light are here in response to the request of the masses. In this, Divine Intervention can be requested by the prayers of the masses. The Light of Love, Peace & Harmony can cancel any "Dark Intent" that would be harmful to the planet Earth. If we ask in silent prayer for this Divine Intervention, certain things will occur in response to this request that will baffle all that are working with these dark frequencies.

This will also create a Light of protection for those individuals who have the power to bring in the Divine Light of Truth to those who will listen to these revelations that will come through them. Where there is Light the Dark Force cannot function. This will dissolve and diffuse all the workings of the those who would enforce their will on other human beings. By radiating a Light Ring of Love, Peace & Harmony within your daily existence and surroundings, will deflect any intrusion that would do harm. A Violet Light of protection, and as a transmutation frequency, will filter out all these negative forces within your being transmuting them to the Light of the All That Is. Those who do not understand these things can start by using their imagination as to the creation of these protective rings so that all can go about their daily affairs without being barraged by these negative frequencies that may be being sent to the masses at different intervals.

This also will have a protection against the incoming frequencies of Natural Change by the forces of Nature. The human mind will sometimes fight change and create and imbalance within the body in resistance to this change which can cause illness or depletion of the Light force. By radiating the frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony to the physical body, will have a calming effect and allow the physical body to evolve and adapt to the change in frequency.

You can use any method that feels natural to you. One simple recommendation to relax the body when needed, is to take a slow "in breath" to fill the lungs to capacity in then slowly release the toxins in the slow "out breath" with the affirmation, "I fill my body with the frequency of Love replacing all negativity to my body." You then repeat this with the frequency of Peace and then the frequency of Harmony. On the in breath, feel the Light force enter through the lungs to every cell of your body. Then on the out breath, feel all the negative frequencies as they leave the body.

The body physical is composed of three etheric bodies which are the physical etheric body, the mental etheric body, and the emotional etheric body. This same procedure can be used for the higher frequencies by proclaiming "I radiate Love, Peace & Harmony to my etheric physical body." Repeat this for the mental & emotional etheric bodies.

The "in breath" and "out breath" can be used to heal the planet and also to diffuse all that is manipulated to your brothers and sisters by any Dark Force that would do harm. When radiating these frequencies of the Divine that come through you, but not of you, always use the affirmations "Not My Will But Thy Will Be Done" and "Harmlessness To All" as those that are caught up in the manipulation of the Dark Force can be awakened to the harm that they do by the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony that is being radiated to them in a frequency of Light so that all may see by the errors of their efforts.

The frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear must not be the source of your prayers or affirmations. When we do these techniques, it must not be driven into action by the use of these negative elements of the Four Lower Quadrant.

Use the radiating of these benevolent frequencies that come through you by Divine Intervention and release these frequencies of Love, Peace, and Harmony coming from your individual Heart Center. The Sacred Heart of the Divine will then manifest itself through you to "Love one another as I have loved you" and the Divine Plan will then be served for the benefit of the Children of the Light.

Shine your Light so that all may find their way.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:35

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L.MARTINEZ/VAAM PUBLICATIONS

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*****************

Awakened 4:20 a.m.

Started 4:38 a.m.

DICTATION MARCH 11, 1999

(The Power Of Prayer, Certain Earthquakes Averted In West Coast)

Today we would like to acknowledge that the Light has begun to have an effect by all those who have read the messages, as dictations, which have been given.

Prayer works in that it creates a frequency of energy that is multiplied by each individual, although, the strength of it is diminished in power as the conscious mind is being used. But nevertheless, it does help.

Those individuals who meditate and pray in silence with non-repetitive words create a tremendous amount of energy by being able to be the channel of Light of the God Force passing through them to the given subject. It is an intensified frequency.

Those who are familiar with the laws of physics will understand that a small electrical battery has a small electrical charge, and to same degree, gets the job done. But when a coil is added to it (which is a wire wound around a pole or bar to create a coil) the charge from this same battery is intensified and multiplied to a tremendous amount of power. All from this same small battery.

Those who have read the Dictations must be applauded as many catastrophes and anomalies have been averted.

We, as messengers and Angels of Light, are here to protect the planet, but at all times must allow freedom of will of those who occupy the planet as students of this school called planet Earth. We can only intervene into human affairs only when called upon, usually in the form of prayer from the masses. (General population)

There are certain Divine Laws that must be followed as we are not here to predict the future, but when requested in the form of prayer, cries of desperation, or any form of a request, we can allow the window of destiny to be revealed. This window will show the direction that humanity, as a whole, is headed for; or the state of certain planetary, or earth changes, in preparation for survival. Destiny and that which is shown and revealed is not set or written in stone; on the contrary, it can be changed by the will of people. Those who have read the Dictations, have in fact, averted certain earthquakes in the Los Angeles and West Coast area.

Many that are sensitive, still felt the earthquakes at an etheric level; waking up, but were astounded that nothing manifested in the physical. What occurred by the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony and other higher frequencies radiated by those who followed the dictations, caused these disturbances to be averted. Prayer in all manner, works when multiplied by the masses.

The Children of the Light, who are conscious and awakened souls, are those who bring in the higher frequencies of the Divine to shine in given areas, as not all that has been prophetized has been averted.

The planet is going through a natural event which occurs every few thousands of years and is known as the Grand Cycle. It is not the end of the world, but for many, it will be. Many souls have elected leave of the planet in the last year. Some by natural events and some by quick and unusual circumstances. Many are presently preparing to leave.

The planet Earth has a built in memory bank along with the planetary system which is part of this “Grand Cycle.” The Sun is the initiator of all these events to come. It is the central force of power of this solar system and all the planets work accordingly. Sometimes it comes from other power sources, from the outside of the planetary solar system, all timed in perfect balance with the Divine Plan of the All That Is which is the essence we call God, or the Higher consciousness. The illusion of a “jealous & vindictive” God must be eradicated from the primitive mind of mankind. God is Light! Light is Love! This is “Divine Balance” which we, as students; are in fact, learning to co-create on this planet. It is not a school in the general sense that lessons are imposed on each and every occupant of the planet; but rather, it is a school where we co-create our individual lessons in life and it is all about balance. The “Law of Polarities” is Dictated in the Book “A Step Into The Light”. It is the white light and the black light, balancing in the right proportions in order to create the trinity  of Light which is Love, Peace & Harmony in all things. The great pyramid of Giza is a reminder from time before the present occupants of the planet knew it during the last Grand Cycle. Time before time was.

In preparation for the coming changes, those who request answers, will be given signs, dreams and acknowledgment from a higher natural frequency, as we must all raise our current frequency to receive the message. The present scribe of this Dictation, had to raise his frequency in order to receive. All who request must raise the frequency in “silent prayer” which is meditation. In contrast, in verbal prayer we ask in repetitive words, and in meditation we listen by raising the frequency above the “lower animal mind” frequency in complete silence. In this, on a daily basis, the frequency will increase. If the mind can be kept quiet in a state of silence, devoid of the emotional & physical frequencies for 3 minutes, you will have reached a state of empowerment. All that occupy the planet have evolved and are capable of this self empowerment according to Divine Will. “Not my will but thine be done,” must be proclaimed. This is working with the All That Is which is in keeping with the Christed Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. Christed meaning the Light!

Shine your God Essence to help heal the planet and to allow the frequencies of change to occur naturally within your physical form. Let the Light Shine!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 5:26 a.m.

(PLEASE NOTE:  Although, according to the Dictation, certain earthquakes in Los Angeles and the West Coast have been canceled by those who participate in radiating Love, Peace & Harmony, the Dictation is very clear that not all that has been part of prophesy, has been averted.  We must maintain vigilance, prayer and meditation in order to help create change for humanities well being as March is a volatile month full of instability.  P.L.M.)

COPYRIGHT 1999 PETER L. MARTINEZ/VAAM PUBLICATIONS

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999



**************

02/11/99 1:25 p.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 11, 1999

(The Sound Of Silence & The New Frequency Impacting The Planet During The New Moon Cycle On February 16, 1999)

We are presently in a time of change and the frequency, although it is subtle, many nevertheless, will be feeling it. This new moon on the 16th of February will have a sharp impact on many individuals resulting in frequencies of impatience and obstinacy. Many are already feeling the pressure which is resulting in headaches to severe migraine. Those who usually have an abundance of energy will feel depleted.

This impact can have very disturbing effects on those who have many small petty things that have not been completed which can result in blow ups of anger and frustration. The key to overcoming or at least to bring it in focus is to concentrate on your primary goals and let all the petty things sit back till this frequency subsides which will be a few days after the new moon. The frequencies of the moon are now starting to have a great impact in the cycles of humanity. Frustration is the lesson that must be faced with, as things can no longer be manipulated, as in a few years back. There is a tremendous amount of both light and dark frequencies that are impacting the planet and this brings many things out into the open to be dealt with as a lesson.

We have stated many times that all hardened and crystallized belief systems will start to shatter as a new beginning has overcome the planet. Of course, many will not be able to handle the frequencies of this great change which made its presence in 1987. It is presently occurring with greater intensity.

Those who are inclined to bring in the Light of the Divine are doing well as they are radiating the frequencies of Love, Peace and Harmony where needed. Those advanced souls who are capable of bringing in, and anchoring Divine, Love, Wisdom are now opening the doors to Truth of the Divine. Things will come out into the open to reconciled with. All who manipulate with dark intent, although they believe that they are exercising this intent for the good of all, do not recognize that self willed actions will be brought out into the open for all to see and judge. And in this judgment many will be, in fact judging themselves. The key is to see what comes out into the open and see it for what it is, and most important, what is the lesson of growth behind this revelation although we may look at it as an expose for judgment. In this, humanity will see the Divine Plan as it manifests itself, and those with eyes to see will gain by the evolution of mankind.

These frequencies that are impacting with the new moon can be circumvented to some degree if we become silent and not have distraction by all the noise making disturbances that we have. It is a time to reflect in silence within our own habitat and go about our daily work without the impact of the news media and all other devices that create distraction. Those who are not able to stay focused may cause injury to themselves or others by not staying within the moment. Be alert for all those who may be caught up with this frequency as they may inflict injury by accident and not by actual intent, as they may be asleep to all that is within their perimeter of being.

Shine the Light and allow all that can be learned from this experience as it is not a time to hide within your environment, but a time to have inner silence in order to benefit from all that will be presented to you as a learning experience. This is a lesson in advancement and awakening along with being able to acclimate and embrace all the new frequencies that will be coming to this new age of change. This is of great benefit for those who seek the Light.

Shine the Light so your brothers & sisters can see and express the sound of silence.

The Messengers of The Light.

Finished 1:54 p.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


**************

Started at 1:48 p.m.

DICTATION JANUARY 24, 1999

(The Emotional Frequency That Is Impacting The Planet, The Veil Of The Astral Will Open To Many)

Presently, there is a frequency that is now spreading across the planet, and that is, a new frequency that is arousing the emotional center of humanity. Dependent on how the masses react to this frequency, will determine how long it will be effecting the masses. This is a feeling of being unloved and a feeling of abandonment by those around us who we perceive to be the ones who should love us.

This frequency may stay a few months till the masses adapt to it, learn from it, but some will react in a violent way. This can bring about the end of many relationships or the restructuring of those relationships that are presently draining our individual state of being. We, as humanity, as we are all One, will not have the energy or the stamina to carry the weight of those who do not participate in the Divine Plan.

As we mentioned in previous dictations, last year was the highest in recent times whereby many souls left the planet. Many, as part of their individual Divine Plan, but a greater number because of the frequency that is and has been building up, and is presenting more lessons to be learned. Many, before incarnating, were aware of this and they agreed to try to maintain and learn as much as possible in order to advance towards the Light. These persons were working with the Divine Plan of the Masses, rather than their own, which is still a lesson of advancement, although, many that still remain in the three dimensional world may believe that they were not able to accomplish what they came for. On the contrary, basically every soul that left the planet did fulfill that measure that they came to awaken within themselves. Any effort towards the Light is an accomplishment.

Because of this frequency, many will be exiting the planet in different forms which will be presented to them. Many will request to leave and many who have expanded their tolerance to the increase in frequency will exit under quick and unusual circumstances, such as many would say, "being at the wrong place at the wrong time." This is a point of view of the personality whereas, from the standpoint of the soul and the Divine Plan, it will be the right place and the right time..

In being prepared to what may come into our lives, we will be better able to handle the frequency of this emotional frequency. This emotional frequency may increase the element of water as to the Earth Changes that are effecting the planet. This is all dictated by humanity as a whole. The probable future is very difficult to predict, even by those with the gift of vision, as the frequency of humanity can override any probable future. This is how prayer works and the reason we have been allowed to bring forth these messages, not to predict the future, but to awaken humanity in the direction they are heading. Divine Law allows the Messengers of the Light to guide by these Dictations and other sources, which is in answer to the prayers and cries of the Masses.

This emotional frequency is also the frequency that connects to the Astral frequency of the individual and that of humanity as a whole. In "A Step Into The Light" we dictated that mankind will not be able to straddle two frequencies as before. This is similar to the separation of the sheep in that humanity will follow the Dark Light, or will follow the White Light. These are the polarities that imprison mankind as neither of these two is the Light of the Divine. The Light of the All That Is Which Is God is neither White or Black but rather that trinity of The Light which has no definition or color. Light is Love! The All That Is Of The Divine.

This emotional frequency that we speak of, has made its entrance at this moment. Many of you have already felt the precipitation that started this past week. This does not mean to say that havoc will occur to all of humanity, but what must be said is that all of humanity will be effected to some degree. Many who are strong and above the lower natures of man, will override it, but will see their fellow man in deep emotional pain or circumstances. Now is the time for those with the gift of Light and those who are the Children of the Light to work with the Guardians of the Planet who many call the Angels, and also the Angels in form, by awakening and administering to those who will be violently impacted by the emotional nature.

As the author of the "Psychic Attack," this impact that the chosen messenger was a recipient of, was of an extreme nature and a forewarning of what many on the planet are already victims to some degree. This was of the Divine Plan by the two individuals involved in order to help those who do not understand the Dark Nature of these things, although, they were not consciously aware of this at the time of occurrence. The reason there are very few books that describe these occurrences is that those who are inflicted do not survive to tell the story. Those inclined should read about this occurrence which will help you understand and be prepared.  (This is the book "Psychic Attack " which can be ordered by  the below button.)

The Astral Frequency that is being opened up will be psychic in nature as the veil to the other side will be opened to many, which will be a frightening experience to those who follow the path of Darkness by ignorance. The Disciples of the Dark know how to manipulate this energy, and many agencies within governments on the planet are already using this frequency of the Dark to manipulate the masses. But the most important thing that we must remember is that the Darkness cannot exist where there is Light! We must all shine and radiate the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony to the planet and to all those caught in the Dark. We must also shine the Light to those who are consciously, working on the path of the Dark Disciple under the Law of Self. They are under the false belief system that by manipulating and keeping the masses in the Dark and by experimenting with nature and its weather patterns, that they in essence, will find a better way to help those under their influence. This Astral Darkness will consume those who play with dark matter & frequency.

We must all raise the frequency of consciousness in bringing in Divine Love through aspiration, prayer and meditation in order to be the conduits for those who will be inflicted by this impact. This is to make them strong to withstand what is occurring and to help them advance towards the Light, and to realize that they, in fact, are Loved. This will awaken the Love aspect within their hearts which is that spark of the Divine.

One of the most important tools to help those affected by this spiritual anomaly, is that when they are in the depths of this emotional despair, request that they pray for you, or for someone in their life. This creates movement and service which is the greatest healer of those under this strain. Prayer is the step forward which will immediately create change, then followed by being in service to those others in need of Light. Where there is no movement, there is Darkness!

Shine the Light from your individual Heart Center and prepare yourself for this emotional frequency. We are all One with the Light and you are not alone. God Loves You!

The Messengers of the Light!

Finished 2:35 p.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


*************************

Awakened at 4:15 a.m.

Started at 4:23 a.m.

DICTATION JANUARY 13, 1999

(The Great Change, Mental Telepathy, Straddling The Dark & The Light, The Walking Dead)

Today we would like to share some insights into what is occurring on the face of the planet. There is much discourse as to what is right and what is wrong with humanity as a whole, and also what is occurring to the planet itself. Many are pondering the thought of a great change on the year 2,000, as if at the click of a second in time, many things will instantly change. Of course, this is not so. We have already been going through the change and basically it started in 1987 with the harmonic convergence. It was not an instant change either, but rather the start of a new cycle as spoken about in the Dictated book, "A Step Into The Light." We, as guardians of the planet, sometimes referred as Angels, have dictated this book in order to minimize or completely rid from the individual, that assimilates the book, the lessons on how to completely eradicate the element of Fear. This Fear is overwhelming the planet, and by this negative radiance from the masses, in turn, is causing serious damage to the planet as spoken about in our last two Dictations.

We have delegated to give these dictations to all that will receive in answer to the call of the masses, sometimes in the form of prayer. But many are in a state of mind that is bringing out the essence of the primitive mind, and the desperate cry is as an animal, caught in a manmade trap where there is no escape. This in turn, is causing deep dark depression for many who are receiving these frequencies as cries for help.

Much of what each individual is feeling does not originate from themselves. What is occurring is the mental telepathy which is the next sense that will open up to humanity as we enter the next Grand Cycle of enlightenment. All that are on the planet will eventually open up to this frequency, that to many, will be a strange phenomena. Those who do not understand what is occurring will feel as if they are losing their minds, and this can occur. Your city streets are becoming full of these souls who are not aware of what is occurring. Many of these in general, are those who have fallen to the primitive level of fending for themselves in the street, as those you call the homeless, with no direction in life.

As the frequency of the planet increases in intensity, more individuals will fall into this bracket of the walking dead, so to speak. They will not have control of what they think and what they see as the veil will now be open, which is what is called the spirit veil in lower human terms. This means that incarnate spirits, and all co-created astral frequencies, will now become a part of our awareness. If you vibrate in lower, darker frequencies these are the frequencies that you will attract. If you vibrate with Love, Peace & Harmony with the Light, you will attract higher, elevated, light frequencies relative to your own. This is all part of clear vision which will start to open up.

If you have suddenly awakened to the fact that you are becoming intuitive to the point of what lower mankind calls, being psychic, this is the beginning of this change. It is important to understand that this is all part of the Divine Plan. Those who read scripture may call it the separation of sheep of "good & evil." These individuals who read scripture are expecting that a great day will occur where humanity is divided by a Heavenly Appearance of the Divine who will do the separation. Of course, those in ancient times saw most of this in visions and dreams into the future, which is now, and from their frame of mind they depicted, to the best of their ability, something that was not relative to their state of evolution and their world as they saw it. When they envisioned airplanes, they had to describe it as being a giant bird of some type. This is why, even when the Master walked the Earth, those who read ancient scripture previously, had expectation that a Messiah would come with a sword to liberate those in bondage, not realizing that it was of Sacred Heart of the Divine that was to liberate each soul. Not by the Master, but by their own free will, with the awakening frequency or spirit that the Master awakened in them. This was the sword of Truth, the Light!

During these present times many have similar expectations on the Second Coming as appearing in the heavens, dividing the sheep and raising the dead. Those who are students of the Light will become aware that the Second Coming of the Light, or the Christ, (Christ meaning Light by all the Masters and not delegated to one Master. PLM) is within our individual Heart Center. It is an awakening from within. The awakening, or raising of the dead, is significant of awakening those who are in the Dark Frequency of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. Those who manifest these frequencies are the "walking dead." We, as Children of the Light who have awakened, are now making the effort to enlighten all who will listen and thus awaken the spark of Light, which is in the Heart Center of each individual.

This is the end of the Grand Cycle. It does not mean the end of the world but for many, it will be. This past year was the start of the exit of many from life existence on the planet and many more will follow as they cannot maintain or comprehend the raising frequency of the planet. Many will be driven by the lower animal nature of primitive man causing violence to one another with the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear!

As the frequency increases we will no longer be able to straddle the frequencies of the Dark Light and of the White Light, as before. Most of humanity is becoming aware that it is not an easy thing to lie, or mislead, as this frequency of mental telepathy is becoming manifest in subtle levels. Many will start proclaiming, "I knew that wasn't true!" "I knew they were lying to me, I should have followed my instincts!" Of course, this is always after the fact, which results with Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. But we have to start becoming aware of these frequencies which will be awakening with many.

As this awakening process starts to become more widespread and common, all will be questioning their sanity when they start having frequent nightmares and daytime visitations from the other side, or other types of phenomena. As spoken in "A Step Into The Light," we will no longer be able to straddle both frequencies of the Dark Light or the White Light. We now will have to choose as there is no in-between. This is the beginning of the 1,000 years of peace as spoken of in scripture, but before it can become manifest, there has to be a cleansing or tilling of the soil before planting the seeds of these Truths. The planet Earth has a built in memory bank to cleanse itself of all parasitic infestations and it is in the process of doing just that. Whether you believe in a higher source or disbelieve, the end of the Grand Cycle is on its way with or without you. Common sense will tell you that since 1987 a great change has occurred as being stated by your news media, and by all manner of authority. Fear is starting to paralyze the planet.

We are here to dispel this Fear and the rest of the Four Lower Quadrant (which correspond to the elements of Fire=anger, Earth=hate, Water=guilt, and Air (or Wind in an impassive state)=fear. This is the Four Lower Quadrant which keeps mankind in bondage. PLM) by awakening the Heart Center of those who read the message and awaken to all that is occurring within your level of existence. The frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony is within each individual Heart as the spark of the Divine Light of the greater essence we call God or the Higher Consciousness of Light. This is the trinity of the Divine.

Those who are becoming aware of what is being manifest are encouraged to read the book "Psychic Attack" in order to be aware of what those who seem to be lost on your streets are experiencing on a daily basis. These are those who are talking to the other side which has prematurely opened to them. It is increasing as many who are not homeless are now starting to experience this phenomena that we speak of. It is all being Dictated in order to prepare for that which is increasing in frequency and is on its way.

Those who recognize what is occurring can start by eliminating, on a daily basis, these frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. Start each day by awakening that spark of Light that connects you to the Greater Light of the All That Is, by proclaiming that you exist and radiate with Love, Peace & Harmony, shinning from your Heart. It is very simple, and at first you have to imagine this frequency, then it starts to become manifest and all will notice a great change within you. At this point you can awaken that spark of Light to all that request guidance from you, as your Light will attract those who are in need of Love, Peace & Harmony. It is a great day for the Second Coming as it is within you as we speak, but many are asleep to it.

All that will be occurring on the planet will not consume you, although, it will be an adventure, as you will not be possessed by the Fear of Darkness. All this will be within the Divine Plan as we all chose to be born during this "Glorious Time Of Change." It will not be the end of the world, but the beginning of a new change. We will awaken to what scripture and those who perceived this change were trying to tell us, from their point of view and form their state of evolution. We must remember that 100 years ago most of the world was still getting around by horse & cart. Those who brought in the Light of Change, through the higher mind, with new technology and inventions, were in essence preparing and placing humanity in a new state of change.

This is the future. Let the Light shine and awaken from within and to all that listen.

The Messengers Of The Light.

Finished 5:38

COPYRIGHT 1999 VAAM PUBLICATIONS

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999

___________________________________________________________________________________________________

*****************************

January 3, 1999

Awakened 4:39 a.m.

DICTATION JANUARY 3, 1999

(Probable Earthquakes Effected By The Mind Frequencies Of The Masses, The Children Of The Light, Christ Meaning Light)

Today we would like to speak about certain events that are on the horizon, so to speak. There is ground movement that is starting to culminate into a frequency that may develop in Earthquakes & Earth Changes. It does not mean it will occur, but it is better to be prepared and forewarned. The pressure is building up, and the intensity is getting higher. As we have stated before, the planet is effected by the "mass consciousness" of the people, as a whole. The planet is already in a very abused state and it will not take much negative energy to be supplied by this "mass consciousness" to set off a chain reaction of destruction.

This is probable future that presently looks like a certainty as the masses are dictating their own future by the mind frequency. The human brain is capable of radiating energies, that when multiplied by the mass consciousness, it then becomes "One" in a dark state, and whatever the frequency it maintains, everything around it will receive what is co-created by these mind frequencies. We have spoken about the Four Lower Quadrant and the elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. The element of Earth corresponds to Hate; and the "mass consciousness" presently is increasing this frequency by radiating Hate to all that is occurring on the planet.

The "mass consciousness" is not in a state of Love, Peace & Harmony and presently are Hating the status of life they find themselves in. They also are Hating the present conditions in the world, and in this country, the state of their leaders.

The planet, as a sentient entity in its own scale, reacts, and is effected by the frequencies that are presently polluting and destroying it. The greatest damage is not by the physical pollutants, although they have caused serious damage, but most important, is from the mind/brain frequency which is the "physical form making instrument of manifestation." Anger was the foremost frequency that was being radiated recently, which effects the element of Fire, with the most volcanic activity that was recently incurred in a short time, and which will continue. But now, the element of Earth/Hate will now increase with this probable future that we speak of. (This past year we had the most volcanic activity in modern times. PLM)

Again, as in all previous dictations, this does not have to occur if the Children of the Light and those who pray, inspire and meditate, radiate Love, Peace and Harmony to all these areas that you feel is in desperate need of these Love frequencies. This is a Love frequency that you radiate from the Heart Center, as opposed to, those who radiate Hate from the Four Lower Quadrant, the "primitive animal mind" of those stuck in the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. The Guardian Angels of the Planet will inspire all those who seek the Light of the Divine Christ Principle. Christ meaning Light and not associated to any religious affiliation. All the masters of all the religions that exist on the planet Earth had a certain measure of this Light, which is the Christ principle of the Divine.

The coming events, although presently very probable, can be averted by the radiance of this Light from each individual Heart Center of all who have chosen, or been guided to receive this dictation. There are many Angels in form, meaning, in physical form that walk the Earth. They are also awakening the Children of the Light who chose to be born during the end of the Grand Cycle. As you read, you may awaken to this frequency within you. We, as the Guardians of the Planet, along with other Messengers of the Light, are here to help, guide and shine this frequency which will awaken from your Heart, free of the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant. This is all explained in the book which has been dictated by a group of Twelve for those seekers of the Light of freedom. This can be a joyous time for those known as the Children of the Light, which is outlined in this book. ("A Step Into The Light" can be ordered by the buttons below. PLM)

The book was brought in by the prayers & cries of the masses as to what is occurring during this end of the Grand Cycle. Within you, is that spark of Light, which is the essence of the All That Is which is the Higher Consciousness we all know as the Higher Source, or that three dimensional belief system as to what each person on the planet perceives as God. Whether you believe in God, or not, does not matter, as the end of the Grand Cycle is here and common awareness shows that something is definitely occurring contrary to whatever belief system we may maintain.

Many of you may not believe in Guardian Angels. But if you have ever protected your loved one or picked up someone that has fallen, in essence you are an Angel to some degree. If you would be in the frequency that we exist, and if you saw danger ahead that can be avoided by giving those in need, a warning, your Heart would tell you to do the right thing. Your mind might also interfere with the dark statement, "It is none of my business!" It is all a freedom of choice, without interfering with free will, as you cannot help those who do not ask for help. Even if you try, which is not in keeping with the Divine Plan, serious consequences do occur, regardless, whether you might consider yourself an Angel or not.

Those who heed this warning should prepare in the event that the frequency of the Mass Consciousness of the people does not change, or if the Children of the Light, and those who read the message do not intervene with Love, Peace and Harmony, these events will occur. Those who live in areas prone to Earthquakes should be prepared; although, there will be areas that may be hit with probable destruction in areas not expected.

The messages received from the "mass news media," in many instances, perpetuate this Anger & Hate, and those individuals who are weak within the Four Lower Quadrant, now make it a reality which then radiates out by their mind frequency to other like mind frequencies, which will then cause these events to occur. We all dictate our own future.

In contrast, those who receive the messages from the "mass news media," and do not allow these negative factors to sink in to the mind, or the subconscious mind, can counteract by saying, "I do not accept this, and it is not my reality." Then by that frequency of Truth which resides in your individual Heart Center, feel a frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony radiating from you to all who may receive, or to the planet itself, and Truth will be revealed with a healing effect from the Light of the Divine. This is that spark of Light within you. This can also be done in words, affirmations, or by being active participants to create change. What feels right from your Heart will be the right thing to do. The mind can be manipulated and deceived, but the Heart can only hold Truth. Work on this, till you can distinguish the two frequencies.

Let the Light of Truth shine so that all those within the Dark can be set free in order to heal one another and this beautiful planet.

In Light & Peace.

The Messengers Of The Light.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999


************************

Awakened at 3:59 a.m.

DICTATION JANUARY 1, 1999

(1999 Is Here, The Children Of The Light, Love, Peace & Harmony)

Today is a great day for the world and mankind. This is a time of reflection of the past and a time to see into the future that will be played out by humanity. Clear vision is a sense, and a gift that you all have, but many do not wish to open within the inner soul to see what lies ahead. Many can see into this reality that is being created by those in power and by those that are presently manipulating your future. In essence they do not have any power other than what is freely given to them by the "mass consciousness" of the people.

All on the planet are effected by what is projected by those who know how to manipulate the future. We must all acknowledge that we are all One, as a whole, but each one of you is a special spark of Light of the Divine and your true right is to be free within the Light of the Divine.

What will be occurring in 1999 will be very interesting for many, and for others it can literally be earth shaking. But for those who maintain their free will, it will be a glorious, exciting, adventurous time. Those who maintain their freedom to be at One with the Divine Light of the All That Is, which is the higher consciousness or the essence we call God, are the Children of The Light that are awakening to the Light that shines within their individual Hearts and not their minds.

The mind is what the darkness can control, but the Heart is of the Divine, and this is where the frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony maintains itself. The Children of the Light will awaken to their inherent right to shine this Light so that all can see.

When we are caught up in the mind frequency we are now stuck in the lower animal mind of the primitive source of darkness. This is the frequency, that those in power of darkness, can control within you. It can be as subtle as your own family, friends and acquaintances doing this in a subconscious way, or it can be those of power that know how to control and manipulate the masses.

1999 will be a year to be remembered as many are consumed with the "dooms day prophesies" and all that has been predicted before. In the book that we have dictated for all those seekers of the Light, we awaken those with the vision to see, that we are coming to the end of the Grand Cycle. (This is the dictated book by the group of Twelve known as the Messengers of the Light. "A Step Into The Light" can be ordered below by the button link. PLM) It is not a day or a specific time, but rather a wave of this frequency which is already effecting the planet. The planet has certain clockwork systems which causes it to manifest rhythms and cycles that are very timely, and set in motion within the Law of Nature. This does not mean the end of the world, but it can be for those who maintain themselves in a collision course within the darkness of "self will and manipulation."

The planet Earth is like a school, in that, we can progress towards the greater Light by lessons contained within our life span. Individual lessons of our own design in taking responsibility for our actions and our lives as a whole. It is not a school in the sense that we are taught by those who want to express, and in effect, control our lives. It is not a school where you have a vindictive, punishing God who must be feared, and who is dictating your life in an uncontrolled manner. The main lesson is to be free in the Light of the Divine Christed Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony from the Sacred Heart of the Divine. Christ means Light! It is not defined or delegated to a certain religion, faith or denomination. All the teachers of the Light are Christed Masters in that they have opened up the Heart Center Frequency and are no longer controlled or manipulated by the lower animal mind of Darkness. They are in essence, free of the elements of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear. (Anger = Fire; Hate = Earth; Guilt =Water; Fear = Wind, The Elements)

"A Step Into The Light" has been dictated by those who are the Guardians of the Planet along with the Messengers of the Light. In essence, humanity can look at these frequencies of Light as the protective Angels who administer and guide those who open up their Hearts, in what ever measure, to receive of this Light essence by free will.

1999 is a very important year. If we look back through the past five years, we will see that great changes have come to the planet regarding, weather changes, technology, and human strife. All is falling in place within the Divine Plan of the Divine, but those of the Dark are still trying to impose their own selfish will on the masses. These dictations are in response to the call of the mass population of the World. When the message is written down in form, the frequency is felt and received by all who make the call in the form of prayer, inspiration and meditations. But also by many, in their cries of despair, as being lost in the wilderness. The cries are not being left unheeded. All who read this present dictation are frequencies of Light, that then, radiate to all those who will receive and find comfort. This message does not have to be read by all in order to receive the Light. Your radiance will do that for them.

In the same manner that a transmitting radio station radiates its frequency in all directions, those who have their radio tuned to this frequency receive the signals. The Children Of the Light have two roles. They may be beacons of Light, subconsciously radiating Love, Peace & Harmony to all that receive. They bless all who are within their frequency to receive. They are not active participants to create change other than radiating the Light of the Divine. Some do this consciously, in the form of prayer, inspiration or meditation. Some do this subconsciously, by just radiating positive frequencies that just come natural to them.

The second role of some of the Children Of The Light is, the active role of creating change or bringing things to the attention of the masses. A young child that collects spare change for the homeless, to the person in a position of power, who has Light, and does create change to help those in need. Some may be your neighbors or friends. They never ask for recognition, and their active role is ceaseless. They just do it from their Heart.

All who read these dictations have been attracted by that spark that lies within the Heart that wants to shine and radiate with Love, Peace and Harmony. We speak to the Heart, and the Heart cannot be manipulated. We only shine with these words, for those who want to see from their own Heart, which is that spark of the Divine.

Regardless what 1999 will bring to you, we must always remember that all the chaos, strife and injustice that is being inflicted upon, and also manipulated to the minds of the masses, that by radiating Love, Peace & Harmony from your individual Heart Center, in whatever religion, faith or denomination you prefer, will release the hold of the Darkness that wants to overcome the planet. The method or prayer will open naturally within your Heart Center as to how to do this service and radiation of Love.

This is a great glorious day for the Children of the Light who awaken to the Light within their individual Heart Center where the spark of the Divine unites all so that we may shine and be as One with the Creator. This is the year of adventure for the Children of the Light! We all chose to be born during this glorious days of change.

Shine your Light so that all may receive and be free to receive, and to be able to see with clear vision within the Light.

Be free and enjoy all the adventures that will be open to you as this is the time of change. 1999 is here.

Peace be to all.

The Messengers of the Light.

************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1999

______________________________________________________________________________________________

Printing For Personal Use: All the Dictations in this section are on one file. If you would like to copy one Dictation, highlight the Dictation desired, then "copy & paste" to your word processor, or paste to "write e-mail" then print, otherwise all the Dictations will be printed.

Dictations Released In 1998

Table Of Contents

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999

(Click A Date To Display Text In Reverse Order Of Posting.)

DECEMBER 27, 1998 .....Mental Telepathy, New Phenomena Mentioned On Last

                                             Dictation 12-10-98

DECEMBER 10, 1998 ....A New Phenomena Being Created By The Mind Center Of

                                            The Masses Which Will Create Destruction

NOVEMBER 27, 1998....Predictions & Destiny Being Created By The Mass Consciousness,

                                            And In Contrast By The Divine Plan

NOVEMBER 15, 1998.....Other Impending Disasters, The Healing Violet Light, Prayer After

                                             The Fact

NOVEMBER 8, 1998.......Recent Disasters And The Four Lower Quadrant, We Must All

                                            Take Responsibility

NOVEMBER 3, 1998.......Combating The Dark Force With The Violet Color Frequency To

                                            Counteract The Manipulation Of Mother Nature

OCTOBER 20, 1998........New Instructional Insights On Anger & Volcanic Activity, Warning

                                             Of The Next Full Moon Cycle, The Healing Of The Planet With

                                             The Violet Purple Frequency

OCTOBER 6, 1998..........New Window, Burst Of New Frequency From The Sun & A

                                            New Breed Awakening, Earth Changes & Safety

SEPTEMBER 14, 1998.....Anger Created By The Presidents Scandal, Manipulation Of the

                                             Dark Force, Anger - Fire - Volcanoes On The Planet

SEPTEMBER 7, 1998.......Frequencies Manifesting As Aches & Pains In Joints, Adapting

                                             To The Rising Frequency, The White Sun

SEPTEMBER 1, 1998.......Economic Status Of The World, Manipulation Of The Flow

                                             Of Money & Greed, Anger Towards Those Of Power

AUGUST 19, 1998...........President’s Aftermath, Manipulators Intent & Probable

                                             Assassination Attempt., Individual Identification & Control

                                             Of The Masses,  Terrorist And Resulting Anger and Volcanic

                                             Activity With World Changes

JULY 30, 1998.................The Underlying Dark Forces & The President’s Scandal, Shinning

                                            The Light For The Greater Truth

JULY 20, 1998.................New Guinea Tidal Wave, Nuclear Testing, Probable Disappearance

                                             of Land Masses

JULY 9, 1998...................The Full Moon Frequency, Self Willed Actions, Darkness That

                                            Will Follow

JULY 6, 1998 ..................The Second Coming, Transmutation, Call Of The Masses

JULY 2, 1998 ..................THE RING PASS NOT

JUNE 22, 1998 ................Illusion & Fantasy, Atheist, Scientific & Spiritual Stances   

JUNE 16, 1998.................Underground Testing, Damage To Planet, Seismic Activity,

                                            The Elements

MAY 10, 1998    Mother’s Day

MAY 8, 1998 ...................Emptiness & Depression

APRIL 29, 1998 ..............Twenty Minute Technique to synchronize to the acceleration

                                            of the planet

APRIL 26, 1998 ..............The Elements, The Grand Cycle, The Unit Of Three:

                                           Spiritual, Scientific, Atheist

APRIL 21, 1998 ..............Linda McCartney, Princess Diana & Mother Teresa

APRIL 5, 1998 ................Raising Frequency, Misinterpreted Predictions & Crystallizations

APRIL 1, 1998 ................Frequency Of Anger

MARCH 31, 1998 ..........Anger & Violence, Children (This is a dictation given after the

                                           violence in Jonesboro, Arkansas by two students.)

MARCH 8, 1998 ............Light Within Certain Films, Pulsating Defense Frequency

                                           Against The Dark Force

FEBRUARY 26, 1998 .....Acceptance Of The Subtle Frequencies Of The Planet

FEBRUARY 25, 1998 .....War Postponed In Iraq, Receivers & Radiators, Beacons Of Light

FEBRUARY 22, 1998 .....Connotations Of War With Iraq

FEBRUARY 16, 1998 .....Beaching Of Whales And Porpoises

JANUARY 29, 1998 .......Our Leader's Sexual Scandal, Sacral And Monetary System

JANUARY 21 1998 ........New Window Elaborated On, Internet News

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999  1998

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

December 27, 1998

1:58 a.m.

DICTATION DECEMBER 27, 1998

(Mental Telepathy, New Phenomena Mentioned On Last Dictation 12-10-98, )

We are now conducting a session so that all may see, that, which is on its way. We have already spoken about this, but now we have clear vision to the extent that it is now formulating. What is occurring is a phenomena that is created by the mass consciousness and it is like a large thought form co-created by all that are entrapped to the disharmony that is enveloping the planet.

This has now begun, in that, the frequency of the masses are now perpetuating this scenario. Most of you are now feeling that something is foreboding, with a darkness, waiting to manifest. Many individuals are feeling this. Some are feeling a heaviness in the head and in the neck area. This is all mental frequency brought on by fear of what is occurring on the planet.

All who read this message must not let fear come into your hearts. It is important to understand that not everyone, need be, susceptible to this. What you may be feeling is the frequency of those around you. In the book "A Step Into The Light" we have dictated that we are now entering a new frequency and mental telepathy will be commonplace. But please be aware that most of what enters your mind is not, or may not be your own. Become aware that this mental telepathy has already become manifest with many individuals on the planet. This can also co-create Fear.

Fear must be conquered and it is one of the foremost lessons in "A Step Into The Light." This book, we have dictated, to be a guide and a reference to all that will be coming upon us. Love, Peace & Harmony will prevail in all the souls who adapt and study the lessons within. ("A Step Into The Light" can be ordered by the link button below. PLM)

We are now feeling the frequency of more Earth changes, earthquakes & volcanoes. You must become aware that these are the scenarios of the future and must adapt with a serenity that is void of Fear.

Love, Peace & Harmony will prevail for all the Children Of The Light that are awakening to these messages and awakening to their true purpose in order to help and be of service to humanity. Sometimes you are the teacher and sometimes you are the student. Radiating the Light that shines from your individual Heart Center and to rise above Fear. We all embodied during this end of the Grand Cycle and we are all awakening to the great adventure.

Love, Peace & Light.

The Messengers Of The Light.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

************************

Awakened at 4:53

Started at 5:02

DICTATION DECEMBER 10, 1998

(A New Penomena Being Created By The Mind Center Of The Masses Which Will Create Destruction)

We would like to start this morning with a frequency of Love, Peace and harmony radiating from the Heart Center of all those who read this message. We would like to acknowledge that the masses as a whole have been in a good state of mind and that they have been sending good thoughts and vibrations which has had a healing effect on the planet. It could be the frequency of the holidays and the acceptance of all that has been occurring.

We would also like to acknowledge that we are still in a a state of disbelief as to all that has occurred and the changes that humanity as a whole has co-created and acknowledged as a great change has come upon the nation. Even with the proceedings with your leader, (impeachment proceedings)the masses are sending good thoughts to all that are in accord and all who are wrapped up in the turmoil that is being created, which is starting to backfire on all of the Dark Forces who started this scenario in the first place; but the Dark Force is alive and well in Washington and should not be under estimated. (Note: This was dictated prior to the news media and actual occurrences) Depending on the masses, there will be great repercussions in all area of the economy and the minds of all the nation and the world.

Although most of the world is caught up with this scenario, most of the masses are just curious as to how far this will all go. As stated in many previous dictations, this has all been a distraction by the Dark Force, in order to bring in certain things to the general public which will then be used to manipulate the masses with a case of numbers which is not far removed from prophesy. (These are the numbers to be imposed on the masses as per previous Dictations. PLM)This now will slowly be decimated to the masses in such a subtle way that many will just accept these tools of deception without question, but many of the Children of the Light will create such furor that will be brought to the Light, and an awakening of sorts will then sweep the nation which will then confuse the Dark Force causing them to retract many of these manipulative tools, which again, will backfire on its effect to the masses.

Along with this, there will be some Earth Changes which will also distract both the Dark Forces and the Light Forces, and will have such an effect on the world that many will be distracted from the roles they are playing with and consider the existence of something higher than the self. Many will now turn to religion by the fear that is created and by the sobering effect that something is indeed underway and a fear will sweep the world that is presently asleep to what Mother Nature has proclaimed on the world thus far. But what will occur will surely make a wake up call to all that there is a great change coming on.(The recent weather patterns with floods, winds, snowstorms. Nature is creating havoc on the world at present. PLM.)

We must all prepare with plenty of water and dry goods in the event that there will be shortages of these basic necessities of life if the part of the world that you reside will be a receiver of this occurrence which is still vague but on its way into physical manifestation. This is all brought into existence by the mind frequency of the masses which is constantly fluctuating and in turn will create this phenomena into existence which of course is a probable future and subject to change by the will of the people.

If the masses are distracted by the workings of the Dark forces, this will surely occur much quicker and in such a violent force that will cause such waves of destruction that the masses will then change their manner of thinking but this may be too late. Presently the masses are in a good state of awareness, and unless distracted, will not allow this tragedy to occur. This is why it is important that we all, as a unit of One, radiate Love, Peace and Harmony from our individual Heart Centers to shed the Light to all who are now being influenced by the Dark Forces so that they can all see the manipulation that is being inflicted upon them. They will then wake up to the awareness that the Children of the Light are in fact radiating in such frequency so that all may see what is upon us.

What will be unleashed by Mother Nature is already on its way and only the severity of its impact can at present be circumvented. It does not mean that it can not be changed, which it can, but only by such unity of the mass consciousness which at present is asleep or in a state of not caring. This will in fact wake up the world to what we have caused to occur by our negligence and the abuse and destruction caused to the planet Earth. It is important to read the book "A Step Into The Light" which we have dictated in order to be able to withstand the frequency and the fear which will be upon us with such intensity that many will never awaken to what has occurred. It is important to read about the Four Lower Quadrant and the lessons of the Feeling Nature in order to understand all that will be upon us with the raising frequency of the planet.

On a daily basis, radiate the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony and feel it in the Heart Center which will then be connected to all those who likewise send the frequency to the planet and all the inhabitants. This will have a healing effect and soften the intensity that is on its way. We all must become awake to what our Hearts already feel.

Let the Light of the Divine shine so that we all may wake up and see what is upon us. Peace be to all.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:48 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998


********************

Awakened at 4:27 a.m.

Started at 4:36 a.m.

DICTATION NOVEMBER 27, 1998

(Predictions & Destiny Being Created By The Mass Consciousness, And In Contrast By The Divine Plan)

Today we will start with a dictation regarding the influence of the frequency of those that prognosticate and tell the future. It is a science within itself and must be clarified as to the right meaning and function that exists with this word. Many are confused and do not know the true meaning and great Fear is imbedded within the Heart which can blind many for the lack of knowledge and illumination of this word.

There are many with the gift of vision and can see into the window that has been opened for the next series of events to befall mankind. Humanity, as a whole, dictates what the immediate future will bring. We have mentioned that the planet is overpopulated and the "mass consciousness" is what is developing the immediate future because of the mind frequency, gathered as one, which can now develop and co-create the immediate future. That is why it is difficult for many, with the gift of vision, to be able to have any amount of accuracy as the fickle mind of the masses can change destiny in an instant. This is a point in time where the Dark Force, if allowed, can manipulate the masses by influencing destiny with the element of Fear.

Fear of itself has no power, but it is the foremost power of the Dark Force, to manipulate those of weak minds who are being caught up with the mass consciousness, and thereby, being entrapped into this dark influence.

Daily meditation, in order to remain free of spirit, is essential in not being caught up with the mass consciousness. If we can remain individualized and stay free of the element of Fear, we then can work with the natural flow of the Divine Order of things to come. We then can allow the fulfillment of "ancient prophecy" and all that has become a message of that which is to come in order to change the path that we have taken; and thus, can change each prediction.

But what is occurring is that the masses are co-creating with the element of Fear, which is part of the manipulation of the Dark Force and in the process, the belief system that is being created, can and will become by the power of their own minds, the immediate future.

Destiny, in the eyes of the Creator, has already been set within the Divine Plan as with Mother Nature and the natural element of things. But when we fall into the Frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant, then we are now evoking the elements of this quadrant which is Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. This corresponds with Fire, Earth, Water and Wind. The elements. Now we are caught up with the elemental and by the power of the mass consciousness, caught up in the foremost elemental frequency of Fear; and thus, we now are manipulating and changing the Divine Plan by self will. We now have changed the natural events by adding what is unnatural which now becomes our self-willed destiny.

Fear is the foremost frequency we have to contend with. What now starts this unbalanced cycle is the Anger that we are all holding to a great degree. This Anger is now part of the new destiny that we, as humanity, are inflicting into our immediate future; and thus, are now changing the predicted destiny into an unbalanced frequency by our mental capacity. We are co-creating a dire mental picture by our own thought forms.

It is imperative that we isolate ourselves from the thought forms of the masses. Most of the masses have a great Fear of death. If we allow ourselves to be caught up with this notion, we can actually co-create an impending death in order to work with the Fear of it, which becomes a co-created lesson in life. We must become independent of the mass consciousness and be in alignment with the Divine Plan and hold on to the original thought form within in our own alignment, and if there is a world change of co-created disaster in the future, it will not be your future but rather, the future of the masses as they have co-created this scenario. You will come out fine and safe as it is not part of your scenario as you have remained with the true destiny of the Divine Plan, and all that has been set forth by God, will now run its course and become your future. This is what may be called an aspect of what has been written as of the separation of good & evil as in the separation of the sheep.

We must remain intact as the keepers of the Light of the Divine Plan that has been set forth by the God Consciousness of the All That Is, and although, disasters and all types of destruction created by the mass consciousness may be occurring all around you, by staying within your own individual alignment with the Divine Plan, your destiny will not be the same as the rest of those of fallen man.

In essence, by staying in alignment with the Divine Plan, even that which was predicted by the Ancients does not have to come to pass, as you now reflect a new reality with the frequency of the Divine in this new moment of destiny. This is your point of power in maintaining and holding on to all that you have come to learn by this experience and not fall trap to the false destiny of fallen man in the group consciousness. This is all explained in the book entitled, "A Step Into The Light" in the chapter of the Four Lower Quadrant. This chapter is very important in the elimination of the hold that Fear imposes on its victims. Those of the Dark Force will no longer be able to seduce you by the use of the elements, especially the element of Fear.

Shine the Light in your daily meditations and rise above the elemental frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. Once you open the Heart Center of the Divine principle of Love, Peace and Harmony, you will now be in control of your true destiny and no longer be under the influence of the mass consciousness and all the elements. You now will be a free spirit in the eyes of the Creator. This is your true destiny. This is the ultimate goal, to be free in the pursuit of the Light of the Divine.

Shine the Light so all can see by the power that you hold within, which is the free spirit of Light of the Divine. We all are brothers and sisters, but many are blind to the Light within.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:25 a.m.

 Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998


********************************************

Awakened at 5:58

Started at 5:05

DICTATION NOVEMBER 15, 1998

(Other Impending Disasters, The Healing Violet Light, Prayer After The Fact)

Today we would like to dictate a message for those who would like to help in bringing in the frequency of the Divine Light in order to help heal the planet. We are in a state of crisis as there is much damage that needs to be repaired as we can all benefit by such service. We all must lend a hand, so to speak, even if it is just the radiating of the Heart Center, as the frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony can do wonders for the benefit of all.

As in previous dictations, we recommend that at least three times a day we sit in quiet contemplation of at least 3 minutes each sitting, with a radiating frequency from the Heart Center into the immediate environment. This will co-create a frequency of healing Light along with an awakening frequency for those who still insist in polluting the planet. We must all take responsibility for this.

Again, as in previous dictations, prior to the consequences occurring with the manifestations of disasters which have been inflicted as part of the Divine Plan, many other disasters are on the way as an awakening reminder that all is not well on the planet Earth. As the frequency of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear is accentuated, the resulting factors will be manifest by the collective consciousness of the masses. The masses have activated these frequencies of the elements of Fire, Earth, Water & Wind. All the disasters around the planet are the resulting imbalance of these frequencies. These are the negative frequencies we inflict on one another. The collective unconscious frequency is then activated by the mind power of each human, with the results coming to a point of imbalance and thus inflicting this fury on those who are generally the innocent victims, as the sacrificial lamb. This is taken on by these innocent souls, in order to awaken the masses, prior to the unleashing of this fury to the greater mass population; who in fact, are causing this negative reaction by the collective consciousness. These disasters, if ignored, will then be attracted to what we call, our modern day society and the major metropolitan areas, which will then cause great alarm to the rest of the world as many populated areas will follow with these manifestations occurring within our immediate view.

Presently the Anger that is being propelled by the mind focus of the masses is again starting to activate the magma flow within the planet and the resulting Hate is now increasing which will create land movement of many types along with massive earth quakes in areas where they are not common. This now will co-create great concern and many will then be forced to pray, but the resulting weak frequency of prayer will not be able to make a dent into the collective unconsciousness of the masses which is so great, as it has taken years to create these massive darkness that is overwhelming the planet and prayer, after the fact, will basically be useless.

Now is the time to start radiating the preventive Violet Purple Light frequency which, on a collective consciousness, will in fact, eradicate the destructive darkness that has been collected through the years. What is important is the intent to heal and be of service, before the manifestation of these disasters. Because at this point, by being the victim of these disasters, prayer in and of itself, will not have the strength to heal. Prayer, during a disaster will be motivated, primarily by Fear then by Guilt, which are the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant and thus would perpetuate more disasters to be inflicted to those who pray with this unbalanced frequency which is after the fact.

Now is the time to radiate these healing frequencies from the Heart Centers as an act of service prior to the manifestations of these disasters, as the frequency will be free of Anger, Hate Guilt & Fear; and thus, will have a greater multiplied healing effect rather that doing so after the fact or after the manifestation.

It is very important to be coming from the right place, and that is from the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony within a quiet contemplative state of prayer or meditation which is an act of service for the planet and your fellow man.

There are other anomalies which will become manifest in the days to come, resulting in disease and famine which is on the horizon. We must all be active participants to circumvent all that we, as a whole, have co-created by our fallen nature in creating this darkness which will come upon us. This is not an act of God, as many that misinterpret scripture would like to be, in order to create this Fear within us, for change. This is dark manipulation. Even the words that we presently speak can of itself create this Fear, but that is not our intention, as we are only answering the call of the masses which has come in the form of prayer, and we reflect back as a mirror, what those who have made the call request to see and how to prevent these events from occurring.

Many things, prognosticated by those who have clear vision, have not come to pass as those who requested to see or hear these things co-created a service for humanity in radiating the frequencies from the Heart Center; which in fact, healed the situation, and the prediction made, was then canceled out by these Children of the Light who radiated the healing frequencies.

All that is brought in through these Dictations do not have to become manifest or to come true as we all have the power to heal and change that which is predicted. The most important element to conquer is the element of impassive air, which is wind. The counterpart of this element is the state, or frequency of Fear. Fear is wind or air, in the impassive state of being in the Four Lower Quadrant, as spoken of in the book "A Step Into The Light" and the chapters of the Four Lower Quadrant. This book, we have dictated to this chosen messenger, as a tool for the coming end of the Grand Cycle.

We all came into this incarnation knowing that these manifestations would occur and many that now read these messages will awaken to their true purpose as the Children of the Light. The earth changes were going to exist in a natural way as part of the cleansing process that the planet goes through at the end of each Grand Cycle but we, as healers with the Light, have come for the adventure in order to help, and heal those who are not aware of these changing times in order to cushion and prevent mass destruction. We all came for the adventure and to bring in the Light that we all possess which can soften the blow of the Dark Force and help heal the planet.

The Children of the Light will awaken that spark that is within. "A Step Into The Light," when read, will eliminate the state of Fear that is paralyzing each individual and the planet as a whole. Once we lift ourselves out of the frequency of the elemental Four Lower Quadrant we will find our rightful place within the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle located in the Heart Center with the absence of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. Fear is the foremost frequency of the manipulative Dark Force, and of itself, it has no power, only being driven by the power that we, in our fallen state, feed into it.

We no longer have to have Fear. The principles dictated in "A Step Into The Light" will eliminate all of the Four Lower Quadrant.

We are here to radiate like the Sun with Love, Peace and Harmony; enjoying the adventure of a lifetime as we, all who read these dictations, chose to incarnate during these turbulent times to make a change for the Divine Light of the All That Is, which is the essence we call God. Not in a spiritual or religious fervor, but by the Light that shines within us as active participants who shine the Light of Truth to show the way.

Let the Divine Light shine within so we all may see the way. Peace be to all who will listen and become the active participants to be of service. The Children of the Light are here.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 6:21

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998


****************************************

Awakened at 4:24

Started at 4:42

DICTATION NOVEMBER 8, 1998

(Recent Disasters And The Four Lower Quadrant, We Must All Take Responsibility)

We will start this morning with a few words to enlightened those who are presently caught up in the frequency of Fear. This is a self imposed Fear that is overwhelming the planet at this point in time. All things have been accelerated in terms of frequency, within the emotional structure of mankind. This is the time of the separation of the sheep as spoken of in the sacred texts, as we can no longer serve two masters, or frequencies. The planetary influences that have positioned themselves at this time also helps manifest this phenomena at this point in time. Those who are astrologers know precisely as to all we speak of, as it is an acceleration in time, when all things will now come to the open. Again, those who are aware and are following the frequencies of the Heart Center are going to propel themselves in to higher spiritual realms to benefit all mankind. Those that follow the mind will now come face to face with a heavy Karma that is being self-imposed as to the path they have taken.

Since the start of the raising frequency in 1987, the manifestation of weather and natural disasters started to increase, and now it is ten years later. 1998 is the year that all things have accelerated with many things starting to propel themselves to greater and more volatile frequencies; both in the path of the Light, and the path of the Dark Those who follow their Heart Centers will enhance all purposes in their lives, and at a greater speed. Those of the Dark who follow the mind frequency will also propel that which they have co-created; with the outcome, coming out into the open to both paths taken.

This has had a great effect on the planet. As spoken before, the planet is overpopulated, and it has been damaged by mankind. The planet has a natural built in mechanism to rid itself of parasitic influences that effect and destroy the Divine Plan set forth by the Creator, or the God Consciousness of the All That Is. It is like a built in computer set to cleanse itself back to the original programming set forth.

The three frequencies of the human body has a great effect on the planet especially the Mental and Emotional frequencies. radiated by fallen man. The physical body manifests the imbalance set forth by mankind with many innocent victims falling under the influences of the elemental Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. This corresponds with the elements of Fire (Anger), Earth (Hate), Water (Guilt) & Wind (Fear which is impassive Air). Anger is what is feeding the volcanic activity and the magma flow within the core of the planet. Hate is what is causing the earth movements, shifting and earthquakes. Guilt propelled by Anger & Hate is what is causing all manifestations of hurricanes, floods, mud slides and any excess of water. Fear will come in with the imbalance of air & wind. All of this results in the manifestation of illness and disease in the human body.

Many, in the past year and this year of 1998 are exiting the three dimensional environment, having fallen to the above mentioned frequencies, which in one way or another, has resulted in death. Although, many were ready to leave according to the Divine Plan, many others fell victim to the pollution of both the physical, mental & emotional frequencies which resulted in a quick exiting of the planet. Those who read the previous dictations will recall that within the past few weeks, many in different parts of the planet, have made a mass exit by natural disasters which if the frequency of the mass consciousness is not raised, more is set to come by mankind's own co-creation.

Mankind has to become awake to the frequencies that we, as a mass consciousness, are co-creating; and thus, hurting the planet. Because we have been given free will to co-create with our mental and emotional frequencies, we must take responsibility for our actions.

What has occurred in the recent weeks is not an isolated incident as we are all responsible for what has occurred and it is always those of lesser economic stability that are first effected in order that we can be of service in giving aid from the Heart Center. These innocent individuals that have elected to be the sacrificial lamb, so to speak, do so, so that others can open their hearts in order to instruct the mind of the mass consciousness to the imbalance that is being co-created.

As in the case of those in new Guinea, who sacrificed themselves so that the world would open their Heart Center, these souls, at a subconscious level have elected to participate in this action to wake up the world. When something like this occurs, all souls that see this in the news media are, in fact, effected and touched to some degree and many start to recognize that if we do not correct our imbalance with Nature, this so called Nature, will eventually be knocking on our door if we do not awaken to that, caused by our thought forms, radiating from our fallen nature in the Four Lower Quadrant; which is in fact, causing these Natural Disasters which is part of the Divine Plan as we near the end of this Grand Cycle.

If we can all, at different hours of the day, at least 3 times in one day, radiate the frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony to the planet and to mankind. It will cause a soothing effect which will then help all those who are caught up in the Fear that is overwhelming the planet. Along with this, we can radiate a Violet Light frequency generated, and radiated from the Heart Center, especially at 3:00 p.m. in the afternoon, this will have a healing effect on the planet and help correct those who are also manipulating and experimenting with the weather patterns. (This Light frequency can be imagined, or by holding something of that Violet Color in our hands as an anchoring point, then see this in the mind’s eye, radiating from the Heart Center. PLM)

Feel the frequency within the Heart Center and increase this frequency till it starts radiating out of your whole being, even if it is just for three minutes, it will have a great effect on the planet, our immediate environment, along with all those that we come in contact with on a daily basis. It will also release you from the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear.

We must all be the Children of the Light to awaken all those who came into this existence in order to shine the Light of the Divine to all our brothers and sisters. Let the Light of Love awaken within your Heart so that all may see.

We bid you Peace and Light!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:47

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998


****************************

Awakened 4:11 a.m.

Started 4:44 a.m.

DICTATION NOVEMBER 3, 1998

(Combating The Dark Force With The Violet Color Frequency To Counteract The Manipulation Of Mother Nature)

Presently, we would like to say that those who are in alignment with the Light have been of great help in balancing the frequencies that are now helping to alleviate the stress on the upper mantle of the planet and have been of great help in relieving much of the anger that has been ailing the planet. We would also like to say that much more is needed to combat the frequencies of the Dark Force that is presently sending and creating a disturbance to the inner core of the planet. There are many who are involved in this, as they believe that they will help by manipulating the forces of Mother Nature.

We must all be concerned as these could have devastating effects on the upper crust of the Earth and the resulting reverberations can cause many more land slides and shifting of earth. This can also cause earthquakes and many other disturbances.

We now request that with the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony, and with a frequency of very Light Violet Color, we radiate this frequency to these individuals that are manipulating the forces of Nature. This would be a frequency to wake up these individuals from the distorted belief system that they have co-created. It will not harm them, as it would be contrary to the Divine Plan, to harm another of God’s creatures but to awaken them with an uplifting of the Light within their soul.

This can be done as a group effort, in our daily meditations, by feeling this pulsating sound frequency and by counteracting with a Light frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony with this Light Violet Color frequency which will disrupt and tranquilize this man made pulsating frequency. We must awaken to the damage which is being inflicted to the planet. It is requested that we now start using the frequencies of the “Feeling Nature” as described in the book, “Step Into he Light,” and reread these chapters in order to develop and utilized the Feeling Nature to its full potential. We can all be a unit of One within the Light of the Divine Christ Principle, radiating from the Heart Center in order to align and heal the planet.

Please be aware of all the frequencies that impede an enter your individual aura, as this is already being felt by many and who are presently having unusual reactions on the physical body. These can manifest as allergies, headaches, joint pains and unusual ailments that confuse the individual, which can then become a reality, and a real malady may manifest by the fear imposed by and to these initial manifestations. This is all coming from the outside environment and not from the individual self. This is what can confuse the mind into believing that we are sick. It is only the reaction to these outside frequencies that are being initiated by those who tamper with Mother Nature.

Counteract this by the methods we have described, and do not give power to the Fear that is being assaulted on you by these anomalies that the body receptive is reacting to. Meditate and align yourself with the frequency of the planet, which is increasing in a natural way, and discern what is not natural, and by this awareness, now create this counter attack against the Dark Force with the Light of the Divine. Do not use the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear, as described in A Step Into The Light. The Light of Love with the Violet frequency in a light proportion will help heal and awaken those who are in the entrapment of the Dark Force.

We shine the Light to all our brothers & sisters within in the Divine Plan of the All That Is, which is that higher Consciousness, we all call God.

Peace be with you.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:15.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998


*************************

Awakened at 4:54 a.m.

Started at 5:12 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 20, 1998

(New Instructional Insights On Anger & Volcanic Activity, Warning Of The Next Full Moon Cycle, The Healing Of The Planet With The Violet Purple Frequency)

We are going to be instructing and starting many in the ways of the enlightened, in order that the masses, as a whole, can now take back their power, which they have given to the belief systems of ages past and to other patterns of habit, which will keep them in a fallen state.

This is the frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear which is overwhelming the World. We would like to shed some Light, in that, these frequencies mentioned, correspond to the elements of Fire, Earth, Water & Wind. This is what is being manifested by Mother Nature during this end of the Grand Cycle. These frequencies are already causing the Earth Changes that have been predicted in the past and in the present.

The next moon cycle is going to be rather intense on Mother Nature, with resulting solar flares and also a certain radiation from the Sun with unusual activity caused from its radiance. We would also like to mention that this is all, in effect, enhanced by the emotional frequency of the masses.

Anger will create fires and volcanoes, followed by earthquakes. There will be an increase of volcanic activity if we, as a group, keep manifesting this Anger. The planet was already going through these changes, but it is being propelled, and enhanced by the emotional frequencies being manifest by the World Population.

This is the result of a certain frequency from brain impulses being released as Anger to one another. This creates an electromagnetic frequency as the planet is presently over populated, and as a group consciousness, it is releasing this built up energy which is being inflicted on the planet and our immediate environment.

It is imperative that we counteract this by releasing healing frequencies of Love to all our brothers & sisters and to our immediate environment. Healing must take place. But, before we start with the healing, we must balance all the negative frequency impulses we have generated and we must transmute the spent energy, by reclaiming back all that we have negatively radiated out and changing it back to the Light.

Water, when heated, will transmute to a harmless vapor or mist that does not hurt the environment. When our minds are heated, by the Fire of Anger, it destroys and burns things with destruction. A transmutation does take place but the negative result is the ashes and waste of this destructive Fire. We must recognize that this Anger, that we show and give to one another, will result in the same destruction.

Volcanoes are being heated and activated by this spent Anger that we, as a population, are releasing. We say we, because at this moment if we, as Messengers of the Light, do not get this message across, we also bare the result of the aftermath of that which can be prevented.

We must start, on a daily basis, by awakening each morning and feeling the frequency around our immediate environment. The moment you feel Anger, and with the studies of the "feeling nature" in A Step Into The Light, feel the source of this Anger; then immediately, radiate from your individual Heart Center, a frequency of Love radiating in a Violet Purple radiance that will transmute the Anger that you have awakened to, and are feeling, which will then be bathed by this frequency you send out and the result will be a healing, transmuting frequency.

Those who are awake at 6:00 a.m. can start the day with this radiance of a Violet Purple Light that will heal. The next frequency to be radiated out would be at 10:00 a.m. and then at 3:00 p.m.. The 3:00 p.m. frequency is the most important as this signifies the trinity and the culmination of all transmuted acts with the results to become self evident with the Light of Love.

Anger is the key to work on prior to this upcoming new moon cycle ( full moon of November 4) as there are probabilities of certain volcanoes erupting in such devastating manner that the Days of Darkness may come upon us a little quicker than we would like it to. The resulting ash will then forcibly cause mankind to stop their Anger. This is all after the fact, after much loss of life, which does not have to occur.

The planet Earth is a beautiful place to learn as a school, but those of the Dark Forces may cause the school to burn down. They, of your government, have been experimenting with weapons of mass destruction by underground explosions that are imploding within the planet, and as dictated before, is causing an abnormal shift of magma flow, which in turn, by the frequency emanated from these magnetic fields is causing solar flare ups. What happens to one planet effects the solar system as well as all are in gravitational pull of one another; yes, all will be effected.

Those in the Government and other underground forces are trying to deter these weather patterns and Earth Changes, that they inadvertently are increasing and enhancing by that which they are experimenting with. The reason they are trying to alter these weather patterns is because they have already been warned by the Angelic Forces, which they believe to extraterrestrial, and also from the real travelers of the Universe and also those of other dimensions. It can and will have an effect on everyone, near and far.

The planet was and is going through its normal end of the Grand Cycle, which has occurred many times in you distant past before time was as we know it. Some of the remnants of the past are with us and some will also be unearthed by the forces of Nature as to give warning, that we as a race, have co-created destruction before by our own self will.

We must radiate the transmuting Light of this Violet Purple frequency as all those that receive this message can be facilitators of the One Life we call God of the All That Is consciousness, in order to heal the planet and balance and accept the natural changes the Earth is going through.

Shine this Light to diminish this Anger that is being radiated, especially by many young children that are the Children of the Light that are not awaken, and because they possess a greater frequency than most, if they fall into the frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant, they can, by this frequency co-create great destruction.

There are many adults that manifest this Anger, and they may also be the Children of the Light who possess a powerful frequency that can co-create great damage to others and themselves; in that, they will self-destruct prematurely by the festering of this Anger which anchors in the physical with the element of Earth and Hate, which can result in a fatal illness by their own hands.

Shine the Light to heal our brothers & sisters with this Violet Purple Light releasing that Anger that is festering and allow the Light of Love, Peace and Harmony to heal.

We all must work with one another and pass this on to all that will listen. Please heed the warning as this next moon cycle can be very devastating in all areas of Earth Changes with resulting loss of life. You will become aware of this Anger and its results in your news media, which should motivate you to take action by radiating the Light.

We radiate Love & Light from the All That Is who will receive and radiate these principles to help all of humanity. With Love, we can all co-create the natural change, and cushion, to the best we can, the results of this vented Anger and Fire.

Peace be to all! Love & Light!

The Messengers Of The Light.

Finished 6:07 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998


***************************

Awakened at 4:36 a.m.

Started at 4:50 a.m.

DICTATION OCTOBER 6, 1998

(New Window, Burst Of New Frequency From The Sun & A New Breed Awakening, Earth Changes & Safety)

Today, we as a group, are gathered here to relay a message that is of great importance. You, as a messenger, are now being asked to relay this message with a delicate feel, in that we are in a state of enlightenment and now we have been allowed to see into the next window of the immediate future in terms of this three dimensional world.

Sometimes, as part of the Divine Plan, we are not allowed to venture in an area that is in the making by the will of the masses. Not all of Destiny is set in stone as that which can be seen is still a probable future, that the masses, as a whole, is in the process of making it a reality. The masses, as a fickle group which can be manipulated as well as informed and enlightened, can change the destiny of the window which has been opened.

As we see through the yet opaque window, we can see that humanity is now co-creating a new future. Many are disenchanted by the workings of your Government and the confusion and strife, the furor of anger that has developed, as of, and by, the workings of your President. The "Dark Powers That Be" are surprised and very disappointed that your President intends to fight the impeachment, and is now co-creating a new backing of those that have been wronged in the past by your society, and sometimes by your Government.

It is bringing out a new breed who will now exert an energy & frequency into areas that are now starting a domino effect of confusion & amazement. Many in Government, are now questioning their stance, including those of the Dark Force that are behind these actions to begin with.

We, as a group, are also in surprise and amazement at this new frequency that is embarking on your Government & all system of things. This now is changing destiny a little off center in that path that was being taken, as the Dark Force was well aware of what road humanity, as a whole, was embarking on. Now it is swaying away from the path & now certain elements of time and probability has been changed. The new breed of humanity en masse, who in the past had been silent and not adding or participating into humanities destiny as a whole, are now speaking out as they possess the Power of the Word.

Some of these individuals are Children of the Light, who were not expected to awaken to their role in life; it has been as if a new tone or frequency was sounded, and now they have awakened. They possess a certain quality of Light, that will in fact, co-create change as it is already occurring as we speak.

This frequency is now being felt at all levels, as if and as in stories, where the hero comes into the picture in the time of need, to help those that are oppressed and victimized.

This burst of new frequency was felt from your Sun with the radiance of frequencies that was first thought to be a distance star behind the Sun. This new frequency was in response to this new groups awakening which became the attracting force of the frequency of enlightenment and awakening.

It has co-created wonders in that this full moon frequency was completely different from the past three full moon cycles. This full moon did not co-create the pains, illness and other anomalies associated with the last three. Although there were many that did manifest with a certain type of flu associated with high fever and dry throat, this was caused by the dramatic change in frequency manifested by the frequency of these new group of awakening souls.

Again, we must make things clear that this in no way, takes humanity out of danger of the Earth Changes that are presently occurring, but what it does, is make a new cushioning effect, if the rest of the masses respond to these new frequencies of the Power Of The Word that is being voiced by the new grouping of souls that have awakened and in the process may awaken many other souls of the Children of the Light that have been, what is called, your silent majority.

These Earth Changes are already underway as when you turn on your new media, you are on a daily basis, being shown some catastrophes with the weather and the Earth Changes which will now increase.

Because these events of disaster are now commonplace, on a weekly basis, the masses as a whole, now are being and becoming numb to these occurrences and accepting the disasters as part of life. We must all awaken and know that this is not so. Fifteen to twenty years ago, the weather patterns and Earth Changes of today were less frequent if not rare in yearly occurrences as in comparison to these current weekly occurrences.

Many more anomalies will start to manifest and is attracting entities from far away places in the Universe as well as other dimensions, who as in the form, similar to investigators or scientist, are here to witness these new changes within your realm which your planet falls into. These are the Grand Cycles, we have spoken about in other Dictations. These Grand Cycles are very large, and in your time span, many years in the fulfillment. The planet Earth is now at the end of its Grand cycle which started accelerating in 1987. The second scenario started last year, exactly ten years apart in 1998. Now is the start of the second acceleration which is now part of the Divine Plan and Nature, with one exception. Humanity as a whole has been polluting and causing great damage to Mother Earth. This has also been accelerated by the "Powers That Be" who have been experimenting with weapons of destruction and the underground and ocean detonation of Nuclear Devices.

Your Government has been warned, not only by Angelic Forces but also by those visitors of the Universe and other dimensions. The time travelers that you speak of, which is a misconceptions as time does not exist beyond your three dimensional existence, are here in order to help heal the past in order to empower their point of awareness ( their time frame) in order to enhance their future growth and environment. In the same manner that "A Step Into The Light" speaks about the meditational process and the transmutation process, when we look back and heal our past, by the memories presented in this state of meditation, we in essence are time travelers, as we can heal our past. This empowers our present state of existence in order to quickly embark into that which is to come, which we call our future.

Healing must take place at all levels, starting with the self, then to your immediate environment, then to those that control your future, as those that represent the people, followed by the confrontation of those of the Dark Force that manipulate the Government & the World.

As beacons of Light or as active conveyers of the Power Of The Word and Action, the Children Of The Light can co-create change and heal the planet to some degree. Presently, the Earth Changes have begun and presently we may only be able to cushion the resulting Karma that humanity has imposed on itself.

We are going to see more volcanic activity by the frequency of Anger which is the element of Fire. This Anger, which is now being accelerated by the strife & confusion imposed to your leaders by the Dark Force of the Powers That Be. These are the manipulators that actually control your Government and those of the private sector by the influence of money. They provide the funds that sway those who represent the people, who now actually believe that they are working for the betterment of the people. They have been deceived!

Earthquakes, floods, and tornadoes out of season, along with unusual high winds will now pound the Earth. The Earth Changes are now starting to manifest as there will be certain land masses that will change, starting with certain areas of ground movement. This is not to create fear, but as on individual basis, each person is asked to be aware of their immediate environment and it will become self evident to you as to what will occur in the area you live in. The possibility and probability of disaster is relevant to where you live.

Your inner voice, in the moments of silent prayer and meditation, will dictate to you what changes, if any, will come to your area or within your life.

We dictate at a Grand Scale, of the totality of the planet. We see things as an increase in certain activities and disasters as they come to the forefront which may never occur to the area you live in.

The prognosticators of the Bible as well as your Prophets Of Doom, then and in the present, see the totality as a whole, similar to a computer that calls up a keyword, these main events will show first, as a whole.

We must dictate that during this Grand Cycle, the Children of the Light and all those with some measure of Light, who listen within to their inner feelings and not motivated by fear, will instinctively know when to make a change in their life.

As in other times of disaster or great wars, there were many that, although it was occurring to the major part of the population, these terrible times did not, in any way effect them. They carried on as if nothing was actually occurring. To those that carry the principle of Love, Peace & Harmony, it will be a great adventure to behold while the rest of the world is in strife.

It is all relevant to your being and awakening . We can all, on a daily basis, radiate the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony at 9:00 a.m., at 12:00 noon, and at 6:00 p.m., as a world group of One! If everyone who receives this message, for a few moments of at least 3 minutes, will co-create a tremendous change. Love, Peace & Harmony will prevail in the radiance of the Light within each Heart Center of each individual that participates. It does not matter if you believe in God as a higher power, the energy and the frequency of the brain impulses radiated by every human will make a believer of this power to those of the Scientific and the Atheist. We are all brothers and sister who will now experience the Earth Changes that are imminent. This will be occurring with or without your individual belief system.

We must all awaken to the damage that we, as a whole, are causing to the planet and shedding the Light to those of the Dark Forces who are playing around with the weather patterns which they believe they can control, which is an illusion. The Divine Plan of the All That Is has already set things in motion in the eye of that force we call God. Humanity is reaping that which it has sown by the imbalance and pollution to the beautiful school called Earth. The Grand Cycle is upon us and the Earth Changes have begun for the betterment of those who accept the change and allow the frequency of Divine Light to shine in their Heart for all to see.

We are all Children of the Light here to awaken our brothers & sisters in order to manifest Love, Peace and Harmony which we, will all evolve to, if we take the Earth Changes in stride and follow that small still voice within; that will guide all to safety.. We all came into this world to experience the adventure of a lifetime with the frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony.

May we all shine who read the messages so that all can see. Peace be with you.

The Messengers of the Light.                                                   Finished at 6:16                                    

***********

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

***********

Awakened at 4:22 a.m.

Started at 4:35

DICTATION SEPTEMBER 14, 1998

(Anger Created By The Presidents Scandal, Manipulation Of the Dark Force, Anger - Fire - Volcanoes On The Planet)

Today we will define certain elements that are now in the early stages of events that will be forthcoming, if the masses maintain the frequency that they presently hold. The future, regarding the masses, is always probable and subject to change by virtue of the frequency maintained.

If the masses have a change of heart, either by the power of prayer which can bring Divine Intervention, or by circumstances reflected by disturbances to the planet in the form of upheavals or Earth changes, can quickly change a persons way of thinking by their individual "belief systems." But at this point it may be too late to co-create a definite change.

The masses, by the power of group consciousness, can co-create changes to probable futures if a high ideal is maintained. If world destructions or strange phenomena should occur, then by the factor of Fear, the worst will increase just by the power and energy given to the element of Fear.

Many probable futures have been co-created by the scandal that has hit the public regarding your President. Everyone, to some degree, has been effected and consequently, been manipulated to form a decision of what each person thinks about the extent of the information in front of basically every individual in the world.

Last year, the Heart Center of most every individual on the planet was touched by the passing tragedy of Princess Diana. This, in effect, brought the world together in a loving, touching, focus of the Heart by a Divine manifestation of Light awakened in each individual heart. This same Light that was co-created is now being extinguished by a manipulative Dark Force that is now co-creating the element of Fire, which is Anger. If this Anger is allowed to manifest, which is an action of diversion by those of the Dark Force which has created this distraction in order to gain power over the people for their own gain; they do not realize that by the force of the masses resulting in Anger, which is the element of Fire, will awaken destruction on the planet.

This element of Fire, which is Anger, co-created by the masses will now trigger an effect on the "Ring of Fire" which will activate volcanoes in the Pacific West Coast that were discovered by satellite and photographed by heat sensitive equipment. Scientists were shocked at the amount of volcanoes in California alone.

The population & the world masses, must awaken that we co-create by the elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear, that which can destroy all. The planet is over populated and each entity, by the power & energy of each person's brain waves, when used in a negative way, will accentuate by the mass consciousness, its own destruction. Those of the Dark Force, who are in the process of gaining control by the distraction placed on the American people & the World, do not realize what in they, in essence, are about to unleash by the force field of the masses. This is all mental energy that is now being focused into a dynamo of destruction by the Anger that is co-created.

Heat by the Fire of Anger will now sweep the planet. Many are Angry at the President. Many are Angry at Mr. Starr for fervently pursuing what many feel is a family matter. Many, are now justifying the Hate that they festered towards those of power, which now unleashes Anger and a justification for this Hate. Many now are Angry at the whole system with the amount of money and time spent to bring this action and now are repulsed by what the politicians are now using, by this disgrace, to further their own careers. Many are now Angry that by this action, they, as politicians are now subject to moral scrutiny.

What is occurring, which we have dictated in the book "A Step Into The Light," is the breakdown of the system. The breakdown of all "belief system" of governments, religions, dogmas, institutions, etc..

This now marks the entrance of the Light that will shine, which will bring out all into the open. This, in essence, is the shakeup and breakdown of the old system. We recently had a shakedown in the world economy, which is the frequency of the Sacral. We dictated this in the early part of the year that the scandal of the President is the Sacral Frequency in relationship to money & the circulation or stagnation of this frequency, which is the life blood of the United States & the World.

We also dictated that those who abused or hoarded money would be the first to feel the Karmic repercussions of their relationship with money. The United States fared well in that shake up. The reason is that the United States has always been the first to handout money to the world's problems. This scenario has just begun concerning the economic problems of the World.

What we are now facing is the element of Anger & its corresponding frequency of Fire. By the intensity of Anger co-created by the masses, who have been manipulated into this frequency, will be the mental destructive force that will be preceded by ground movement, especially close to the full moon cycle, thus resulting in magma flow from the core of the planet which, by the mental power of Anger that is being unleashed, will awaken volcanoes on the planet. This then will awaken the other elements which will then follow in unison with all that is occurring with the human consciousness of the masses. The volatile periods will be around the full moon cycles as those that are sensitive will feel the planet's force on the body physical, manifesting as pain and other physical maladies. This was all covered in our dictation of September 7, 1998.

Although, the probable future of your President, as given to those with the gift of clear vision, is that he will not finish his term of office. This vision was also given to this messenger when first elected. Many sensitives around the planet all saw this probable future, which does not have to occur for the benefit of all Americans & the World, as what would follow would now be of the Dark Force who initiated these actions. All human beings on the planet, in general, have a sexual problem by the present "belief systems" of each society & the World. This is nothing new!

What is important here is that the world is being distracted by subtle actions which those who seek to gain control, by the resulting furor and confusion, would then be able to impose those other devices to further monitor each human being. There is a plan to control the masses by a sophisticated computer system which will be imposed on the masses by the resulting Dark Plan of those behind these actions within your Government and in the private sector, who actually, have more control then could be imagined.

Now is the time for the Children of the Light to awaken to what is occurring! We are able to bring this dictation of Divine Intervention by the prayers and calls of the masses, otherwise we, by Divine Law, cannot intervene. Those who intuitively have been receiving these massages in dreams, signposts, visions, etc., must now reaffirm what is taking place. We must all co-create the Light of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. Those who are here to take action by the Power of the Word, or those who are just Beacons of Light must bring in the frequency to heal the planet along with the healing of our brothers and sisters who are caught up in this manipulative Anger which will then result in devastating effects of destruction on the planet. '

As dictated before, if those that have eyes to see and those who hear that still voice within the Heart Center must take action in whatever capacity you can in releasing frequencies of Light of Love, Peace & Harmony from the Heart Center.

Those of the Light can participate with a previous dictation of radiating these frequencies at least 3 times a day to release Light of Love, Peace & Harmony along with the higher frequency of Divine, Love, Wisdom to all the participants of these actions initiated by this Dark Force so that all, and everything that they have manipulated, to come out in the open and be discovered and recognized for what they are and what they represent to the people of the World. Those of the higher teaching can radiate the frequency of 7th Ray & 1st Ray to break down the inflexible, crystallized, thought forms that enslave the masses in order to allow freedom. The Light must prevail so that those of the Dark will have no place to hide and be discovered by their own actions.

All who participate in this Loving action of co-creating the Light so that all may see must activate all family, friends, neighbors and loved ones to work as a Unity of One in radiating this Light of Love, Peace & Harmony from each Heart Center. When three or more gather in the name of the Christ, which is the Light, it will be multiplied.

Let the Light shine!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 6:00 a.m.

Awakened at 4:33 a.m.

************************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

************************

DICTATION SEPTEMBER 7, 1998

(Frequencies Manifesting As Aches & Pains In Joints, Adapting To The Rising Frequency, The White Sun)

( The Dictation started with certain problems and energies I was feeling during this full moon cycle, the peak of the full moon being yesterday, September 6, 1998).

You have been receiving many frequencies & energies on the physical body. These have manifested as pains and aches to the joints and many other parts of the body physical. You have also had an irregular feeling in the solar plexus which has caused you to have to lay down as the frequency has been unbearable.

You have also felt frequencies coming in to your aura which definitely were not your own. You asked and tried to feel the source of these sensations but were not able to tune in to the source.

What is occurring is a touch or a taste of what will come to the masses, down the line, in time. The planet is changing its frequency; and thus, the energy level now becomes distorted and many, who are receivers, are bombarded with random energy. You have also become aware of certain individuals within your family and friends who have ended up in the hospital or in the hands of doctors in search of a remedy for this. Some have been diagnosed with a possibility of inner ear infection or a stomach virus but this had been vague and the source that would be the cause has not been pinpointed.

This will become the norm with many individuals as they now will manifest these symptoms, which will also include; palpitations or a racing heart; or on the contrary, a possible low pulse. The true source will not be found; and that is, that the pulse of the planet along with certain under flow of magma or subtle movement to the upper crust of the Earth's mantle, in any given area, will be felt by certain sensitive individuals. This can cause personal anguish, anxiety and eventually certain illness will surface. Many individual are becoming aware of certain subtle changes in their metabolism and now feel that, maybe, vitamins & minerals might be needed by their body physical as they do feel the change.

The Dictation regarding tuning in to the planet will become necessary & essential in alleviating these maladies. It will become imperative to do this exercise as this will bring immediate relief to all three bodies: the physical; the mental; and the emotional body. ( This is in Dictations II, chapter 6. A copy is posted at the end of this Dictation.)

Self awareness and the surfacing of certain memories from the past will come to the forefront to be dealt with.

The book "A Step Into The Light," as always mentioned in these Dictations, is a source of information to withstand the raising frequency of the planet. The Chapter on the "Quieting of the Mind" and "The Transmutation" will help alleviate and transmute all these old memories that will now present themselves to your new reality, as we are moving into the fourth density in small increments during the end of the Grand Cycle, which is upon us. The change started to manifest in 1987 and in 1997 it started to accelerate with the weather patterns along with earthquakes, volcanic activity, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and fires.

The manifestation felt during this moon cycle, with the full moon at its peak yesterday, does bring about these manifestations. What will follow for many individuals in the next few days of the waning of the moon will be heavy states of depression.  Sometimes, so heavy that many will feel that life is a burden and it is just so hard to compete in life.

Please become aware that it is not you and you are not the source to these depressive frequencies; although for many, it can be with these past memories coming to the forefront. But in general, this depression is from the outside coming in, and these sensations are not your own. Feel and sense where they are coming from. It could be your immediate family and loved ones. Next, it may be your friends or neighbors. What is occurring is the mechanics of mental telepathy is starting to manifest as mentioned in "A Step Into The Light." Eventually, all who survive the coming world changes will manifest the gift of mental telepathy.

This Dictation should be passed on to friends as this will help give information to help alleviate these symptoms which will become commonplace.

This is not to impose fear, but rather, to prepare all who will listen to that which will become self evident.

Already, doctors offices are becoming inundated with patients who seem to have psychosomatic illnesses which the poor doctors can only prescribe sedatives and tranquilizers.

We all must become the beacons of Light to radiate Love, Peace & Harmony from each individual Heart Center. This will help our immediate family; foremost, then the rest of the environment in our immediate vicinity. It is recommended that those who have read "A Step Into The Light" should read the text again as this will open more Light to all that has been Dictated.

1998 marks the start of the World Changes which have been prognosticated in the past by seers & psychics of clear visions of the Divine. We are in those days of change. The environment is changing, along with solar activity. The days of the Mayans with the Golden Sun is now being elevated to a different frequency where the radiance of the Sun is now white with the Children of the Light! Many have become aware that the Sun is not golden as before, but a radiance of the white light which will oppose the deep darkness of the night and coming World changes.

The Children of the Light will awaken to the true purpose of being born on the planet during these times of acceleration for the benefit of being of service to their fellow man. You will awaken to these changes and will embrace the "new adventure" as spoken of in "A Step Into The Light," to be the Light beacons so that our brothers & sisters will find their way in these days of darkness.

Shine the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony from your individual Heart Center and "Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear" will fade away.

Peace be to all!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:36 a.m.

**********

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 3:55 a.m.

Started at 4:10 a.m.

DICTATION SEPTEMBER 1, 1998

(Economic Status Of The World, Manipulation Of The Flow Of Money & Greed, Anger Towards Those Of Power)

Today is a great day to shine the Light on certain events that have been requested by the masses as to a light of clarity of these events.

The which has been sown will now yield its fruits of harvest, both in the good & the bad. The World is now being shaken in many areas that include the whole human structure of things.

The planet is going through its cleansing process to eliminate all that is not in balance with it. It will now send frequencies to every area of human endeavor which will now bring things to the forefront to be dealt with.

The economic woes of the World are the frequencies of the sacral and the life blood of the human system. If it is not flowing in right balance the stagnated parts will now start to have a break down. Those countries that first abused the flow of money, will now be the first to suffer from the actions of their past. Money is the life blood of the country as well as the World. If it is hoarded, or caused to stagnate, certain parts of the country and/or the World will fail.

This now will have an effect in the other parts of the anatomy of the economy. Everything on the planet Earth exists as a unit of three. It is a three dimensional world which is now evolving in to a fourth dimension at the end of the Grand Cycle.

Many of the things that have been manifesting on the planet have been in the physical level. As in the human body the planet Earth exists as a physical body, a mental body and an emotional body. Three integral parts of a unit of one. The first manifestations, or changes, have been with the weather patterns & physical disturbances. That will continue.

Now, we are getting the mental frequencies which are first ignited by the economic structure co-created by the mind body of mankind. Those in the point of power and those who have manipulated the natural flow of money are the main entities who will now meet their Karma in a backlash of that which they withheld or manipulated.

Those of the Dark Force are now slightly shaken as that which they have been manipulating is getting out of hand and out of their control. Many countries are starting to panic and many are now being motivated by the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. Anger is the main frequency that is erupting and all that has been predicted and prognosticated will come to pass with the element of Anger manifesting in war. Those who now feel that they have been manipulated with, will now exert their Anger towards those of power.

Much of what is occurring on the money structure of the planet was pre-planned and executed at lower levels to create imbalance for the benefit of those of the Dark Force in an act of Greed. What started out with bad little boys, playing with small fires, erupted into a blazing inferno that may consume the economic structure of the World. They are shocked that it has erupted into the grand proportions that now face the World.

What is occurring is that the mind body of the planet is now causing frequencies to manifest in the mind bodies of all creatures of the planet. This will now cause an imbalance in the World's mind body. In the same manner that the weather patterns have caused havoc on the World, which will be increasing, the mind body will now cause great disturbances as to the way mankind thinks with its mind body.

Those that have called upon this Dictation must reread & reread this message as in the future days the Emotional Body of the planet will then manifest with its disturbances. This will cause all types of hallucinations and unexplained phenomena to start manifesting with many on the planet. Disturbances in the emotional body, can and will, co-create illness of great proportions. Many are now complaining of aches & pains in their bones, especially in the back area. This is all imbalance to the raising frequency of the planet. We must all co-create the light of Love, Peace & Harmony radiating from the Heart Center of every soul that listens to this Dictation. The message is clear! All that has been predicted is upon us.

It is important that we are not motivated by Fear. We have to rise above the frequencies of Anger, Hate Guilt & Fear into the Heart Center and radiate Love, Peace & Harmony to all our surroundings, especially our loved ones. We then proceed to radiate this Light to the planet Earth. Everyday, we must feel the pulse of the planet Earth and synchronize with its frequency. In this, all that we are, will be blessed and also spared to the woes of the World caught up in the Darkness of imbalance.

To many, this may sound simple and foolish as to pulsate with something, that at the moment we cannot feel. But the only "point of power" is in the now, as to what is occurring on the planet, can have a hypnotic effect on the body system where it might be too late to try to change. A person infested and dying of cancer that is eating them alive, try to change at deaths door, where it is too late. When they had the symptoms is where change must be enacted.

Those who will listen can, on a daily basis, co-create Love, Peace & Harmony in the Heart Center. Do not allow Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear to enter your body system. Daily, we must tune into the pulse of the planet and be at one with its frequency which is rising every day. We must also rise daily to the pulsating Light of Love, Peace & Harmony in our physical, mental & emotional bodies. All who listen can work as a unit of one in order to co-create the Light of the Divine.

In every Dictation we emphasis that the book "A Step Into The Light" is a tool to understand the changes that are upon us. The Law of Threes must be understood in its entirety. It is to awaken the Children of the Light to fulfill their destiny. We all must awaken to the days that will come upon us.

Shine the Light so that our brothers & sisters, that are lost in the Darkness, can see.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 5:12

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened at 4:21 a.m.

Started at 4:38 a.m.

DICTATION AUGUST 19, 1998

(President’s Aftermath, Manipulators Intent & Probable Assassination Attempt., Individual Identification & Control Of The Masses, Terrorist And Resulting Anger and Volcanic Activity With World Changes)

This Dictation is in reference to your leader, the President of the United States. As has occurred, the President has revealed certain information regarding his part in this Karmic scenario. Karma has been set by all participants, especially those who claim to seek the Truth.

The Masses, in a show of force, can allow the Light of the Divine to shine so that the Greater Truth can be known as the Light will reveal all participant’s actions and those activities that are underlying in the Grand Manipulators deception.

All can be revealed which can awaken the whole world to all intended actions of the Dark Force.

There are many things that will follow in the days to come as those that have been waiting for an opportunity to direct the evil intent will now take advantage of the situation at hand as a distraction. We must all bring in the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony in all facets of Government and those that will now direct their diverse actions against the people of the United States and the President. They now, with their dark intent feel the vulnerability of the United States & the President.

Regardless what has occurred, we must co-create the Light and radiate the frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony along with Divine, Love, Wisdom so that the Americans will see the Greater Truth; and thus, co-create unity as a beacon of Light to the World.

It is our responsibility to co-create this Light, as a show of force, that the United States of America is one nation under God! The All That Is of the Divine!

Those within the Government along with independent outside interests, find this opportunity to gain control, and with the distraction of the Masses, their intended Dark Plan to impose certain regulations to identify the masses. This is a manipulative move to be able to impose certain identifying methods to access and gain control of every citizen’s private & personal life. To gain control of all. To be as one identified force under the control of the Evil One as predicted by the Ancients.

This would take away the individual’s personal freedom and thus be enslaved by a higher force which then intends to control the world. This is the basis of the antichrist and the identifying numbers which will be imposed on all.

Because of the distraction with the President’s scandal, and that which will follow, will allow the Dark Forces, which are the real underlying manipulators, to take control of the Masses. Even if something was to fail in their pre-planned actions, then an assassination attempt is in the plan, as they have already initiated this diversionary tactic in order to gain control. They also have other plans in case all of this would fail.

There are Children of Light, as spoken of in the book "A Step Into The Light" as a preparatory guide to these World Changes, who are in key positions to be the beacons of Light of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony who can radiate Light to pave the way for the Angels in form. These Angels in form will then bring in the frequencies of change, Light, and the sword of Divine Truth to cut away this cancer that wants to manifest.

The Light of the Masses is needed in prayer from the individual Heart Center of each person that is of service to the rest of humanity & and the World. It should not be prayer from the Law of Self, Fear, or other frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant. Fear should not be part of the scenario. The elements of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear must be completely eliminated, in order to raise the frequency to the Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle.

We all can shine the Light which will paralyze those of the Dark Force and their intent to control. Light is the one thing that will cause all intended Dark Manifestations to fall apart. We must all radiate the Light so that the Greater Truth will be revealed.

This Dictation has come to the masses, not only in this written form by this messenger, but by individual dreams, intuitions and an inner knowing that many around the World are now cognizant of these actions. By reading this Dictation, those who have already received this message will now take action as it will verify what has already opened within. This will now solidify this message.

We must all take action as the Dark Intent and the masses who are being deceived by the dark true intent of control, if not diverted, will send signals to the planet and more disturbances by these actions, will trigger and set more Earth changes with the elements of Fire, Earth, Water & Wind.

The planet Earth is programmed like a computer to rid itself of dark parasitic actions which are destroying the planet. We must co-create the Light to expose all Dark Force Intent as this will heal the planet which is on the verge of destruction and this we must not allow to occur.

The Children of the Light must awaken to their role in Life and to awaken their brothers & sisters to the impending World changes that are upon us. Not with Fear! But with the raising of the frequency from the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. By opening the frequency in the Heart Center with the Light of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. It does not matter if you are an Atheist or a Scientist with no belief of a higher force, the end of the Grand Cycle is upon us, with or without you!

The terrorist activity was a precursor to all that is in the Dark Plan of the Manipulators and now, if the Children of the Light & the Angels in form do not intervene, terrorist activity can be a weekly to monthly occurrence along with the changing weather patterns.

The next volatile change will be volcanic activity which is at its peak this year. This represents the Anger, or the element of Fire, which will manifest by these terrorist actions. We must all be active participants to stop the advancement of the Dark Force and to cushion the frequency of the planet.

We all must shine the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony so that all will be revealed in order to heal our brothers & sisters along with the planet.

Let the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony shine from your Heart Center!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 5:33 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened at 4:21 a.m.

Started at 4:38 a.m.

DICTATION JULY 30, 1998

(The Underlying Dark Forces & The President’s Scandal, Shinning The Light For The Greater Truth )

Today we will start with a Dictation which has been called by the masses regarding certain subjects.

First and foremost is the call regarding the sexual scandal and your leader of the United States. There are many underlying factors involving your President and those that have been after him from the beginning of his term, and many that have followed since. There are may levels that are occurring here, which are also Karmic conditions for his own growth and learning from the stand point of the soul, and his advancement in acknowledging certain things.

But at another level it is a frequency that involves those of the Dark Forces, who within their power, are trying to discredit the President in the guise of truth which is the greater lie. They have darker ulterior motives in their actions.

The real Truth can be brought about by the Children of the Light in the radiating of "Love, Peace & Harmony" along with "Divine, Love, Wisdom" so that all my see the real Truth at all levels. This could be a great show of force by all that believe in the Law of One with the Creator, The All That Is of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

If all the masses that have requested this Dictation would radiate the Light from their Hearts to all involved in this scenario involving your President, the Greater Truth will be revealed; otherwise, it will be a very sad day for all Americans & the rest of the World as the Great Deceiver will manifest his power in these days of Darkness.

If the Children of the Light and all the masses that requested this Dictation will radiate the Light of "Love, Peace & Harmony" and "Divine, Love, Wisdom" at 9:00 a.m., at 12:00 noon, and at 6:00 p.m., in a moment of silence, the Guardian Angels of the Planet will radiate & mirror these Light frequencies so that all will be radiated with this "Divine Love" of the Masses, and will radiate Light to all of the Dark Forces who will lose their power in this Light Frequency. The Greater Truth of the One Life we call God will manifest by the prayers and affirmations of all who participate. Love, Peace & Harmony can prevail if all gather as ONE.

The President is going through a Karmic Initiation in how he handles this scenario and his share of co-creation which has fueled the fires of the Dark Force of Anger, along with the rest of the Four Lower Quadrant. Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear can be conquered by the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony radiated from the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle, radiating from each individual Heart that participates.

********************

In another call by the masses is the sensitivities that are being felt in the solar plexus region, right below the rib cage, to approximately 2" below the naval in the stomach area. The raising frequency of the planet is causing these butterfly sensations in many individuals with a slight sense of fear and foreboding. Many, again have that feeling as when one drinks 2 or 3 cups of coffee.

The raising frequency of the full moon along with certain solar activity is activating the magma in the center of the Earth. The upper crust of the planet is very fragile as in a cracked egg that is off balance.

As Dictated before, much of this is from the Natural Event of coming to the end of the Grand Cycle; but the major part is from the experimentation with weather patterns along with the destructive force of Nuclear underground testing, which is far more dangerous than if it was above ground. It is causing great damage to the planet Earth that all that has been written in prophecy may come to pass in the disappearance of land masses around the planet. Many old and modern day seers have prognosticated that approximately 85% of the Earth’s population will leave the planet in self destruction.

This is a probable future that does not have to occur! The Children of the Light must awaken to their mission in Life, to save this beautiful school call Earth. This is all explained in "A Step Into The Light" Dictated so that all can work with the Light of the Divine Christ Principle within each individual Heart Center.

We must all participate by radiating the Light at 9:00 a.m., at 12:00 noon, and at 6:00 p.m.. Because of the different time zones around the planet, it will be a pulsating, hourly frequency that will unbalance the Dark Force and the Light of the Divine will be manifest so that all can see their destructive ways.

All who receive the Message should endeavor to contact three or more persons in the sharing of this Dictation. We must all be active participants to save the planet.

"If three or more gather in my name it will be multiplied." Let this be "Not my will but thy will be done" with Love, Peace & Harmony.

May we all shine the Light so that all may see.

The Messengers of the Light

Finished at 5:18 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened at 4:20

Started at 4:31

DICTATION JULY 20, 1998

(New Guinea Tidal Wave, Nuclear Testing, Probable Disappearance of Land Masses)

Today we will be Dictating that a new frequency has raised with the planet. There is a tremendous response by the masses as they are responding to the Dictation’s. Many were awakened to the Light by the recent volcanoes that have erupted along with the heat waves and other weather patterns that are now manifesting around the world. The recent tidal wave caused by an earthquake in the ocean has taken many lives.

We may ask why this has occurred with these villages that are basically living in harmonious but primitive conditions. These were not big cities or slums; but rather, peaceful villagers living in earth huts and bamboo type dwellings.

If we recall the Dictation on the beaching of dolphins and whales that was given in the early part of this year, the same conditions exist. These villagers live at one with nature and they, of themselves, in a subconscious way, have offered themselves as the sacrificial lamb so that the world may see that something is terribly wrong with humanity. In an act of service many have left the planet.

Unfortunately, many will not see the correlation with the damage that has been done by the nuclear underground testing done in these recent years, especially the recent ones in India & Pakistan.

The Children of the Light must radiate the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony along with Divine, Love, Wisdom so that those other countries that are now in the planning stages of working with new atomic weapons, which they in tend to test in the coming months, may surely incur devastation to the planet and this will signal to the world that we, as humanity, are destroying the planet. Unfortunately, this can be after the fact circumstances, as in this event, many of the world population will leave the planet as the Earth changes will definitely incur with many areas being inundated with water and land masses will disappear.

It is important that each person that reads these Dictation’s should notify three or more other individuals to this awakening and warning. Through the higher frequency of prayer from the Heart Center, and not motivated by Fear or other elements of the Four Lower Quadrant as Dictated in the book "A Step Into The Light." The radiation of Love, Peace & Harmony will prevail. Divine, Love, Wisdom is another higher frequency that must be radiated by the Children of the Light, as Light Beacons, being sent to those leaders & scientists who are now in the planning stages of working with these "dooms day weapons." They plan to secretly detonate in underground facilities, which they believe will not be detected by the rest of the world, but they of themselves, will create their own countries destruction along with the chain effect to the rest of the World.

Many seers from the past & present have already seen with inner vision, these land masses that will disappear from the face of the Earth.

The Masses (the World population) who in their prayers, cries, inner visions and dreams have brought in this particular Dictation as many are now being awakened to this pending disaster. The Masses, as a whole, are feeling this but as individuals they think they are just having bad, disturbing dreams, visions & intuitions. These Dictation’s, if spread to the world by the Law of Three, will in one way or another, confirm their deepest fears and by the Dictation’s in "A Step Into The Light" they will conquer Anger, Hate, Guilt and especially Fear from their lives. These are the frequencies of the elemental which is consuming the planet. Humanity is causing the Earth Changes, and being driven to higher destruction by those Scientists around the world who are manipulating the elements.

Fire, Earth, Water & Wind is being elevated to destructive higher frequencies in a "negative thought form" by those of the Law of Self who entertain and manifest, Anger = Fire, Hate = Earth, Guilt = Water, and Fear = Wind. This is what is bringing about volcanoes and heat waves, earthquakes and earth changes, floods and inundation, along with tornadoes, hurricanes and high winds. Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear is what is perpetuating this on the planet. We all are manifesting and radiating these unbalanced frequencies to the planet.

Mother Earth is programmed like a computer to rid itself of the parasitic frequencies and conditions. Humanity, by their own self will, can cause the end of the world as we know it. This does not have to occur!

The "news media" is not reporting all that is occurring on the planet as to not cause fear or hurt the economic structure of their individual country and they are ignoring the damage being done by "self will" and the pursuit of financial gain.

We must all radiate the Light frequency of the Master Jesus and all the Ascended Masters, Guardian Angels and the Angels in Form who are radiating the Light of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

We must all be the beacons of Light so that those, operating in the Dark, can see what they are doing to the planet.

Let the Light shine so that we may all see and change our destructive ways!

The Messengers of The Light!

 

Finished at 5:56

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened at 3:20 a.m.

Started at 3:30 a.m.

DICTATION JULY 9, 1998

(The Full Moon Frequency, Self Willed Actions, Darkness That Will Follow)

We would like to start this Dictation by the announcing of the frequency of Divine, Love, Wisdom which we are presently radiating to the Masses (World Population) during the full moon frequency as many are capable of receiving.

The full moon has a tendency to bring out certain qualities in every soul that is presently feeling the increased frequency of the planet. Some have a feeling of dread, but those that are heeding the Messages and radiating the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony, all have a feeling that something is about to happen.

Yes, something is about to occur within the Heart Center of Humanity. This is the first step in the dividing of those of the Dark Light and those that are Children of the Light with the frequency of Divine, Love, Wisdom, which is now opening in the Heart. All who open their Heart to the Light and who are coming to terms with all past or present "self willed actions" are now being transmuted to the frequency of Divine, Love, Wisdom, if we stand up and face our responsibilities.

This full moon is allowing our "self willed actions" to come to the surface so that we can transmute the errors or imbalance which can draw a remorseful soul to tears, as the Light of the Divine will now bless those who come to terms with their past "self willed actions."

This is the Law Of Grace which will pour into the frequency of each soul that will open the Sacred Heart of the Divine to manifest within. Many are being blessed as of this moment and each successive full moon that will come on its monthly cycle.

Those who continue to harden their hearts and continue to maintain or ignore all that is presented to them, by their "self willed actions," life will become hard. We can do it the "easy way or the hard way" as Dictated to this Messenger in the past Dictation’s.

Those who maintain Darkness will now start to awaken the Dark Side of their Nature. This will slowly start to increase within the next few years. Many, because of their Evil Dark Past will now leave the planet. Those that are witness to these departures of spirit will be baffled as to the real reason they have given up the spirit, so to speak! This is the unveiling of the door where evil dwells.

During these full moons, many that have that feeling of dread are getting a slight example of the great Darkness that will follow. This is all part of the Divine Plan in the separation of the sheep of "Good & Evil" as spoken of in the Ancient Sacred Texts.

This is not to impose Fear, as those that are reading this Dictation should already have conquered Fear by the instructions and Dictation’s of the book, "A Step Into The Light." Fear must not be a part of your life. If you have studied and worked on the "Transmutation Chapter" you would already have balanced most of your past.

Those that are still holding on to Fear should reread the entire book until you take your power back, which has dropped to the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear of the Dark Force within the Law of Self.

You should, constantly on a daily basis, raise your frequency to the Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle of the Sacred Heart of the Divine frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony. When you are in control of the Light within, you will be in complete control of your life and protect your loved ones during the coming changes on the planet.

Now is the time to acknowledge the words of the Master, "I only have one commandment, Love one another as I have Loved you." It all starts with the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

Let your Light shine so that all can see and balance, the Darkness that has been within, and to transmute it back to the Greater Light, thus allowing freedom of the soul to bathe in the Light of the Divine.

We must all take responsibility for our actions, along with, all that is attracted or co-created in our lives. It does not matter if we consider ourselves to be the helpless victim, we are the co-creators of all that we attract; whether it be "good or evil." If it is in our lives, no one is sending it to us, it is pouring out of our own system for refinement and transmutation, and all that are effected by this is also co-creating it by "self will" or by "service." We choose our own paths.

Open the Light so we can all see! Peace be to all!

The Messengers of the Light!

Finished at 4:40 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened 4:59 a.m.

Started at 5:05 a.m.

DICTATION JULY 6, 1998

(The Second Coming, Transmutation, Call Of The Masses)

Today we have a Dictation that should be looked into; for as we speak, things are starting to manifest. The World’s masses have requested a sign as to the second coming of the Christ. They request to know if they, are in fact, going to be awake or aware of the second coming.

The World situation is presently at a point that they feel, this can start pressure within themselves, as the planet is constantly increasing its frequency. The group consciousness of the masses is such, that as individuals in a state of being alone within their own frequency, many are starting to feel as if panic will overcome them. They all, as individuals, are having a need to be with someone on a constant basis. The need to preoccupy themselves, by watching T.V. or having the radio on, or talking to someone on the phone. They cannot stand to be alone, by themselves, without some distraction or the company of another soul.

What is occurring is that if one is by themselves, their past starts to unveil before them or they are sensing and feeling frequencies that start making them anxious and a need of distraction and the company of others is needed.

But, another thing will start happening, that will, in the company of others; that is, the frequencies of those surrounding us starts to leak out and we start to get irritated with these anomalies, which is the Dark Side within each individual, starting to come out in the open.

At first we start blaming someone, or certain situations for the cause of these things, when in fact, it is that which we have kept within us and not transmuted back to the Light. It is all unfinished business that we did not attend to at one time or another, within our life. It is now coming to the fore, for attention, transmutation, and the resolution of the soul back to its source. A Step Into The Light explains this in the "Transmutation Process." This chapter outlines what is occurring. The chapter before this one should also be read.

The "Second Coming of the Christ" is within us, as with the opening of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle within each souls, individual Heart Center. This will be the separation of the sheep as to the awakening and coming to the fore of all our life’s works and efforts with the Dark Light and the White Light. If we can balance all that is within us, we will then balance all our frequencies of the Law of Polarities by bringing in the third ingredient, which is the "Second Coming of Christ, which is the Light! Love, Light, Truth will awaken in our Heart with the Divine Trinity of Love, Peace & Harmony, and with that, the "Second Coming of Christ" will be received in the Heart Center of each individual soul that is ready to receive.

All the outward or outside signs, which will manifest as part of the Four Lower Quadrant of the elements of the planet Earth will cause those with inner vision to seek the Light within. The Kingdom of Heaven is within us, and the "Second Coming of Christ, as the Light of the All That Is, which is the God Consciousness, will be awakened and received within us.

Let the Second Coming of the Christ manifest as the blessing given by the Master and those before and after, radiating the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony.

As the Master Jesus stated, "I only have one commandment," and that is, "Love one another as I have loved you." Peace be to all that will receive the message of the Divine Christ Principle.

The Messengers of the Light. Finished at 5:31

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Started 10:25 p.m.

DICTATION JULY 2, 1998

(THE RING PASS NOT)

We must acknowledge and be aware of our "Ring Pass Not" at all times. When we are with those that we love, we tend to let it down.

If you become angry, in the moment, you have been prodded to step out of your "Ring Pass Not." Realize this immediately and take a pause, then restructure you "Ring Pass Not," again.

You must maintain yourself in a frequency of being centered. You are neither to the left nor to the right on polarities, but rather, the referee, in-between, allowing things to manifest in the open so that all can see. Do not take a stance in defending or acknowledging certain views as at that point you may step out of the "Ring Pass Not." The quickest method, of course, is by Anger that we fall. Next, we will Hate the opponent and then ourselves for falling. Next, we may feel a need to make amends because Guilt is now coming into the picture. Then we measure our stability and then we allow Fear to set in.

Allow opponents to vent themselves with all the vocal energy they choose to waste. When they are through and exhausted, you can then maintain your power if you do not let the words effect or sway you.

If they have said something valid, then you can acknowledge that you will give it some thought, and not necessarily that you agree with their thoughts, but you must also bring in the "Power Of The Word" by stating and showing them that their Anger or manipulation is not the deciding factor.

If there is nothing valid in all they have said, when they are completely exhausted with everything they have said, do not react or acknowledge anything said and leave it at that. That way you maintain your "Point Of Power" by not reacting or confirming; for that matter, acknowledging their outbursts. They will be exhausted as there is no exchange of energy.

You can make a simple comment from the Heart Center by saying something like "although you have said a lot of things, I have nothing to say, but I sincerely hope you feel better." Do not radiate anything but "Love, Peace & Harmony."

If you presently have Anger to any degree as to what has been vented to you, you have stepped out of your "Ring Pass Not." You will have failed to learn a great lesson in tolerance.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 10:45 p.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DICTATION JUNE 22, 1998

(Illusion & Fantasy, Atheist, Scientific & Spiritual Stances)

Those that are caught up in the frequency of Illusion & Fantasy will try to qualify everything that is presented to them as a Truth by taking a spiritual stance, usually backed up by religious & sacred text, but neglecting the Scientific stance, and the Atheist stance. Those who take a Scientific stance will want to be shown clear, physical, substantiated proof by their own Scientific principles; and thus neglecting the Spiritual and Atheist stance.

The Atheist will take a mental stance as they believe that everything is in the mind or a hallucination, dream or belief system and thereby, canceling out Scientific or Spiritual data, unless it has some mental substance.

Many on the path will be amazed as to the degree that many Atheist who are kind, loving souls, who share Love, Peace & Harmony; not because of spiritual principles or the fear of "brimstone and damnation" or because they do not need scientific data to qualify anything. They have and share Love, Peace & Harmony because it feels right. It feels like it is the natural thing to do. It just feels good inside! Yes, many kind, loving, gentle, Atheist souls radiate the trinity of Love, Peace & Harmony and are higher on the path than those who have to qualify their stance by religion, sacred texts, as in negative spiritual stance; and conversely, they do not need physical, substantiated proof as in the negative Scientific stance.

When all three stances are taken & manifested in a positive frequency of a "Trinity of One," the Light shines bright!

When we start arguing beyond three minutes in a fall to the Four Lower Quadrant with the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear, we jump from one "belief system" to another, in the frequencies of the Spiritual stance, the Scientific stance and the Atheist stance. One point of the argument will be backed up by a Spiritual stance, another by a Scientific stance and finally the statement "I don’t believe that or this!" which of course is the Atheist stance. Take a guess as to who of these three is usually right in this situation? Of course, it will be the Atheist as the statement is a Truth in the "Aspirational Solar Plexus" with the statement, "I don’t believe that or this!" Why? Being in the Four Lower Quadrant, it doesn’t feel right, so they, in a slight leaning to the Light, reject the frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant. They don’t believe it!

Those of the Spiritual will keep arguing with their "belief systems" backed by sacred text, that they are presently perverting by using it as a manipulative tool to get their point across!

Those of the Scientific will back up their "belief system" in a like manner stating all kinds of linear, horizontal knowledge and data as substantiated proof, which of course is full of polarities, as "trinities to be."

The Atheist can get caught up with mental data of the workings of the mind; but in most cases, they laugh and say "I don’t believe that or this" and walk away. No argument, no fuss! If it does not feel right they just stop doing what does not feel right; and thus eventually, break through the "Aspirational Solar Plexus" and into the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony.

Once they establish themselves in the Heart Center they discover that, the Spiritual, Scientific, and the Atheist, as a balanced Trinity of One, exists and feels right and now it is awakened and accepted as a Truth in the Heart Center.

We can do it the easy way or the hard way. Freedom of choice is ours in order to find our way to the Greater Light!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 2:26 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened at 4:03 a.m.

Started at 4:16 a.m.

DICTATION JUNE 16, 1998

(Underground Testing, Damage To Planet, Seismic Activity, The Elements)

You are now being guided as to the forth coming frequencies & events that will be manifesting in the next month, to two months. Certain seismic anomalies will occur and this will now restructure the mantle on the Earth’s crust.

Everyone should prepare with food items and water as the events may occur sporadically and at any given place. As far as the veil that is still opaque can be seen through, events are constantly changing by the call and changing frequencies of the masses.

The above warning is mainly for those that are prone to seismic activity; although, there will be other areas that will manifest these anomalies which have not had occurrences before.

What is this that is occurring? Is this God’s will? No my good friends & loved ones, it is by the Law of Self Will, and a manipulation factor that is motivated by Fear. Those of the Law of Self are testing underground with weapons of mass destruction, as was done before time was; before we know it, they also manipulated in the self destructive manner that is occurring now.

This is causing great damage to the Earth’s upper crust and the mantle is cracked beyond repair. Volcanic activity has a way for the planet to release pressure within the Laws of Nature but these channels of escape have been cracked, so to speak, releasing pressure and magma in ways that are contrary to the Divine Plan by Man’s destructive ways.

This underground testing of atomic weapons has caused a reverberation that is going to manifest in many unusual ways in the next few months. Most of humanity will not see the parallel.

When a destructive force, as in this, that is incurred to the planet which is already going through its Natural Changes; it increases and upsets the Divine Plan which has already been set forth.

Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear is increasing on the planet, as the pressures that are unleashed are causing an imbalance to electromagnetic frequencies that are now seeping into the human body; this is also activating within the human structure.

That which we do the planet Earth, we also do to ourselves!

Many are experiencing Anger, which is the element of fire within the mind, which causes many to explode in the same manner that a volcano erupts, spreading destruction.

Hate is the dense, dark, frequency of the element Earth and the upper crust which corresponds with man’s stability, is being cracked, and is causing the nervous system to vibrate & shake with tremors in the same manner of earthquakes.

Guilt is starting to manifest, as in the emotional instability, which is in correspondence to the element of water. Rivers are flooding over their banks, rainfall in some areas is now massive and totally out of control. The emotional body is causing malfunctions within the physical human body, with many, breaking in tears with emotional pain. The body is basically all water and throughout its inner core, many are now coming down with ailments and disease. The body is not at ease, which causes the disease!

Fear is like the wind which can come in gale force, causing hurricanes within this element of non-passive air. Tornadoes, hurricanes and winds of destruction are also occurring within humanity, causing many to do heinous acts of violence and destruction which is on the increase.

Humanity must open their eyes and those who have the vision of what will manifest, will see that what we do to the planet is against the Divine Plan of the All That Is, and will manifest to the same degree to the human body and to humanity as a whole.

Those who have inner vision must radiate the frequencies of Love, Peace & Harmony, radiating from the Heart Center as frequencies of soothing, calming, emanations, so that all can repair the damage & therefore cushion the Earth’s upper crust.

If all will, at 12:00 noon, meditate on sending Love, Peace & Harmony to all on the planet, it will have a great effect!

A Step Into The Light instructs on how to co-create a balance within each individual which can then have a benevolent effect on those who can not see their destructive ways.

The chain of events that are manifesting on the planet, in effect, is the out picturing of humanities destructive misuse of Mother Nature and this school called planet Earth.

Let the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony shine so that all may see and change their destructive ways.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 4:58 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened 4:58

Started at 5:08

DICTATION MAY 10, 1998

(Mother’s Day)

Today we will dictate a message that may bring Peace & Harmony with the frequency of Love for all. Today we would like to bring Joy, in that, many are awakening to the Light of the Divine Christ Principle. Many are heeding the messages that have been broadcast in response to the prayers, meditations, and inspiration’s by the Masses. This in itself will have great healing and balancing frequencies for our beloved Mother Earth. Today is a special day for the beloved Mothers, as parents of the Children of the Light and of all humanity as well. We would like to acknowledge that many women who are not parents, but still function as Mothers to those in need of a parent, with the Divine Truths that they impart in service to those in need, are without question, Mothers of the Divine Light. They shine and nurture so that others may see.

We all give thanks to the All That Is in this day of celebration as the frequency of the planet has taken a turn from its destructive course into a more positive path. This does not mean that all will be well; but rather, that the course of probability has made a slight change for the best. We must proceed with great caution and awareness in being able to cross the cycles that the Masses have created as certain probabilities were close at hand.

Mother Earth, as it has been called, is in great need of repair from the mis-qualified actions of our past. But most important of all, is the mis-qualified applications that those of the Dark Force of the Law of Self are experimenting with center frequencies, energies & vibrations in a Lower Quadrant nature in trying to divert the normal process of the Divine Plan. This can have very diverse effects of the planet as Mother Earth has its own defense mechanism that will go into effect to cleanse itself of the parasites who may tamper with the Divine Plan. These Dark Forces, in the act of being parasites within the Law of Self, believe that by their manipulation; that they in effect, will help the Masses.

This is a time of awakening as the frequency of the planet started to manifest itself in 1987 and is gradually increasing its frequency in its natural process during the end of the Grand Cycle, which is upon us.

This is a normal natural event that the planet Earth, as a school, goes through within the Divine Plan. Those with the gift of prophesy, described it the best they could with the limited knowledge of humanities present state of evolution during the days of the Bible. Revelation is a dream with only half of the message that was given to John. The second half is missing, which foretells how to go about repairing the out come of that which was foretold in the first part of the dream/vision/revelation.

Dependent on the masses, the second half of revelation in the sacred text may be unearthed or awakened to the Masses. The powers that be, which include the Vatican, possess great Truths within the archives of the Books of Knowledge from ages past that are undisturbed in their original language. This holds true with those that hold the Qumran Dead Sea Scrolls. Many others possess ancient text but by the nature of their contents, as Divine Truths, those that are capable of reading this text have great fear of the contents, and how it can change, possibly in a destructive way, the "belief systems" of the world. They do not realize that they are not alone and they are not the only ones who possess these great Truths as beacons of Light.

The pressure is building up to a peak which will have a domino effect around the planet as no one wants to be first to release this information as they fear for themselves and their families from the repercussions that will ensue.

The path of probabilities have been set and destiny will be determined as to the path that will be taken by the powers that be. Who will be the first to co-create the leak which will break open the threshold that presently holds the dam of knowledge back.

The Guardian Angel who releases Seventh Ray frequency to the planet and the Children of the Light are here to release the Masses from the hardened, rock solid, crystallization’s which will be shattered into pieces by the note of the Divine which is raising in frequency and intensity. These are the mis-qualified "belief systems" which have become hardened and inflexible to change. Truth will be revealed by the Guardian Angel as the Light frequency is being released and it is reaching its intensity and vibration to where it will resonate, like a musical note, and shatter the glass. This is the Violet Light which releases to the next octave as seen in the rainbow.

The time of change is in the present. Even it the powers that be, become hardened and steadfast, the inevitable will still occur creating devastating repercussions to those who withhold Divine Knowledge.

As dictated before, the probability which is still in view will be a manifestation of strange phenomena in the sky, as if the stars of Heaven will be falling but with an eerie effect as something beyond our comprehension is co-creating this sensation. This will ultimately create a wave of fear and virtually paralyze the emotional frequencies of many with diverse effects. This is a probable future and does not have to occur.

All those who are awakening to the Divine Light of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony can radiate this frequency to their bothers and sisters, as explained in the book A Step Into The Light. This will reveal knowledge, according to the Divine Plan of Mother Earth, by awakening those of the Law of Self to the Light, and this will reveal Truth.

It will just take one, to take a step forward into the Light and the rest will follow as the pressure is building within them and it is becoming an unbearable, mental pain which needs release. The Light of Seventh Ray which releases the frequency of Divine Will Into Form & Divine Law and Order from the Ageless Wisdom will transmute the mis-qualified Dark Frequencies with this Violet Frequency as a magical manifestation which balances and cleanses the planet allowing the Divine Plan to follow its course.

This is a great day to celebrate as Divine Knowledge is being released to the Children of the Light which will then, in effect, awaken the Children of the Dark; thus releasing, all that has been withheld from humanity. They will awaken to the damage they are inflicting to Mother Earth. We must all become the beacons of Light, to radiate Love, Peace and Harmony and be active participants to save the planet.

Rejoice with the exciting expectation of change and release all your "belief systems" that hold the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear.

Endeavor to awaken our brothers & sisters to the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony within each and every Heart. Rejoice that our maternal mothers have allowed us to be born through their instrument of being, to be part of this Glorious Adventure in bringing in the Light of the new age. We must also thank Mother Nature as part of the Divine Plan, in allowing us to inhabit this wonderful school called Earth.

Rejoice with the Messengers of the Light!

Finished at 5:25 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Started 4:56 a.m.

DICTATION MAY 8, 1998

(Emptiness & Depression)

This is a Dictation that is being called upon as the masses are shifting the frequency in their need for answers to certain frequencies that are awakening from within.

One that is most obvious is the feeling of emptiness & depression as if they may be coming down with something. Because they see other like individuals, this might confirm what they are feeling, or coming down with. Again, as in previous Dictation’s, the planet & the consciousness of the masses is what is causing this solar plexus shift & the rising frequency of the planet in conjunction with the end of the Grand Cycle.

The key is to tune in to the planet with the stabilizing technique which was given in the Dictation, recently. (4-29-98)

This will create a feeling described above which can, with certain individuals, create impatience along with the eruption of Anger. This is also coinciding with the planet resulting in Mother Nature reacting to the Natural Changes but also being enhanced by the thought forms of the masses causing disturbances within Nature around the World. The full moon, which is waxing will also promote these frequencies within mankind and Mother Nature.

Become aware, if these frequencies are raising within you, and if you feel the need to be of service, by this awakening and awareness; radiate Love, Peace & Harmony coming from the Heart Center to your immediate environment. This is a frequency above the Four Lower Quadrant with the absence of Anger, Hate, Guilt and most important, Fear! Do not be motivated by Fear as to what is occurring; but rather, Love, Peace & Harmony in a Loving, serving, manner in order to heal the immediate environment.

All those who participate will help heal the planet as beacons of radiating Light as spoken of in the book "A Step Into The Light."

We must all be participants in the awakening of the Children of the Light; in order that, the healing of the planet and the evolution of mankind will be in Harmony with the Divine Plan, which is presently unfolding during the end of this Grand Cycle.

The planet has been increasing in frequency which started escalating in 1987, as a Natural occurrence; which the planet goes through with cycles within the Grand Cycle, which is now finalizing.

Many changes will occur with this Natural Event, but the powers that be, who are already aware of this occurrence, are trying to diffuse this Natural Event. What they do not understand is that they are adding to the already existing, volatile, condition as they are working in the act of manipulation, which is the Dark Force.

They believe that they are helping mankind with their selfish intent within the Law of Self, but they are working with Dark Manipulative Forces which is against the Divine Plan of the predestined All That Is within Nature. Other Natural Events, which will be self evident, will manifest, as with this tampering with Nature.

The beacons of Light radiating Love, Peace & Harmony directed to the "powers that be" and directly to the environment, will have a soothing, healing effect to the consciousness of the Masses: and also, to the manipulators of these Dark Forces which will cancel their destructive methods.

We all possess the inner Light within the Heart Center with the frequency of Love, Peace and Harmony which radiates and can heal the planet. We all have to be direct participants of this action within the Law of Service.

Prayer alone, as a request for these impending events to go away, although well intended, is still within the Law of Self, which is the Dark Force. This may awaken as a shock to the body system, but we all must be active participants and awaken to the depth of Darkness we have fallen into. We are participants who created this mess, by self will, and must awaken to the fact that we must all clean it up. By requesting in prayer that it be taken care of for us, is a self willed action of the Dark Force. We must all become awakened to this Divine Truth and become active participants, raising above the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear, into the Heart Center frequency of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace and Harmony.

As "beacons of Light" we can radiate the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony; thus, canceling the manipulative powers of the Dark Force. This will allow the planet to go through its Natural Cycle within the Law of the Divine Plan.

We all have this power within us to be of service. In the same manner that we, and those before us, created the self will destruction that is destroying the planet, we can also heal the past & present by being active participants of the Divine Plan by co-creating the Light.

By the disturbances we are feeling within our body system, the same is occurring within the planet as a whole, and we all have the power to heal!

Let the Light Shine that we may awaken to the future events which are manifesting in the present! Love, Peace & Harmony be with you!

The Messengers of the Light!

Finished 5:45 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

**********

Awakened at 4:02

Started at 4:12 a.m.

Dictation April 29, 1998

(Twenty Minute Technique to synchronize to the acceleration of the planet)

During this period of high acceleration of the planet, many frequencies and levels of energy are released and those of higher sensitivity will start to react to these changes. Those of lower densities within the persona will then follow with a dense feeling of being slightly in a numb, tired state. This will be characterized as constantly being tired, with a headache sensation in the head, and constantly yawning.

The planet, in its time of change will also react in spurts of reactions with the weather patterns, constantly fluctuating. With certain occurrences here and there, throughout the world in its various frequency centers, which are similar to acupuncture points within the physical body.

As these things start to occur, we may find that we have sleepless nights which gravitate the previous mentioned characteristics. These symptoms can be alleviated by short, relaxation meditational periods throughout the day.

This can be done by laying in a prone position, on a bed, now start relaxing every muscle within the body in a five minute preparation, which will include an exercise of the breath.

First, you become aware of the physical body, gently and slowly take a long breath that will fill up the lungs. Hold it for three seconds as you feel the energy going through the whole body. Then you release the breath, gently & slowly, releasing all toxic and negative energy as you release all the air from the lungs. Now, you relax and breathe in a normal fashion, feeling the sensations in the physical body. When you are ready, you follow the same steps for the Mental Body and the Emotional Body.

As explained in "A Step Into The Light" the Mental Body & the Emotional Body are equal in density as the Physical Body within the "inner reality", although not visible to the regular human eye. This must all be done within a 5 minute period or less, as a preparation.

Now that the three bodies within the "inner reality' of the Spiritual Body are relaxed and cleansed, we now proceed in allowing our frequency to regenerate itself to the frequency of the higher acceleration of the planet. The next 15 minutes we close our eyes, and allow the Physical Body to fall into a deep sleep as we release our consciousness to leave the body physical by proclaiming "I now leave my physical body in order that it can heal itself and regenerate itself in synchronization with the planet and Mother Nature manifesting as the Divine Plan." "I enter the Divine Light of the All That Is" in a state of sleep returning to my Physical Body in 15 minutes within three dimensional time. Not My Will But Thy Will Be Done Within Divine Law & Order!  No Harm Will Come To This Instrument."

You may have to use an alarm clock to awaken yourself at the end of this 20 minute exercise. Five minutes of preparation and 15 minutes of regeneration of the body.

Of course, this must be done with the conscious awareness of not allowing the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant to manipulate your frequency with Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear. The Divine Trinity of Love, Peace & Harmony must prevail through the whole exercise.

In the event that we allow one or more of the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear, it will just cancel out the process resulting in regular sleep and waking up in a drowsy mood with no harm to the instrument of being.

But, when the technique is done within the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony we will feel rejuvenated and in sync with the All That Is with a tremendous amount of energy, enlightenment, and an overall feeling of euphoria as we are now preparing ourselves for the Fourth Density that the planet will evolve to, during the coming changes of the planet.

You will not be drawn to the negative frequencies of the news media and what is occurring to the rest of the world which is already in confusion & strife. You now will be seeing the outer reality within the Light of the Divine Plan in synchronization to your role in life, all within the frequency of the Divine Christed Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

Share this Dictation with you loved ones and all those that have eyes to see and who can listen from the Heart in order to direct the Mind with the clear vision of the Divine. May we all grow into the Light of Love.

The Messengers of the Light!

Finished at 5:04 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

*****

Awakened at 4:01 a.m.

Started at 4:09 a.m.

DICTATION APRIL 26, 1998

(The Elements, The Grand Cycle, The Unit Of Three: Spiritual, Scientific, Atheist)

Today is a great day to speak about the Divine Light of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle. Love, Peace & Harmony is radiated out from the heart of those that are opening the Heart Center. What this means is that the awakening soul is rising above the Four Lower Quadrant which makes its home in the Solar Plexus Area which is just below the rib cage to about 2 inches below the navel. This is the area where we have the sensation of "butterflies in the stomach" when we are nervous, anxious or exercising the frequencies of Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear.

These are elements that correspond to the three dimensional school called Earth. These are the elements that create conflict within our system as well as with the planet itself, with the elements of Fire, Earth, Water & Wind.

As these elements increase within mankind, it also increases as a manifestation on the planet Earth. In the same manner that we may have weaknesses upon the physical body, it will manifest as a disturbance within our system. This is also reflected on the planet Earth and the areas that we have weakened, by abuse to the planet, and now we have physical disturbances, such as: earthquakes, tornado’s, hurricanes, drought and the list goes on.

The news media presents these disturbances and exaggerate the intensity of this phenomena which is then exaggerated within the weak minds of the viewer, who now with negative co-creative energy enhances and feeds the collective consciousness which now co-creates the increase and proliferation of this disturbances.

We are co-creators and must be careful of our thought process, which is a form making instrument. Fear is paralyzing the planet and there is a Dark Force which believes that there are too many undesirable humans who should be eliminated and thus leave those of like thinking to control and inhabit the planet. Although they believe they are doing it for a higher purpose, it is still the work of the manipulator of the Law of Self.

Many, are within private underground units, still others are within factions of Governments. They are already manipulating with time, as we know it, but also with genetic experiments within the physical being. They are also manipulating weather patterns, as they feel that if they can control Mother Nature, to some degree, they can change the inevitable change which is part of the Divine Plan.

Humankind raises their consciousness to the point that they believe to Gods in their own selfish way, believing that they are helping their fellow man. Those of the Law of Self are not in synchronization with the Divine Plan. We are nearing the end of the Grand Cycle which creates change. It is not necessarily the end of the world, as we know it, but it can be, by our own Dark Manipulative ways.

The masses are forced fed indoctrination’s by the news media, which then perpetuates "belief systems" within the masses as negative thought forms. All thoughts are co-creative energy which can create a reality. The masses are creating a probable future that does not have to be.

If the ground rumbles, it is because of the lower vibrations that we are co-creating. It tornadoes touch down on Earth, it is because of our negative thinking grounding itself to manifestations of destruction. If we have floods, it is because our fluid emotional bodies are in an unbalanced state, and the list goes on.

We are the co-creators of our manifested conditions. The end of the Grand Cycle does not have to be severe. It is a change in consciousness and does not have to manifest as a physical condition; although, change does effect the environment but it can be acceptable to all life forms.

The planet Earth is a school with many cycles within many lifetimes, all within a larger Grand Cycle. Humankind is so vain with its "belief systems" that we are the only creatures, in a conscious state, to inhabit the Universe. Humankind’s history is also a "belief system" that we only had on beginning to the level of advancement we are in as modern man.

Humankind has had many previous advancements, which far surpass our present conditions, only to fall into the chasm of Darkness to start the whole process, again and again.

Those who advance to the Light find freedom and evolve to other lessons within the grand play of the All That Is which is the higher consciousness of the Divine. This, at our present state of evolution, we find comfort in calling God. Although, it may shatter our hardened, crystallized, "belief systems," the Atheist, the Scientist and the Spiritual are a balanced trinity of One. Separated, they cannot exist as they will be off balance, but as a unit of One, as a trinity, they exist in the Higher Mind of the All That Is.

These are the three major "belief systems" that are at odds with each other on the planet Earth. Until they find balance as a trinity, we will be held in the clutches of the Four Lower Quadrant of this school called planet Earth.

Those of the Dark Forces of the Spiritual "belief systems" are creating Fear and distorting scripture for their own benefit.

The Dark Forces of the scientific world are manipulating with nature and life forms.

Those of the "belief system" of the Atheist are using are using the Mind to control the masses in their Dark Energy.

Now all three, coming together as a unit of One, can co-create Love, Peace and Harmony coming from the Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle. This is raising the consciousness to the Greater Light which creates freedom.

When you listen to the Dark Energy, radiated by the news media, do not fall into the trap of manmade "belief systems." The Dark Forces of the Spiritual will create Fear that God is a vengeful entity and the end is near along with the scientific and Atheist Mind. The Mind, of itself, is the tool for the manipulator, but those of the Light within the "Trinity Of Three" (Spiritual, Scientific, Atheist) will listen from the Heart and then tell the Mind what to do. As the Master who walked the Earth stated, "get thee behind me Satan!"

Listen from the Heart and not from the mind and you will be guided by the Light of the All That Is; thus eliminating: Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear. We are all here for the great adventure and we all chose to here as part of the Divine Play. Do not let the Dark Force manipulate the Divine Plan of the One Life we call God. Shine the Light so that we all may see and hear from the Heart.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 5:23 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

______________________________________________________________________________________________

******

Awakened 4:21 a.m.

Started at 4:31 a.m.

DICTATION APRIL 21, 1998

(Linda McCartney, Princess Diana & Mother Teresa)

In response to the call of the masses, we will dictate the following message.

Those who have Fear, ponder with the mysteries of life as to what is occurring in humankind’s destiny. The destiny of those caught up in the news media sometimes confuse the senses as to why certain things happen to those who seem to be innocent or who have an abundance of Love for those around them. They take care of themselves and have certain disciplines which we, of ourselves, cannot even follow. Yes, it may appear that they are human like the rest of us, but they also have another quality that we may not have; and this exemplifies goodness for their fellow man.

Princess Diana, Mother Teresa are very special individuals. Mother Teresa had a good long life, but in the case of Princess Diana, her life seems to have been short lived, or was it? These are the mysteries that confuse us.

Now in the case of a loved one, Linda McCartney, we have come to accept her as the mate of a very special, known person as her loved one, Paul.

We have all been aware of her presence, but now that she takes leave, we recognize that another wonderful, loving human being has left us as we feel the repercussion of a vacuum of where Love existed and she is now gone. Now we are aware of another wonderful being, standing beside and backing her mate in this lifetime; although in age, she is in between Mother Teresa and Princess Diana, but her life still seems short lived.

When those of the Light leave the planet a vacuum is created and by their example, we all, in our own way, try to co-create some of the Love that they shared when they were with us. In this case, the lesson of partnership and loyalty, as a loving Light to all the husbands in the world and this will now be touched within the Heart Center. Something is now moving and creating vibration in another aspect of growth to both genders of those in a loving partnership of loyalty and friendship, whether in marriage or just shared acceptance of one another.

Another aspect that we may all question is the malady that manifested as cancer which consumed the life essence; although, she had certain disciplines regarding food and other aspects of her life.

We have been taught, within the Dictation’s, that cancer occurs where there is imbalance or the lack of Love as Love cures all cancers. The mystery arises, in that, here is a loving human being that should not have had cancer.

Everything that occurs that touches that individual spark of Light within our Heart, is a lesson of the Divine for all to learn. But if we Dictate part of the answer we may not understand the full lesson that is unfolding in this scenario.

Those that are of the Light will always ask questions, primarily in the form of silent prayer as to why, certain things occur. We have already raised a few questions which are obvious, but we will now ask you a few questions.

Would you sacrifice your existence in this world so that others would advance to the Light? Would you give up your family, especially your mate of many years, just so that others can learn the existence of Love & Loyalty in a partnership? You might ask, "I’m not a famous person and I wouldn’t even be noticed if I exited the planet." "I wouldn’t make a difference!"

Of course, this is what we would all say. The Children of the Light, who have awakened their Heart Center, with the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony; regardless if we are a famous person or a homeless rejection of society on the streets, a vacuum will be felt!

With a famous person, we will understandably know our sadness; but with the unknown person it will still be felt as a spark of Light has left us. We may wake up one morning feeling a sadness within our Heart Center that may last for three days, and we may brush it off as a cycle of depression, which usually comes and goes in our cycles of Life. But as we become aware of the "Feeling Nature" within us, as written in A Step Into The Light, we will understand these sudden changes that we have no answer for within our psychic.

Love comes in mysteries ways to awaken that spark of Light within us by the example of others whose Light will touch us.

In the case of the news media, those of the Dark Force will quickly jump to discredit the Light that shines from within the individual. But, as per previous Dictation’s, we must remember that Truth can only come from the Heart and not the Mind!

It is not always the lack of Love that creates the cancer in someone, but the cancer within the society that is accepted and taken on by the Child of the Light as an example for all, so that we all may see the lack of Light & Love in our partner relationships. Man does not live by bread alone, but by the Light that we radiate to one another with the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony.

May we all question ourselves and learn the lessons given to us by the Children of the Light so that we may all see.

Let the Light shine in our Hearts, within the memory of our Loved Ones who are the Children of the Light.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 5:20 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Received at 1:43 p.m.

DICTATION APRIL 5, 1998

( Raising Frequency, Misinterpreted Predictions & Crystallizations)

The frequency of the planet is changing, as we can see by all the natural occurrences that are being manifest throughout the World. This is all part of the Divine Plan within Divine Law & Order as it has been foreseen by those with clear vision from the past. Being that much has been prognosticated by these seers from the past, we must acknowledge that sometimes, that which is seen can be misinterpreted, if we have no reference to some of the particulars of what we are seeing as it is in the distant future.

Presently, we are at a higher frequency then those in the three dimensional world and although we can gaze into the probable realities we are still seeing through an opaque veil. This has caused great fear with the masses that are being fed "belief systems" that are ancient and from the past; from religious and sacred texts.

We are here to quiet down and release those that are caught in this frequency of fear that is paralyzing the planet Earth.

We must always keep in mind that our three dimensional world is like a school to reawaken that which we lost from the fall from the Greater Light. It is not a school in that sense that we learn linear, horizontal knowledge in the form of "belief systems" that are manmade. We are here to reawaken the vertical alignment to the higher self within the All That Is which we call God, the Higher Consciousness, Truth, Light or whatever we may want to call this source which is Love. Love is the frequency that beckons to us and we give this source a name; then we determine what this source needs from us which compels our frequency to create a "belief system" to fill this need to venerate with adoration and appeasement.

"Belief systems" are manmade with a spark of Truth at its base at the inception. But as we grow within the "belief system" we then create and "illusion or fantasy" of where this "belief system" should evolve to. But, because it is anchored or rooted to our three dimensional world, created by man, it then begins to harden and become crystallized within its own "belief system" inflexible to change, although we as souls are evolving. The original Truth that the "belief system" was created from is embedded within this cold, hardened, rock like existence which we characterize as a crystallization. It is inflexible to change!

What is occurring on the planet, at present, occurs within each Grand Cycle which we are now reaching at its end. The planet Earth, as part of the Divine Plan of the All That Is, has a built in memory system to cleanse itself. This shift of frequency creates a note, which will activate the memory system of the planet to cleanse itself. This note in the form of a sound vibration, as it increases, will break down all crystallized forms, ideas, dogmas; belief systems in all religions, governments, institutions; and anything that is inflexible to change.

We should eliminate Fear as we all came into incarnation with this knowledge that we must reawaken to. We all came for the adventure! The fulfillment of this particular Grand Cycle coming to an end. Do not have Fear as this is not the end of the world unless, you as an individual, create it as your reality.

Many, that have been scared to death by misinterpretation of scripture and have literally left the planet by walking in front of a train or other types of self created disasters because of this self imposed Fear. And yes, to them it was the end of the world! But you are still here and it is still a reality within your system! You are still in school!

The end will be for all crystallized forms and if you are inflexible to change then it may, by your own "belief system," be your end of the World.

The "belief systems" that we hold, can be the reality we create. Yes, the planet Earth is coming to the end of a Grand Cycle, with or without you. But each one of you can make a difference by the Light that you shine.

Anger, Hate, Guilt and especially Fear are what is paralyzing the planet. It is causing an imbalance against the Divine Plan. Many factions of the Dark Forces are manipulating energy which is against the Divine Plan as they are trying to manipulate the change. Although, their intentions are, within their own "belief system," to help the people they govern; they do not realize that they are causing and increasing the frequency against the Divine Plan. Manipulation in this form is within the "belief system" of the Dark Forces.

The Children of the Light are here, in this incarnation, to balance and cushion the Dark Force that is against the Divine Plan by radiating Love, Peace & Harmony from the Heart Center.

The Messengers of the Light are the Guardian Angels of the planet, and by the call of the masses in the form of prayer, can give enlightenment as to how to counteract against the Dark Forces that create Fear. The Messengers of the Light cannot interfere in humankind’s matters, as these are lessons in progress, but they can guide and inspire the students to better withstand the lessons "en masse."

We, as the Messengers of the Light, oversee the grand play as a lesson for the reawakening of the Light within. You and many with the spark of Light within, may be the Children of the Light who, in this incarnation, can make a change by being active participants with the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony. You are participants of this grand play as a lesson.

Fear is the main frequency that on a daily basis should be eliminated from within your system. Freedom is being free of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear which are the elements of the planet Earth which are explained in the book, "A Step Into The Light."

Before time as we know it, the planet Earth and its former occupants have evolved within the Grand Cycles. The Children of the Light are here to cushion the Earth’s upper crust by the elimination of Fear.

We are here for the adventure! We are here to enjoy life and have abundance and most of all Love; which is Light; which is Truth. This is all within you Heart Center. It has to pulsate with Love, Peace & Harmony within the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christed Principle.

We create our own world, our own reality! Love is the key to fulfillment. Be kind to yourself and embrace the Love that you withhold in your Heart so that we may be blessed by the Shinning Light that you are! We are all One!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished at 2:46 p.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Started at 11:07 a.m.

DICTATION APRIL 1, 1998

(Frequency Of Anger)

Anger is part of the Four Lower Quadrant which corresponds with the elements of this three dimensional world. The planet Earth is a school to reawaken to the Greater Light.

The elements of the planet Earth are frequencies which invoke vibration which causes movement. This movement is what motivates and creates the impetus or the driving force of each lesson presented to each individual soul who then corresponds with their internal frequencies, as energy, and thus creates lessons for the individual self. The individual self is the persona body which is divided into three individual bodies which are: the Physical Body; the Emotional Body; and the Mental Body. The Spiritual body surrounds and encapsulates all three bodies within its auric field and the outer perimeter is the "Ring Pass Not."

We must be in complete control of the "Ring Pass Not" in order not to give our power away.

Within the individual Heart Center of every soul is the spark of Divine Light which is individual to each soul. It is not to be given away or be manipulated by other Dark Forces into relinquishing it.

The "Ring Pass Not" of the Soul is a defense which no other entity or frequency can trespass into. We, of ourselves, give this power to others by allowing them to enter into our frequency or by trespassing beyond that frequency by the temptation or manipulation of an outside force or energy.

This is what the frequency or manifestation of Anger is, as explained in the book, "A Step Into The Light." Something or someone outside of ourselves, beyond our "Ring Pass Not," has tempted us and has succeeded in having us create an outburst of Anger, which is releasing energy (our Light frequency) beyond our "Ring Pass Not" in an outburst which then depletes us. We have given our power away in an outburst of Anger. This then creates a chain reaction within the other elements resulting in the manifestation of the other three parts of the Quadrant.

Anger is followed by Hate, which then results in Guilt, followed by the manifestation of Fear. These are the elements which take our Power away; thus, keeping us entrapped within this school to learn how to co-create Love, Peace & Harmony within the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle.

The frequency of the planet is escalating, which causes people to react to this change which is an irritant; consequently, bringing in the frequency of stress which will create Anger within an otherwise, docile, friendly soul. This is a lesson "en masse" that is effecting the whole world. Everyone will be tested within this frequency of Anger.

We must, on a daily basis, balance ourselves by meditation, contemplation or prayer. We must also feel the frequency of the planet and raise our frequency to pulsate in unison with what is occurring around us. By being aware as to what is occurring, will create balance within your life.

More than ever, humankind has to have a period of toning down the stress factor that is upon us by relaxation, meditation, contemplation or silent prayer.

Do not be tempted to react to Anger! Co-create Love, Peace & Harmony by trying to feel what the other person feels and comfort them by acknowledging Love, Peace & Harmony; even if by the gentle touch of the hands.

Let the Light of Love shine to those that may be entrapped with the frequency of Anger.

The Messengers Of The Light.

Finished at 11:57 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Started at 4:01 a. m.

DICTATION MARCH 31, 1998

Anger & Violence, Children (This is a dictation given after the violence in Jonesboro, Arkansas by two students.)

Anger is presently being manifested in the frequency of children. They, of themselves, cannot seem to understand why it is becoming a part of their lives.

As the frequency of the planet Earth increases, there is felt, a certain strain that will then bring about frustration. Anger is admitted frustration with the need to take it out on another helpless victim! This certain strain, within the frequency of stress, will cause certain individuals to act out certain acts of violence that normally would not be in their frequency. But, because of a void (emptiness) within the vibration of the persona, it can cause the stress level to build and the frequency raises to a degree that they no longer are in control. Certain frequencies within the physical body, will numb the mind into committing certain acts of violence.

After the deed has been done, the release of the stress brings back the individual to a normal frequency and they wake up to what they have done.

How is this possible, we may ask ourselves, when we realize what we have done? The masses will all ask the same question, "how can such children create these acts of violence?"

We have to acknowledge that we, as a society, are to blame in bringing these acts of violence within reach of children by the films and videos we adults create. Children do not create films or the violence, adults create that which will manifest within the weaker mind.

Anger is the first frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant. Frustration, which is a frequency created by a non-creative source is a four part event. First, the acknowledgment of a void (emptiness) which then seeks to be fulfilled. This void, not being fulfilled creates agitation and desire escalating to a point. The third part is the actual release or explosion which is then splattered in all directions. In the case of a violent act, all the masses will be sprayed with this frequency that is splattered at all levels. In the three dimensional world, this is the news media which then reverberates the furor of this release of Anger which then causes all who listen to be affected by this act. The fourth part is the awakening to the act that has occurred, not only by the perpetrators, but by the masses who have been touched by this splattered energy.

This splattered energy becomes seeds of Anger as the masses now start blaming, anyone and everyone for the responsibility and source of this act, not realizing that "like attracts like" and this is the actual cause for the frequency that has been seething like a volcano ready to erupt.

Children are our most important asset as they have the key to save the planet. Some will be born with the frequency of Light, awakening within, at a rapid pace. Many are already aware of the Heart Center. And most importantly, many have incarnated in order to be the Sacrificial Lamb in order to shed Light into the World before something worse gets out of hand. "Wisdom can come from the mouths of babes," if we listen.

We must listen to the frequency of the Divine Light within our individual Heart Center. Why are so many acts of violence occurring? Who is the student and who is the teacher in these events?

The three dimensional world is a school to awaken to the Greater Light from whence we all fell. In spurts of enlightenment, we awaken to that Light which we lost. We are all brothers and sisters! Some are victims and some are the administrators of acts which we may presently not know the true underlying purpose of the intended lesson, unless we listen to that still, small voice within our Heart Center, and we then get the message. Some are teachers and some are students in the scenario of violence and Anger that will be occurring within our field of vision.

We must all wake up to the Light, that we may see and hear the message from the mouths of babes.

Let the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony shine from within.

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 4:40 a.m.

(This Dictation was after the aftermath of violence by two children, at their school, in Jonesboro, Arkansas. PLM)

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened 4:43 a.m.

Started 4:54 a.m.

DICTATION MARCH 8, 1998

(Light Within Certain Films, Pulsating Defense Frequency Against The Dark Force)

There are many who are presently, starting to become awake to the Light, by the messages of certain films. Many of these films are co-created by those of the frequency of self, as in the Dark Light; and those of the frequency of aspirational love, motivated by the White Light. Both of these are polarities and can eventually create a matrix or pattern to unfold to the frequency of the Light, which is neither black or white, and is the third frequency which transmutes this polarity to a balanced Trinity.

There are certain films that have the essence of the Light and are Divinely inspired from the Heart Center, which does in fact, awaken this spark of Light as a Truth.

As we now tend to be consumed by viewing many videos & films, we are being exposed to many frequencies at a rapid rate. A great many exploit violence and combative situations, with weaponry that is inspired by the animal type nature in man. But these do not have substance and leave a void unless the viewers participate in similar type negative actions. This is mass hypnosis which can control the masses into self destruction.

The Children of the Light have a great responsibility to counter and create Light to dissipate this violent nature which is developing in lower man and thus fill this void with Light.

Consequently, one, two or three great films inspired by the Light in the Heart Center can have a great healing effect. Thus, Light from the Heart Center of Love, Peace & Harmony by the participants & characters in the film can dissipate much of this Anger that is consuming the public.

Anger is the first frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant which is of the four elements that consumes the individual into the lower depths of the Quadrant. This is explained in "A Step Into The Light" at great length.

It is essential to understand the mechanics of the Dark Force in order to counter attack in the radiance of Light! This action is not aggressive in nature; rather, a radiating and raising of the frequency to dispel, with harmonious action, that which is intended to destroy or manipulate its victim. If the Light Ring Frequency is raised to a consistency of a constant pulsating, radiating, action of Love, Peace & Harmony, all intrusions are either transmuted to the Light; or, as in the case of an elevated master of the Dark Force who is foolish or vain enough to attack this frequency, by that which it emanates to its target, it will hit the outer rim of the Light frequency of its victim which is then catapulted by its own Dark power, accentuated by this Light Ring, and returns back to the sender in a ten fold action which can be devastating to this master of the Dark Force. A warning to those who are not masters of the Dark Force; those who would play with these dangerous black arts, physical death will result by this self created action. Those who misuse the Power of the Word please be warned!

This is a great tool by the Children of the Light to dismantle the intended action of the Dark Force. Because the Children of the Light who radiate at a constant low pulse, which is very effective, can be mistaken to be a weak victim as it is not a great frequency of Light which would be seen and the Dark Force would otherwise avoid a bright Light. Because the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony is vibrating and radiating in a series of constant, pulsating cycles; it is misinterpreted by this particular Dark Force as a weak victim. But once the attack is made, the Dark Force, by its own action, will create this powerful action into its own destruction or weakening of its Dark elevated power, sending it into a state of Darkness.

Those of the lesser Dark Force, who are just unbalanced souls, when they are attracted to this Light, in the same manner that an insect is attracted to the light of a light bulb, they are transmuted to the Light. They may have an experience which is similar to those who claim to be born again in a flash of Light.

This frequency, can only be radiated from the Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony. This is not an aggressive action or intended to create harm in any way; on the contrary, it is an action of service to those who wish to partake of the Light of Love by their own action.

In the same manner that the Sun is constantly radiating its frequency, it can be natural to the growth and evolution of all God’s creatures in the school called planet Earth.

Those who are foolish can create a craft to approach the sun but will be consumed by its radiance without ever touching its surface. The Sun does not create an intended harm to anyone; it just does what is the intended purpose, and that is, to radiate its Light.

May we all shine our Light so that all may participate with the frequency of the Divine Christ Principle radiating from the Sacred Heart of each Beacon of Light. A constant pulsating frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony to one and all of our brothers and sisters.

The Messengers of the Light!

Finished at 5:34 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Started at 5:38 a.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 26, 1998

(Acceptance Of The Subtle Frequencies Of The Planet)

There is a frequency that we are now entering into that will be felt as a tingling sensation within the nervous system of many. This is the electromagnetic pulse in each area that we live in and the pressure that is being compressed within the top layers of the crust of the Earth. A slight creaking and moaning that may be felt within certain abodes, homes and structures.

Not all will hear the creaking and moaning as some homes are situated on a harder mantle than others but the tingling sensation can be felt by many. It can be very subtle.

This along with many other frequencies of the Feeling Nature will start to open up. Many will now start to have small bursts of energies that can be termed, psychic. At first we may view these as coincidences, but coupled with the tingling sensations which may be felt in the forehead, the back of the neck, sometimes it may be felt as a build up of what we may believe to be stress. This can be through the whole body in general. The back of the eyes may also seem to be exceptionally tired.

What is occurring is the increase of the planets frequency. The feeling of stress is the body’s reaction to movement and the tightening of certain muscles. When this is occurring, first with the tingling sensation, which is very subtle, then the tendency to tightened certain or all muscles; the key is to relax the whole body instrument to be at one with the raising frequency of the planet.

Animals that will cease evolution and are now at their end of their cycle as a species, are tightening up and will leave this existence. Others, welcome this increase in frequency and adapt to the new sensations being felt on the body, which is in a very subtle sense, a feeling of being massaged or touched.

Humankind, not being in tune with Nature, will have a tendency to tighten up which will awaken maladies of self destruction, sometimes awakening new illnesses, or unbalanced frequencies unknown to mankind as we reach new levels of higher frequencies which started manifesting in 1987.

On January 19, 1998, a new level of acceleration, shifted gears so to speak, and many at different times of the day or night, are experiencing nausea in the abdominal region and unusual pressures in the head area. Some may experience a feeling, or sensation, as when one drinks three cups of coffee in one sitting. A Feeling of hypertension and uneasiness.

The key is to relax the system and absorb the frequencies which are new to our body instruments. Even as we tend to have sleepless nights, relax the body in the same manner that you would, if you were on a boat cruising the ocean. There is movement in the upper crust and we must go with the flow.

By radiating Love, Peace & Harmony from the Heart Center to the whole body instrument, which should include your home and all persons that may share this home, will create a feeling of tranquillity if we accept these subtle frequencies.

If we fight it, stress will be created which will eventually result in illness. During these times of stress, accompanied by these tingling sensations, you will see a dense, lost look in certain peoples eyes. There may be a slight look of confusion, being tired, as if lacking sleep. Although well rested, they will start yawning and may constantly be stretching the body.

Of course, not all will feel what has been stated. Those who are awakening souls will be the first to feel this phenomena and then may explain it to those who start feeling it down the road in time.

In the same manner that in your pioneering days of the old west, the Indian Scout would go forward to find the best passages and routes, then bring that information back for the rest of the wagon train; in like manner, those who are awakening to the "Feeling Nature" can then warn or console the rest in due time.

By not being aware of these subtleties that are creeping up on us, can weaken and thereby create a breakdown of illness for the awakening soul.

Before going to bed, feel the planets frequency and pulse; then request dreams of guidance. Upon awakening, hold on to that twilight of frequency or recall, and hold on to whatever dreams, thoughts, or even one word that may be remembered. Write it down, and later in quiet contemplation, translate or receive the message.

Also, upon awakening, feel the frequency of the new day and adapt by relaxing every muscle in your body/instrument which will include: the physical body; the mental body; and the emotional body. Radiate Love, Peace & Harmony and embark with the adventure of a brand new day, no matter what negativity or chaos may be occurring on the planet or within humanities worldly matters.

You are here for the adventure! Let the Light shine from within so that all may see.

The Messengers of the Light!

Finished at 6:18 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Started 6:25 a.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 25, 1998

(War Postponed In Iraq, Receivers & Radiators, Beacons Of Light)

You have been awakened as to be a channel of frequency to those who need to receive the Light from these dictation’s. It is not in the sense of channeling, as in other forms, but by the instrument/body becoming a conduit to radiate the Light so that others may receive. The individual spark of the same frequency of Light within the Heart Center of those that read the dictation’s, will be activated, in the same manner that you may electrically recharge a battery.

These dictation’s are for the awakening soul to hear and read that which is spoken, in many frequencies. The message is dictated around the world and in all countries for those who are capable of receiving and dictating the message. This Messenger is not the only one who receives these dictation’s.

When the dictation’s are given, by the fact that many receive and anchor the message, it is solidified as a form in the three dimensional world. Each receiver will, by the Divine Light, transcribe and receive each dictation and add the spark needed; and thus radiate, as a beacon of Light, for all to receive.

There are many who are receiving this present dictation and have no means to physically distribute it; but, by the beacon of Light that they are, it is still transmitted within their area in a radiating frequency. This is in the same manner that a radio station receives and radiates its radio signal to all that turn on the radio.

Many received the last message concerning war with Iraq, and yes, to some degree, war has been postponed at this moment. But, by the radiation of the masses, the masses in turn have delayed this action by free will in the form of prayer.

The Dark Forces are still at play in this scenario and the tide can change, so to speak, within the moment. It is important to be in tune with this subject; although, the news media may think and believe that everything is okay.

The frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear is active and alive within the Dark Forces. Yes, manipulation is the underlying frequency behind this supposed agreement; which your representative has signed with their leaders.

Time is the underlying frequency which the Dark Forces are utilizing for their benefit. Not that war should be imposed; but rather, to dismantle the frequency of manipulation by radiating to those that are beacons of Light, the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony which disables whatever is the underlying manipulation of the Dark Force. (We are all brothers & sisters and frequencies of the Dark Force are on both sides of this confrontation.)

Of course, all of what is occurring is motivated by Fear. Fear of itself, has no power, but by the energy that is fed by the victim of this Fear, keeps and perpetuates the frequency of the Dark Force, alive. This is all explained in the book "A Step Into The Light" in the chapter regarding the Four Lower Quadrant.

The purpose of these dictation’s is to awaken the masses and those of the Light as to this book which has been dictated, in response to the cry in the form of prayer, by the masses.

These dictation’s are not singularly given to this author/messenger; but on the contrary, all who are receivers hear the message from within their own system, and thus at the eleventh hour, a delay was created which has postponed the war, which is still in the frequency, but only delayed. This "eleventh hour" was dictated in your news media. The frequency of Light and those that received the last dictation of Sunday, February 22nd, created this phenomenon of change.

Yes, you all can make a difference by radiating Love, Peace & Harmony from the Heart Center to all that are manipulated by the element of Fear. Fear of itself had no power, but the victim gives it the energy to stay alive.

Love, Peace & Harmony has no element of Anger, Hate Guilt or Fear. On a daily basis, in order to strengthen your individual frequency, ask yourself, "am I vibrating with my individual Divine Plan," and "am I in rhythm with the frequency of Mother Nature (which is the Divine Plan of the planet) within this school called Earth?"

You will instinctively know if you are out of balance with the Divine Plan. You may, in quiet contemplation, create the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony, which will tune your body/instrument to synchronize with the raising frequency of the planet.

Whatever is holding you back and whatever is causing you to be unbalanced will present itself in order to be transmuted back to the Light. This may be your past errors and falls into the lower depths of the Four Lower Quadrant. But now, you may redeem and transmute, with forgiveness to yourself, and others you may have transgressed upon within this and each particular fall. This will be revealed to you in moments of quiet contemplation within the Heart Center; along with, recall and messages from the higher self within your nightly sojourns in dreams. This is all explained in "A Step Into The Light."

Let all that may receive, radiate the frequency of Love, Peace & Harmony of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle as beacons of the Light.

May we all shine! Shine! Shine!

The Messengers of the Light!

Finished at 7:06 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened at 4:44 a.m.

Started at 5:18 a.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 22, 1998

(Connotations Of War With Iraq)

You have been awakened in order to bring this message to those that are in fear of the coming events in the Middle East. This has caught the eye of the public as it has the connotations of that, which has been prophesied, by those with clear vision.

The coming events or the possibility of war is a probable future and even at this state, on the eve of this probability, it still remains a probable future. Because humanity as a whole, which comprise the masses, are the ones who will dictate this probable future. Right up to the three minutes prior to all out war occurring, it will be dictated by the masses, which will then signal the leaders; who will, in the twilight of what will occur, create this probable reality.

There are still, as of this moment, many probable futures or solutions to this confrontation. The warriors on the part of the USA, which is your military, reflect a probable future which is to fight and do what warriors do. This is their intention, but the higher force is still in the hands of the masses, by those that retain Fear.

This is both by those that impose and those that oppose. The Iraqis are part of the masses which include their sympathizers, along with those that intend to attack.

This grand play, that is held by the masses, will dictate prophesy, one way or another.

The main frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant that is causing this grand event is Fear! Fear on all levels! Fear that their leader is creating weapons of mass destruction. Conversely, they have the Fear of being annihilated. All are in a state of Fear! Fear on all levels.

Where is all this Fear coming from? When Fear is allowed to take over the system of any type of human manifestation; if not complied with when it is coming from outside the system, it then creates Anger!

Anger is admitted frustration with the need to take it out on another soul or system. An intelligent person or system that manifests Anger must reassess their intelligence!

Again, where is all this Fear coming from? Why is it being perpetuated to one another?

The cause is not from all the parties involved in this grand play, although they are the ones who are giving it the energy to exist. Fear is being perpetuated from that which we do not have access to and in reference to what is occurring on the planet. And that is, that the frequency is raising and will ultimately reach another frequency, and at this point, we have no knowledge or semblance of this new reality within the frequency which we are escalating to. The planet Earth is at the end of the Grand Cycle. The increase and raising of this frequency started to take place in 1987. This is a "Quickening of Time" as it is not linear, but the curve of this time frequency is a cycle, and we are coming to the end of this Grand Cycle.

Does this mean it is the end of the world? This is a grand statement as the world or its reality exists within us; then it is given form in the world of illusion, which is our three dimensional environment. The world exists within each individual as part of the masses. Yes, we may all synchronize in flight, like a flock of birds flying and turning in formation without bumping into each other as spoken of in "A Step Into The Light," which is this group consciousness of the masses.

The key is to be an individual entity, by releasing this Fear and acknowledging that its source is the "the fear of the unknown" which is the raising of the frequency of the planet Earth to a higher frequency presently not known to us. By raising this frequency, which is situated in the area of the solar plexus, just below the rib cage in the area of the stomach, and by acknowledgment that it sends distress signals to the brain; this is the "flight or fight syndrome" of lower animals. Again, by raising this frequency to the area of the Heart Center and then radiating Love, Peace & Harmony it will now dictate to the brain that you are in control. This will cancel out the distress signals from the solar plexus with the "fight or flight syndrome," created by Fear, which will now dissipate.

A "fight or flight syndrome" is retained and released in spurts of three minutes till the danger is gone by the animal kingdom. Conscious souls, caught in the lower frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant of animal man retain this Fear till exhausted, even though, the danger may have passed four hours ago, we keep perpetuating it.

The key, is to know that this is occurring to the group or mass consciousness. We are all individual souls and must work on an individual basis of radiating Love, Peace & Harmony, as a frequency emanating from our individual Heart Center. This is the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle; in that, we all become ONE. All those that radiate the Light will become the Power of One. One with the One Life we call God. The All That Is of the Divine Christ Principle.

We must all follow our individual Divine Plan, and in that, it will help the masses caught up in the frequency of Fear, which then results in Anger followed by the need to take it out on someone, and that can be the probable future of War! Yes, things look inevitable, even for those that are not in embodiment within a higher realm of clear vision, but it is presently in the hands of the masses. It can still be averted by the individual radiance of Love, Peace & Harmony.

Maintain your existence as being free and not part of the masses caught in this state of Fear. By being individualized within the Heart Center, and by all being in the Heart Center, we will all become the force of ONE. The All That Is.

Are we at the end of the world as spoken of? Yes, for many it can, and will be, by their "belief systems." The planet Earth is going through a change in frequency with or without you!

The purpose of these dictation’s, is to awaken those who have made the call, in this state of Fear that is paralyzing the planet. In response to this cry of the masses, in the form of prayer, the book "A Step Into The Light" has been dictated to the chosen messenger by the Messengers of the Light of the Law of One with the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

"A Step Into The Light" is a series of dictation’s in book form to explain what is occurring on the planet in this beautiful school called Earth. The Children of the Light have embodied to remedy this, but by the Law of Rebirth, in that, when coming into this world without memory, we then have to awaken in steps of enlightenment as a remembrance of our purpose in life. "A Step Into The Light" gives the awakening soul, the power to strengthen the persona body to be able to withstand the raising frequency of the planet. The awakening soul will then awaken to their purpose in life, as the Children of the Light, so that others may see.

Again , is this the end of the world? For many it can and will be in their own reality. It is not necessary to hold this "belief system." All who have incarnated into this time and space, in general, have come for the great adventure. This can be a very exciting, glorious time. But we must, on a daily basis, conquer Fear! Fear can be relentless, especially during these times as the raising frequency is being misunderstood; and as a result, it has become a manifestation of the "fear of the unknown."

By maintaining and radiating the frequency in the Heart Center, we will then be synchronized with the planet and our individual Divine Plan which will be at One with the planet; and with the One Life we call God or Higher Consciousness.

It does not matter if you are an atheist, scientist or spiritual person, there is no time to argue. The planet is evolving with or without you. There is no other plan other then the Divine Plan of the All That Is which is the God Consciousness. Anything else is self destruction! The planet is cleansing itself in the same manner that we can cleanse, align and tune our persona instrument to be in harmony with the Divine Plan.

Be gentle with yourself as you may drop into the frequency of Fear; sometimes up to 100 times a day. That is okay, you just gently raise yourself up to the Heart Center 100 times a day. Do not retain Anger, Hate, Guilt or Fear for longer than "three minutes." Once you synchronize with the raising frequency, you will be within the Divine Plan without Fear, and with the new exciting frequency of adventure.

We are here to enjoy life, to shine the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony; to have abundance and to share Love. Love is Light and Light is the All That Is of the One Life.

We are all Children of the Light and we are all ONE!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 6:38 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened 6:10 am

Started 6:24 am

DICTATION FEBRUARY 16, 1998

(Beaching Of Whales And Porpoises)

You have been awakened for the following dictation. Many are concerned with the recent beaching of porpoises and whales and as to the reason behind this.

It is twofold as they are reacting to the change in frequency and the other is; the fact that, they are sentient beings at a different scale than humanity. They are able to perceive the higher frequencies that mankind will eventually perceive. Being that they are sentient beings (having senses or feelings), they can perceive certain feelings and emotions that escape mankind’s perception as a whole.

What is resulting is that they can feel the disharmony of those on the planet that are constantly radiating unbalanced and negative frequencies which are unbearable to certain whales & porpoises who then become the receivers of these emanations by humanities unbalance and they become the Sacrificial Lamb of the Christ Principle; as in essence, they take on the sins of the world so to speak.

These are evolved sentient beings within the species of whales and porpoises, and they do this act in unison with others in a show of force which creates a phenomena within humanity and many are touched as a vacuum is drawn to give attention to this act of self imposed destruction; thus giving the thought which is radiated, and we recognize that somehow we as a race of supposedly, conscious souls, are somehow to blame.

Yes, we are mistreating the planet and in essence we have unbalanced the natural flow with nature as we will also see birds reacting to the stress of this unbalanced frequency.

Everyone must share in the acceptance that much has to be done to correct this imbalance. The frequency is being felt by many as a sense of having no direction in ones life; as if we are at the end of our rope so to speak. Many seem to find the future as being hopeless and feeling as if they should just drop out of the human race. This is a different quality of depression that must be discussed with one another in order to combat this feeling. Many are holding and suppressing these feelings within and it is building up with pressure.

First, we must recognize that it is not an individual thing that is occurring. We tend to think that we, of ourselves, are the only ones afflicted with this terrible feeling of dread.

What is occurring is a group thing, with the masses, at different levels of perception. Many are not conscious of these frequencies yet; other than, they just don’t feel as good as they used to, and everything seems to take more energy and time to accomplish things. Many others are becoming sensitive to the "Feeling Nature," as spoken of in the text "A Step Into The Light." These may have reoccurring symptoms of colds, flu, allergies, headaches and sleepless nights. We are becoming extremely sensitive with the "Feeling Nature" within the Physical Body, the Emotional Body and the Mental Body all encapsulated within a Spiritual Body.

Many are questioning their religion or spiritual beliefs; which of course, are manmade belief systems that have been hardened like a rock, and this rise of frequency is starting to shatter these crystallization’s of our outdated belief systems. There is a sense of panic and we now cry for help in the form of prayer.

This cry for help by the masses is being responded to by the Messengers of the Light who have dictated the book "A Step Into The Light" as a preparation and guide to raise the frequency within the individual self in order to withstand the raising frequency of the planet. It is a tool to eliminate the element of fear and to raise the frequency of each individual from the Dark Frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear corresponding to the elements. By gently raising this frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant, which is felt in the solar plexus area just below the rib cage; bringing this frequency up to the Heart Center of the Sacred Heart of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

We must all take these steps to eliminate this Fear that is paralyzing the planet. The end of the Grand Cycle is here but the unbalance, which is not part of the Divine Plan, has been created by the Dark Forces of Humanity by the Law Of Self and is causing this great unbalance.

The whales, porpoises and some dolphins are giving an example as to other acts of sacrifice that Mother Nature will present, in order to awaken within us, that something is terribly wrong.

We must all be active and take responsibility to help in this cry for help and not just stay helpless with this feeling of dread & depression that is overtaking humanity.

This is a group situation and we must all be active participants to bring in the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony as explained in "A Step Into The Light" in response to the cry of the masses.

Let the Light shine that we all may see.

The Messengers Of The Light!

Finished at 7:00 am

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened at 4:10 a.m.

Started approximately at 4:15 a.m.

DICTATION FEBRUARY 3, 1998

(Belief Systems, Scripture On Fear And Jealousy)

The frequency is now escalating to a higher degree in that many individuals will now start to experience a sense of unity within. They will now sense that, although, they may be alone, there is something that now is essential for the planet. These individuals will be those that perceive this spark of Light from within. They will need to strengthen this feeling which enforces this Light within, which they will then start to radiate out into the environment to the key points where it is needed.

The areas and other individuals that need this Light will attract it automatically as in a vacuum which draws this, that is needed, to their frequency or to the frequency of a "belief system" that is shattering its crystallization’s which are hardened thought forms.

Now those that are not blessed to receive this awakening from within, must realize that they are still fraternizing the frequencies of the Four Lower Quadrant and below. The elements are Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear which are specifically outlined in the book "A Step Into The Light" which has been embodied in response to the call of the masses in the form of prayer.

Anger, Hate, Guilt and Fear correspond with the elements of the planet Earth in a three dimensional environment. These four elements will blind the soul and that spark of Light within. Love does not exist for those who give power to these elements. They exist in a "belief system" of what they believe as being Love.

There are many cultures that believe that if a person does not feel jealousy for their presumed loved one, that they have no Love. They are under the false "belief system" that jealousy is a form of Love which is a frequency of the Darkness.

Love, Peace & Harmony is the All That Is which is the essence we call God. God is not a "jealous God" and does not need appeasement, adoration or Fear.

These are erroneous translations as these "belief systems" are contrary to Love, Peace & Harmony of the Divine Christ Principle. "Fear the Lord" is a translation error in scripture and should read "Respect the Lord."

From within your Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle you will awaken to a truth and a true translation of the word "jealousy" which is not correct in scripture.

We are not here to break down the errors in the Holy Scripture but the call has been made in the form of prayer as to the true meaning of these two words. The erroneous meaning of "Fear the Lord" and its true meaning has now been given to you in a form of reawakening, the second word "jealousy" must awaken by your own efforts as to the true word that should be in its place.

Whether you figure this out or not it will not matter, but in this state of reawakening, in this school called Earth, you will feel the frequencies of words that are in essence "manmade belief systems, which will stand out and bother your senses. You will awaken from the spark that ignites within your Heart Center and a Truth will reawaken as to the true meaning of words which have power, as a polarity of the White Light or the Dark Light, and from within, you will create balance by the true third essence which is the Light; and is neither white or dark. It is the essence of Love, Peace and Harmony as explained in the book "A Step Into The Light."

These messages are to awaken the Children of the Light to the book "A Step Into The Light" which is in response to the prayers of the masses to what is occurring on the planet. We are not here to create fear; on the contrary, we are here to help eliminate this frequency that is consuming the planet. The planet is at the end of the Grand Cycle and it has a way of cleansing itself with or without you.

Those who are of the Law of Self will know the true meaning of Fear. Those of the Law of Service must awaken to their true self as the Children of the Light. They have the power to heal and cushion the planet so the change will not be severe. This is done by radiating of Love, Peace & Harmony of the Divine Christ Principle from their individual Heart Center.

The book "A Step Into The Light" is the basis and the preparation of cleansing and strengthening your own frequency in order to withstand and stay in phase with the rising frequency of the planet that started escalating in 1987.

Let the Light Shine from within!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 5:02

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

 


*******************

 8:45 a.m. 1/29/98

DICTATION JANUARY 29, 1998

(Our Leader's Sexual Scandal, Sacral And Monetary System)

Today is a fine day to radiate the Light of Love, Peace & Harmony as many crystallizations are starting to crumble. (Crystallizations are outdated, hard as a rock belief systems, that are inflexible to change which keeps humanity in bondage. P.L.M.) The Light frequency of many should be radiated for all to see as certain Divine Truths will rule out by the Light that shines from within.

Many areas of finance will also need the Light, so that the right balance will be maintained. Those in key places will create the Light and the rest will follow as the world needs the circulation the monetary medium provides.

Those in power that are hoarding money in all forms, are not allowing the free flow to exist and they are the cause of much that is stagnating the United States and the World.

Money circulation is the Life Blood of the country in the same manner that blood needs to be circulated in the physical body of each human being. If the physical blood does not circulate in harmony with the human body, certain parts of the body will be damaged and will suffer. That is what has been happening in the "Monetary System." Those in power are causing blockages of free flow and certain parts of the economy will suffer.

Money is a frequency generated by the sacral center/chakra with the throat center/chakra as its higher counterpart.

This last weeks focus on the sexual frequency of your leader is a start to create free flow of this energy at many different levels but will eventually flow to the monetary system of the country. (This is in reference to the President of the United States. PLM) Those in power of money are starting to sense that something is occurring within their system of the Law of Self.

These past weeks news on your media will excite frequencies at many levels and like sound frequencies that can shatter glass, so it will be with the crystallizations of the "belief systems" with the masses at different levels, subjects & patterns of habit. (Crystallizations are outdated belief systems that have become hard as a rock and inflexible to change. PLM)

These will be the off shoots of what is occurring with those that hold on to outdated personal "belief systems" imposed by our society standards.

What is occurring with this matter with your leader, will have a chain effect to many other areas that will follow in succession to this frequency.

This is where the Children of the Light will now radiate Love, Peace & Harmony to these individuals, or subjects in the news media, as all will have to awaken to the Greater Light or be consumed into the Darkness of the Law of Self. These individuals will then need to self-create manipulation with the Dark forces of the Four Lower Quadrant of Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear in order to sustain and survive within the frequency of the planet. (These are those individuals who follow the "Law Of Self" with the dark side, and by manipulation, increase their power by inflicting Anger, Hate, Guilt & Fear on their victims. This is the way they survive by the frequency of the Four Lower Quadrant.  P.L.M.)

Those who radiate the Light within the Law of Service will create change by the Light that is radiated which will bring Truth as the Darkness loses its power as all will see what is wrong and unbalanced. They, of themselves, will create change. The Children of the Light are just radiating from the Heart Center of the Divine Christ Principle of Love, Peace & Harmony.

Matthew 6 verse: 5-6 "pray within your own closet." This can be done in the privacy of your own home with sessions of at least 15 minutes or more a day. Even if it is radiated in spurts of 3 minutes, it will still create change and balance the frequencies back to the original Divine Plan of the All That Is which is the essence we call God.

Let the Light shine to heal the Planet Earth!

The Messengers of the Light.

Finished 8:53 a.m.

Resumed approximately 9:00 a.m.

(DICTATION CONTINUED)

The three frequencies of balanced man, broken into each 24 hour period of each day.

(1/3) Eight hours sleep or rest.

(1/3) Eight hours work or daily sustenance.

(1/3) Eight hours recreation, circulation, creativity.

Sacral frequency of money within a balanced system.

1/3 Save. (which corresponds to sleep or rest)

1/3 Work with and invest.( which corresponds to daily sustenance)

1/3 Spend & share (which corresponds with Circulation, creativity and recreation.)

The negative crystallized, hardened, thought form of the "belief systems" of the Law of Self will crumble by the Light radiated by those who slowly and gently incorporate the above into their lives.

The Messengers Of The Light.

COPYRIGHT 1998 PETER L. MARTINEZ / VAAM PUBLICATIONS

*****************

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Awakened 4:48 a.m.

Started Dictation at 4:38

DICTATION JANUARY 21 1998

(New Window Elaborated On, Internet News)

You have been awakened so that we can dictate the following. You have been selected to receive this message as to the coming world changes that will be upon us in the near future. You have been selected, along with many others, to bring in the message of the Light for all to see.

The things that will be occurring are going to startle the living day lights, so to speak, of many. There will be some strange phenomenon that will manifest in our skies as it will be a show of stars, as we will perceive it to be, as if the stars are falling from the Heavens. It will be as if these startling effects are manmade with intelligence behind them. This will be what the Children of Fatima and other children have seen into the future which is upon us.

This will create such a furor with the masses that for many, the impending fear will signal, to them, as being the end of the world. This will create a Dark Fear that will be perpetuated, that yes, it can create for many the end of their world by the fear that will create this.

We will start sending messages, as the days progress, to ward off this fear as the time line and the probability can change by the free will of the masses. That is why, most of what has been prognosticated by many seers, which has been published, has not always come to pass. Even, as being at a higher plane of view where we exist, it is still vague viewing into all the probabilities that may occur. This is being changed constantly, by your information networks.

Many souls are listening to the news, and other sources that provide information of the world events, and they judge what the probable future will be, by what they view and what is actually occurring. They are exaggerating what the belief system might be, and being co-creators, they are perpetuating what they see into making it worse than it is; and thus, create a worse probable future.

Information on the Internet, by the "Messengers of the Light" to those that will receive the message can counteract this phenomena that is occurring by the co-creators of doom. If those that read these type of books have something to tune into, on a weekly or daily basis, they will be more prepared and their fear will dissipate as now they can follow their own alignment by the Heart Center frequency that will be brought in by the "Messengers of the Light" with positive, uplifting messages to counteract the fear that is upon us. This can be beneficial to all concerned, but the message is clear that we all, as one, must work together with Love, Peace & Harmony!

The window has been opened, as of our last message, and what can be seen through this slightly opaque window can change by the will of the masses, in that, what would be prognosticated and published in print, may change; and thus, the reader will lose confidence in the information published. But on the other hand, if you have a weekly update with messages from the "Messengers of the Light" it will be similar to the weather man on the news as it is not always correct. One of the reasons why it will not be correct is that many of the "Children of the Dark," in many Governments of different countries are tampering with the conditions on the planet, although, the planet was going to go through its change, these Dark Forces are adding to the already existing changes.

Some believe that they have the power to avert what the planet was destined to go through. Some with, what they believe are good intentions, are going against the Divine Plan. Others, with no idea what they are doing, in essence, and inadvertently, are counteracting what those with the good intentions are doing.

We cannot interfere with humanities destiny, unless, called upon in the form of prayer, meditation and aspiration, as this would violate free will. But in the same manner that the Dark Forces, in the physical plane, are using the "Law of Self," the Children of the Light," when awakened to these clandestine moves by the Dark Forces, can counteract these maneuvers.

In the same manner that you, personally, meditated to be of service for many years, has prepared you to pull in these messages. Of course, you had no idea of what it would entail in the future, but you are requesting to be a "Messenger" and in keeping with the Divine Laws, we can send you the messages per your request. "Ask and you shall receive" is the message within the Christ Principle.

Many, are not asking or participating. They are praying that it will be taken away, but the changes are of the Divine Plan but the Dark Forces are manipulating with the lessons and those of the Light are just sitting back thinking that everything will be okay. The Children of the Light are awakening to the manipulation of the Dark Forces and are, in effort, trying to combat with whatever they can. The Dark Forces have been working on these principles for a very long time and have created a tremendous amount of power, which is taking the world by surprise, as many are just awakening to this nightmare that has been perpetuated by these Dark Forces. They are taken completely by surprise!

But the awakening Spirit of Light can be great and coming from the Higher Plane of the Heart Center & Above, the Dark Forces of the Lower Plane of the Four Lower Quadrant is a very weak match!

The Children of the Light, if awakened, can have a healing effect and cancel the efforts of the Dark Forces. But the fear that is perpetuating on the planet can paralyze the Children before they have a chance to awaken and fear will then consume all.

The Internet along with the computer was co-created by the Children of the Light, but unfortunately, very few are using it as a tool to awaken their brothers & sisters.

This can be created as you have already, in the past, come upon this idea which you did not give form. Many, as you, have also thought of this but elected not to participate. The books will be the motivating factor that will add substance to this weekly forecasting by the "Messengers of the Light" to awaken all on the planet that will listen.

They, of themselves, will create the change.

This is all my friend, go back to sleep and rest.

 

Let the Light shine for all to see.

Michele & The Messengers.

Dictation finished at 5:29 a.m.

Click Here To Return To Table Of Contents Year 1998

 

Click Here For Table of Contents: 2005  2004   2003  2000  1999  1998